No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAboutR-2014-098 2014-08-11RESOLUTION NO. R2014-98 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a bid for construction services, associated with the Hughes Ranch Road Sanitary Sewer Improvement Project, to Calco Contracting, Ltd., in the amount of $897,607.00 and authorizing the use of available funds from the Twin Creek Regional Lift Station and McHard Road Waterline Projects. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That bids were obtained for the construction of the Hughes Ranch Road Sanitary Sewer Improvement Project. Section 2. That the Project will also include the abandonment of the West Oaks and Somersetshire lift stations. Section 3. That the City Council hereby awards a bid to Calco Contracting, Ltd., in the total amount of $897,607.00. Section 4. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for the construction of Hughes Ranch Road Sanitary Sewer Improvement Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 11th day of August, A.D., 2014. ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: 6iL DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY -.)01•1.) LIS TOM REID MAYOR .7..C_., " %\= ''''1/11 I I i I tO`\ 4 Project Manual ORIGINAL for: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations EXHIBIT "A" Resolution No. R2014-98 Bid No.: 2014-25 July, 2014 Prepared By: ARKKENGINEERS ARKK Engineers, LLC 7322 Southwest Freeway, Suite 1040 Houston, TX 77074 TX PE Firm No. 13872 (713)-400-2755 office (713)- 400-2754 fax g-cor .....1, . s Yi r DAVID W. KASPER 0 86294 !‘../ �l°4'••c ck-p4sso.•' r ' hES,ONALfcd"�`-�.:*).____ -1/2/tor¢ Project Manual for: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations C COP Project No. : WW 1303 & W 1304 Bid No. : 2014-25 July, 2014 Prepared By: ARKKENGINEERS ARKK Engineers, LLC 7322 Southwest Freeway, Suite 1040 Houston, TX 77074 _ TX PE Firm No. 13872 (713)-400-2755 office (713)-400-2754 fax City of Pearland Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 01290 Change Order Procedures 01310 Coordination and Meetings 01350 Submittals 01380 Construction Photographs 01420 Referenced Standards 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 01440 Observation Services 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01505 Mobilization 01550 Stabilized Construction Exit 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 01560 Filter Fabric Fence 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 01562 Waste Material Disposal 01563 Tree and Plant Protection 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 01565 TPDES Requirements 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation SP-01570 Special Provision to Section 01570 01570 Trench Safety System 01580 Project Identification Signs ARKK Job No. 13-018 TC-1 City of Pearland Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations 01600 Material and Equipment "-m) 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01720 Field Surveying 01760 Project Record Documents . 01770 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 02255 Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 02370 Geotextile 02415 Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 02530 Gravity Sanitary Sewers 02531 Sanitary Sewer Service Leads or Reconnections 02534 PVC Pipe SP-02542 Special Provision to Section 02542 02542 Concrete Manholes and Accessories 02571 Pavement Repair For Utilities (ARKK Special Specification) 02603 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 02635 Steel Pipe and Fittings 02764 Manhole Rehabilitation (ARKK Special Specification) 02775 Concrete Driveways /aro) SP-02820 Special Provision to Section 02820 02820 Wood Fences and Gates SP-02821 Special Provision to Section 02821 02821 Chain Link Fences and Gates 02790 Bypass Pumping (ARKK Special Specification) 02910 Topsoil 02922 Sodding DIVISION 3 —CONCRETE 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete APPENDIX Geotechnical Report ARKK Job No. 13-018 TC-2 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Lowest Responsible Bidder Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids(a,pearlandtx.gov. All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m., Friday, [August 11 2014. All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WW1303 & WW1304 BID NO.: 2014-25 A pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 at 10:00 a.m. on July, 23, 2014. The project will entail the installation of approximately 1,500 linear feet of 8-inch through 12-inch diameter sanitary sewers by open cut and trenchless methods. The project also includes manholes, service reconnections, bypass pumping, and conversion of two existing lift stations into junction manholes. The project also includes an Add Alternate bid for 900 linear foot of 8-inch diameter sanitary sewers by open cut and trenchless methods. 05-2014 00100- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based - project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to,all transmittals and material submittals,RFI's,RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications,documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200. Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents are also available at the following locations. City of Pearland, City Hall (281) 652-1600 Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Amtek Plan Room (713) 956-0100 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W. Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 McGrawHill Construction—Dodge Reports 1-800-393-6343 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES. Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 05-2014 00100-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening.Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder. In identifying this criteria the City will consider: 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to: Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Young Lorfing, TRMC City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date July 17, 2014] Second Publication date July 24, 2014 05-2014 00100-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term"the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City. 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner(on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids). • 1.3 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or "e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration and construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services, New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) 05-2014 00200-1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E-bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids@pearlandtx.gov. 3. Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer. 3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders bidding to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download the project Bid Documents. 3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for en-ors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including,but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, 05-2014 00200-2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested: 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete; 3)A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid; 4)A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder; and 5)A Financial Statement of Bidder,consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as,confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost,progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review,but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations,investigations,explorations,tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, 05-2014 00200-3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond ("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of their Bid Security (sealed Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check) as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of 05-2014 00200-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8. Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time" or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus,if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items 10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 11.2 Bid Proposals bycorporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president(or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The 05-2014 00200-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, that r"1 05-2014 00200-6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on.the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 14. Opening of Bid Proposals 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and(unless obviously non-responsive)read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria: A) provision of the "Best Value" or B) Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3)quality of Bidder's goods or services;4).extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. A contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work and Alternates, e" 1 if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates,unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior 05-2014 00200-7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. 16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time. 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction-Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 19. Pre-bid Conference 19.1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. Attendance at the pre-bid conference is MANDATORY to fulfill the prerequisite requirements for Bidders bidding directly to the Owner. 20. Retainage 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. 'd.-1 END OF SECTION 05-2014 00200-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Part A Date: - I- 2 ) y Bid o ALC 0 LC , an individual proprietorship/a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of _Z7)/1 j_. eL 6� for the construction of: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: WW1303 & WW1304 BID NO.: 2014-25 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by the Engineer, ARKK Engineers LLC, 713-400-2755, David Kasper, P.E., for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid review. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and 1-Year Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Part B of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder's Initial's 10-2012 00300- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Document 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder. It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and 1-Year Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No.: 1 Date? )1611°1Y Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: 2 Date:'' 1.1 Ito/St Addendum No.: Date: Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise to n any action ' restraint of free competitive bidding. p Firm Name: T`L-C-D eLjqC - A) By. "i9 .FR AZ1ER-PRESIDEN. Title: Address: e OO b � �� , &r9o, 1.p32 Phone No:VP !pig_ ATTEST: JUDYDEATON-SECRETARYITREAS, (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) (Ted or Pred e) Sim a ' Date: C2 -D 0/1/ END OF SECTION Bidder's Initial's• a� 10-2012 0030 -2 of 2 City of Pearland Texas (Projects Department) Supplier Response Bid Information Contact Information Ship to Information Bid Creator Patty Patke Program Address 3519 Liberty Drive Address 3519 Liberty Drive Specialist Email ppatke@pearlandtx.gov Pearland,TX 77581 Pearland,TX 77581 Phone (281)652-1756 Contact Patty Patke Contact Patty Patke Fax (281)652-1706 Projects Projects Department Department Bid Number 2014-25 Addendum 2 Building City Hall Building City Hall Title Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Floor/Room Floor/Room Oaks Lift Stations Telephone (281)652-1756 Telephone (281)652-1706 Bid Type Invitation to Bid Fax (281)652-1706 Fax Issue Date 07/11/2014 Email Email Close Date 8/1/2014 2:00:00 PM CT ppatke@ci.pearland.tx.us ppatke@ci.pearland.tx.us Need by Date Supplier Information Company Calco Contracting, Ltd. Address PO BOX 10156 HOUSTON,TX 77206 Contact Henry Happel Department Building Floor/Room Telephone 1 (281)448-2620 Fax 1 (281)448-9237 Email henry@calcocontracting.com Submitted 8/1/2014 12:06:38 PM CT Total $897,607.00 Signature Supplier Notes Bid Notes The project will entail the installation of approximately 1,500 linear feet of 8-inch through 12-inch diameter sanitary sewers by open cut and trenchless methods. The project also includes manholes, service reconnections, bypass pumping, and conversion of two existing lift stations into junction manholes. The project also includes an Add Alternate bid for 900 linear foot of 8-inch diameter sanitary sewers by open cut and trenchless methods. Bid Activities Date Name Description 7/23/2014 10:00:00 AM Non-mandatory Pre-bid A pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty Drive, Conference Pearland, Texas 77581 at 10:00 a.m.on July,23,2014. 2014-25 Addendum 2-Page 1 of 9 • Bid Messages Please review the following and respond where necessary # Name Note Response 1 Response Attachment Bidder understands and has completed the following:The Submitted Bid Proposal and Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and,a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy of the Bid Bond will be delivered upon request to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor,City Hall,3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland,Texas, 77581. 2 Non-collusion Statement Bidder has submitted a completed and signed copy of the Submitted Non-Collusion Statement 3 General Conditions Bidder has read and agrees to the General Conditions set Agrees forth by the City of Pearland. 4 Specification Acknowledgement Bidder has reviewed specifications and agrees that their Agrees bid adheres fully. 5 Local Bidder Bidder claims Pearland local bidder preference,pursuant Not Local Bidder to provisions of Local Bidder Preference claim form and Texas Local Government Code,Chapter 271.9051 2014-25 Addendum 2-Page 2 of 9 Line Items # Qty UOM Description Response 1 1 General Items $60,000.00 Item Notes: Supplier Notes: Package Line Items:If responding to this package,all line items in the package are required # Qty UOM Description Response 1.1 1 LS Mobilization(Not to exceed 3%) (01505) 24,000.00 Supplier Notes: 1.2 1 LS Traffic Control and Regulation,including flagmen as required,complete in place,the sum of: 30,000.00 (01555) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 1.3 1 LS Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan include all types, complete with maintenance, complete 6,000.00 in place,the sum of: (01560) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2 1 West Oaks Lift Station Abandonment Items $474,480.00 Item Notes: Supplier Notes: Package Line Items:If responding to this package,all line items in the package are required # Qty UOM Description Response 2.1 675 LF Trench safety system for sanitary sewer mains,for depths greater than 5-feet,Inclusive of 1.00 required steel sheet pile trench shoring where shown on plans for sanitary sewers and inline structures complete in place,the sum of:(01570) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2.2 99 LF Bored/Augered 20"Steel Casing w/12"PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line for road crossings, 900.00 14-16'depth,with spacers, complete in place,the sum of: (02415) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2014-25 Addendum 2-Page 3 of 9 2.3 675 LF Proposed 12-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by open cut construction, 14-16'Depth, 400.00 complete in place,the sum of:(02530) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2.4 3 EA Proposed 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole,up to 8-ft deep, 9,000.00 with hinged cover,with base extension,and with stainless steel inflow dish,complete in place, the sum of:(02542) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2.5 19 VF Extra depth of 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion reistant sanitary sewer manhole,complete in 600.00 place,the sum of:(02542) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2.6 40 SY Concrete pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of:(2980) 160.00 Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2.7 135 SY Asphalt pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of:(2980) 135.00 Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2.8 42 SY Gravel pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of:(2980) 40.00 Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2.9 1 LS Convert existing West Oak Lift Station's wet well into junction manhole,including,but not limited 42,000.00 to:filling lift station bottom with cement and cement stabilized sand to lowest invert level, connecting new sanitary sewer into manhole,corrosion resistant liner of walls,roof, and bench, convert hatch to hinged manhole cover,removal of fences and gates,complete in place,the sum of:(02542) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: • 2014-25 Addendum 2-Page 4 of 9 2.10 2 EA Cut,plug, and abandon existing sanitary sewer gravity mains and force mains,complete in 4,000.00 place,the sum of:(02669) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 3 1 Supplemental Items: as authorized by engineer $65,330.00 Item Notes: Supplier Notes: Package Line Items:If responding to this package,all line items in the package are required # Qty UOM Description Response 3.1 1,302 LF Control of Ground Water by Well pointing for sanitary sewers and in-line structures/manholes,all 20.00 depths, as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of:(01564) Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$20.00 Supplier Notes: 3.2 2 EA Control of Ground Water by Well pointing for stand-alone excavations,stand alone manholes, 500.00 and stand-alone tie-ins,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of:(01564) Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$500.00 Supplier Notes: 3.3 1,302 LF Wet condition bedding for sanitary sewers,all sizes,as authorized by engineer, complete in 20.00 place,the sum of:(02318) Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$20.00 Supplier Notes: 3.4 2 EA Wet condition bedding for manhole stand-alone installation, all sizes,as authorized by engineer, 500.00 complete in place,the sum of:(02318) Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$500.00 Supplier Notes: 3.5 7 EA Pile Support for manhole installation, as authorized by engineer, complete in place,the sum of: 1,000.00 (02318) Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$1000.00 Supplier Notes: 2014-25 Addendum 2- Page 5 of 9 3.6 5 EA Installation and removal of piezometer,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum 100.00 of:(01564) Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$100.00 Supplier Notes: 3.7 20 SY Additional concrete pavement repair,as authorized by engineer, complete in place,the sum of: 55.00 (02980) Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$55.00 Supplier Notes: 3.8 30 SY Additional asphalt pavement repair,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: 35.00 (02980) Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$35.00 Supplier Notes: 3.9 80 TON Extra cement stabilized sand,as authorized by engineer, complete in place,the sum of:(02252) 20.00 Item Notes: Minimum bid price of$20.00 Supplier Notes: (117: 4 1 Add Alternate No. 1 -Hughes Ranch Road Sanitary Sewer $109,650.00 Item Notes: Supplier Notes: Package Line Items:If responding to this package,all line items in the package are required # Qty UOM Description Response 4.1 900 LF Proposed 8"PVC SDR-26 Sanitary Sewer by open cut construction, 12'to 14'Deep,complete 60.00 in place,the sum of (2530) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 4.2 4 EA Proposed 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole,up to 8-ft deep, 7,000.00 with non-hinged cover,with base extension, and with stainless steel inflow dish,complete in place,the sum of:(2542) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 2014-25 Addendum 2-Page 6 of 9 4.3 20 VF Extra depth of 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion-resistant sanitary sewer manhole,complete in 600.00 \\\ ' place,the sum of:(2542) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 4.4 60 LF Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by mandatory bore/auger construction, 12-14' 200.00 Depth,complete in place,the sum of:(2415) Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 4.5 1 EA Standard Manhole Drop,6"to 8"diameter,complete in place,the sum of(2542) 1,100.00 Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 4.6 15 SY Concrete pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of(2980) 170.00 Manufacturer: Manufacturer#: Supplier Notes: 7 1 PKG Add Alternate 2-Somersetshire Lift Station Abandonment Items $188,147.00 Item Notes: Supplier Notes: Package Line Items:If responding to this package,all line items in the package are required # Qty UOM Description Response 7.1 627 LF Trench safety system for sanitary sewer mains,for depths greater than 5-feet,complete in 1.00 place,the sum of: (01570) Supplier Notes: 7.2 151 LF Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by mandatory bore/auger construction, 10-12' 125.00 Depth,complete in place,the sum of: (02415) Supplier Notes: 7.3 589 LF Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by open cut construction, 10-12'Depth, 70.00 complete in place,the sum of: (02530) Supplier Notes: C 2014-25 Addendum 2-Page 7 of 9 7.4 38 LF Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by open cut construction, 12-14'Depth, 180.00 complete in place,the sum of: (02530) Supplier Notes: 7.5 9 EA Reconnection of sewer services(all sizes and depths),complete in place,the sum of: (02531) 1,200.00 Supplier Notes: 7.6 9 EA Sanitary Sewer Service stacks,up to 3 vertical feet,complete in place,the sum of: (02531) 850.00 Supplier Notes: 7.7 45 VF Extra depth of sanitary sewer service stack,complete in place,the sum of: (02531) 105.00 Supplier Notes: 7.8 2 EA Proposed 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole,up to 8-ft deep, 7,000.00 with hinged cover,with base extension,and with stainless steel inflow dish,complete in place, the sum of: (02542) Supplier Notes: (17 7.9 2 EA Proposed 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole,up to 8-ft deep, 6,500.00 with bolt down cover,with base extension,complete in place,the sum of: (02542) Supplier Notes: 7.10 9 VF Extra depth of 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion-resistant sanitary sewer manhole,complete in 450.00 place,the sum of: (02542) Supplier Notes: 7.11 1 EA Standard Manhole Drop,6-inch to 8-inch diameter, complete in place,the sum of: (02542) 1,250.00 Supplier Notes: 7.12 4 VF Extra Depth Manhole Drop,6-inch to 8-inch diameter, complete in place,the sum of: (02542) 50.00 Supplier Notes: 7.13 140 SY Concrete pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of: (2980) 160.00 Supplier Notes: n 2014-25 Addendum 2-Page 8 of 9 (� 7.14 90 SY Gravel pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of: (2980) 50.00 \_ Supplier Notes: 7.15 2 EA Cut,plug, and abandon existing sanitary sewer gravity mains and force mains,complete in 3,000.00 place,the sum of: (02669) Supplier Notes: 7.16 1 LS Convert existing Somersetshire Lift Station's wet well into junction manhole,including,but not 32,000.00 limited to: filling lift station bottom with cement and cement stabilized sand to lowest invert level, connecting new sanitary sewer into manhole,corrosion resistant liner of walls,roof, and bench, complete in place,the sum of: (02542) Supplier Notes: Response Total: $897,607.00 l JI 2014-25 Addendum 2-Page 9 of 9 Project Nos: WW1303,WW1304,WW1204 Abandonment of.Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations • Calco Contracting; Ltd. and Installation of.Hughes Ranch Rd Sanitary Sewer Total Price ::. :$897,607.00 . Line# • Description ' QTY UOM Unit Extended �r 1: General Items Total 1 `' $6U,000:00 60 000.00. n:(Not to exceed 3%)_(01505) ::. 1 . LS . . $24,000.00 ::. .$24,000.00 . 1 1 1 Mobilization Control and Regulation, includyng flagrnentas required,r E complete`in place, h te sum o f :(01555) 1 :5 1 0 . $30 000 00 $30,000 00. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan include all types, 1:3 . complete with maintenance, complete.in place,the sum of: . (01560) • 1. LS $6,000.00 $6,000.00 1 2 West Oaks:Lift St" -n17 $474 480:00 474 4 0 anon Abandoriment;ltems Total ' 1" $ 80.00 .• . Trench safety system•for sanitary sewer mains,•for depths • • • . •:2:1: greater than 5-feet, Inclusive of required steel sheet pile•trench shoring where shown on plans for sanitary sewers and inline structures complete in place, the sum of: (01570) 675 LF $1.00 •:$675.00 St 2 sa i �� `s Bored/Augered 20." eelt'Casing,,w/11' PVCS,DR 26' ntary _ilo 2 2!.„ sewer line.for road crossings, 14 16' depth,with spacers, 1 :;' complete in place,the sum of -(02415) a . 9.9 LF ,$900 00;' $89,10:0 00; Proposed 12-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by open cut 2.3 construction, 14=16' Depth, complete in place,the sum of: • ' • • - •:(02530) -675 LF -$400.00 $270,00000 I Proposed 4-foot diameter pre cast corrosion resistant sanitary " , • � ' a r 2 4 sewer manhole, up to 8 ft deep,•witiv,hinged cover,`with base " ;'° extension, and with stainless steel inflow dish complete m . ', place th°e:sum ok(02542) 3 I EA $9 000 00 $27,000 00' 2.5 -:Extra;depth of4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion reistant • _ sanitary sewer manhole, complete in place,the sum of:(02542) 19 VF. $600.00 . $11,400.00 Concrete pavement repair, complete=m place,'the s•um of . „t 2 (2980} ' 40 SY $160 00 Y,r _ $6,400 00; • 2.7.. Asphalt pavement repair, complete in place,the sum of (2980) 135 SY $135.00 . 18,225.00 - 2 8 - . Gravel pavement repair, compiete in place,the sum of (2980) 47 SY -ka, -, „ ,,$40 00: • , �$1,680 00 Convert existing West Oak Lift Station's wet well into junction manhole, including,:but not-limited to: filling lift station bottom . . . with cement:and cement stabilized:sand to lowest invert level, 2'9 connecting new sanitary•sewer into manhole; corrosion resistant liner of walls; roof, and bench, convert.hatch to hinged manhole cover, removal of fences and gates,complete . in place,the sum of:.(02542) 1 LS $42,000.00 $42,000.00 - 2 10. Cut,plug,/and abandon existmg'sanitary sewer gravity,main"s • `. ! and force mains, complete in place,the sum of (02669) z` . 2i= EA °$4,000 00 $8,000 00 �' ? , a r r 1 € fir. i t 1 2i 3.• Supplemental Items: as authorized by engineer Total- - 1 - $65,330.00 : - - :$65,330.00 - 2014-25 Addendum 2-:Page 1 Control of Ground Water by Well porntmg for sanitary sewers � .a 7 and"m line structures/manholes,all depths, as authorized by, � • '. I . - ;.` engineer,'co'mplete in:place,:the sum of (01564)' ,, .,'1302 .L $20 00 1 '$26,040..00, ` Control of Ground Water by Well pointing for stand-alone excavations,:stand alone manholes, and stand-alone tie-ins, as y authorized by engineer, complete in place,the sum of (01564) 2- EA $500.00 $1,000;00 1 -. ,rs , * 3 j 4 . �33 3 Wet condition beddingfor sanitary sewers, all sizes, as <<y ,_ -, ,vr L ' authorized by engmeer,;compl'to i,n°'place,the sum..of (02318) 1302 LF -TK 20 00 • $26 040 00' Wet condition bedding for manhole stand-alone installation, all 3.4 sizes, as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: (02318) 2 EA $500 00 $1,000 00 1 'r Pile Support for manhole installation as authorized'by ., - engineer, complete in place,the sum of°(02318)," 7� EA $1'o00 00 E $7,000 00 3.6 Installation and removal of piezometer, as authorized by engineer, complete in place,the sum of: (01564). 5 EA $.100.0.0 $500:00 f 3 7 Meliti eracomclete reete nave ment.repair, as autl orized.by t C '�• 4" 3 g k p pace, the sum of (02980) K 20 Sr ▪1$55 00 ,, .- $1,10Q 00 3.8 . Additional asphalt pavement repair, as authorized by.engineer; complete-in'place,the sum of: (02.980) 30 SY : $35.00 $1,050.00 Extra cement stabilized sand,a's authorized by engineer, tk _," 9 com' lete'in lace'the su R of 02252 80 TON E a .� _ P ,p � ..P?�� �). ` �.� _ �. ...A � ._.��-.,aF$20.00 �,.��,.�$1,6QD 00 BASE BID SUBTOTAL : :$599,810.00 :�se 4 Add Alt. No. 1-Hughes Ranch Road Sanitary Sewer Total :. 1 $109,650.00 $109,650:00 C Proposed 8"PPVC;SD 2 - 7 • R 6! Sanitary Sealer by open cut 3 4 1 construction, 12'to 14' Deep, complete'm place,the sumtof 1 c` :• 4(2530), -. 900 , LF ,;+$60 0,0 $54,000 00 - : Proposed 4 foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole upto 8-ft deep, g 4 2 .with:non-hin ed cover, with base extension, and with stainless steel inflow:dish, complete in' lace,the sum of: (2542) 4 EA p $7,000.00 S28,000.00 4 3 '` Extraidepth of 4 foot diameter pre cast corrosion resistant ,,� �j s 4 ) '` V $600 00 ` ` 120000• x anitary ewer manhoe, omplee in:plae,t},_sum of (25, 2 20 F _, $ 0 Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary:sewer line by mandatory 4.4 bore/auger construction, 12-14' Depth, complete in place,the sum Of: (2415) 60 LF $200.00 $12,000:00 „ 4Standard Manhole,Drop,6"to 8°"diameter,complete in place, :,,,,,, 5 the sum of_(2542) : 1 ,EA" ,$1•�100 00 k p $1,100 00, Concrete pavement repair, complete in place,.the sum of 4.6 (2980) 15 SY $170.00 _ $2,550.00 7 Add Allt. 2-Somersetshire Lift Station Abandonment Items Tot;.1: PKG $188,147.00 $188,147.00 7�� �� �� t t � s� _ "fix 't 3� `s yK eq a`�, 7 1 ' Trench safety system for'sanitary sewer mains,for depths greaterthan 5 feet, complete in place the sum of (01570) • 627 LFt ,• $100 w' , µ$62x7 00 2014-25 Addendum 2- Page 2 • Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by mandatory . 7,.2 bore/auger construction, 10-12' Depth,complete in place,the sum of (02415) 151 LF $125 00 $18,875 00 Proposed<<8 inch PVC SDR 26,sanitary sewer line byopen cut 7 3• construction, 10,12' Depth, complete in"place,the sum of �' � ' (02530) 70 O,Od : .�..• w�: � p � � � �, � 589 fi LF, � f �_� �'. �� $41,230 OQ . Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR 26 sanitary sewer line •by open cut 7.4 construction, 12-14T:Depth; complete in place;the sum of: (02530) _ 38 LF $180 00 $6,840 00 Reconnection of sewer services{all sizes and dep hs),complete wH. 4r '', - 7 5.; in;place thesum of (02531) h' t r' 9 j `EA '�z ----, `' �-���� _�,�.. _,.a.,a .% . ��� - ' _ : , �.., � $1;200 00 � ��$1'0,800 0®' Sanitary Sewer Service stacks, up to 3 vertical feet, complete in ar easce $850.00 $7,650•0076 9 EA place,the sum of (02531) xtadepthosanitay ewrservit complete'inplace, 1000 $4,72500s 45 VF $ 5 0531) zthe sum of ( i .Proposed, -footdmete pre-ct corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole, up to 8-ft deep, with hinged cover,with base 7.8 extension,and with stainless steel inflow dish; complete in place,the sum of (02542) 2 EA $7,000 00 $14,000 00 F Jan, ? `+ Y P k r S Proposed 4-foot diameter�p e-cast corrosion resistant sanitary y sewer manhole, up to 8-ft deep;with bolt down cover with base..extension, complete in place,thessum of ,(02542) 2; EA 6`500 00 $13 00,0 00. Extra:depth of 4-foot dia:meter pre-cast corrosion-resistant ..:7..10 sanitary sewer manhole, complete in place,the sum of: — ,--- -.7-7-7—TY:7•7::'777.7::;,w;;:;,:::: ::'1,::;:-'''--,:,...;,:t, (02542) 9 VF $450• 00:.,,-.f i::..,...':;',.-..,,",i•...•..,„4.31-:4-,,1,',?,_...--,-"$4,050 00 `_ Standard Manhole Drop, 6 inch o 8 inch drameter,'complete in 711 s k place,-the sum of (02542) 1 EA $1 250 00 $1,250 00 Extra Depth-:Nlanhole Drop, 6-inch to:8-inch diameter, 7.12 _ complete in place,thesum of: (02542) 4 VF $50.00 $200.00 L Concrete pavement repair, complete in place,the sum of ', 7 13 �' .^ t ➢ ; t Rxi P it t '! ,� i (2980) �. . .. �' r� `,- ,� �', a 1k 0 S'Y� $160U0 $22,4,0000 . 7.14 :: Gravel pavement repair, complete in place,the sum of: (2980) 90 SY $50.00 $4,500.00 a" ,+ -$ 'gin ' ` ` t t- p y q, ' r _ : .. � r � 7 15 Cut,' lug,and abandon existingsanitary sewer gr`avity mains' . • and force mains,complete in place the sum of .(02669) z t 2 3EA $3 000 OQ $6 000 00 Convert existing Somersetshire Lift Station's wet well into . .junction manhole, including, but not limited to: filling lift -7;16 station bottom with cement and cement stabilized sand to lowest invert level, connecting new sanitary sewer into manhole, corrosion resistant liner of walls, roof, and bench, complete in place,the sum of: (02542) 1 LS, . _ $32,000.00 _ $32,000.00 Project Grand Total• • $897,607.00 2014-25 Addendum 2-:Page 3 r_l BID FORM Contractor Name: Project Name: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations Contract Name: Project No: W W 1303&W W 1304 Purchase Order: Contract Amount: Number Sub Item Category _= No. ' Item Description Unit Est.Quan Unit Price , Total BASE BID ITEMS Part 1-General Items 1 01505 Mobilization(Not to exceed 3%of total bid) LS 1 $ $ 2 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation,including flagmen as required,complete in place,the sum of: LS 1 $ $ Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan include all types,complete with maintenance,complete in place,the 3 01560 sum of: LS I $ $ TOTAL BASE BID ITEMS PART 1: $ Part 2-Somersetshire Lift Station Abandonment Items 4 01570 Trench safety system for sanitary sewer mains,for depths greater than 5-feet,complete in place,the sum of: LF 627 $ $ Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by mandatory bore/auger construction,10-12'Depth, 5 02415 complete in place,the sum of: LF 151 $ $ Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by open cut construction,10-12'Depth,complete in place, 6 02530 the sum of: LF 589 $ $ Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by open cut construction,12-14'Depth,complete in place, 7 02530 the sum of: LF 38 $ $ 8 02531 Reconnection of sewer services(all sizes and depths),complete in place,the sum of: EA 9 $ $ 9 02531 Sanitary Sewer Service stacks,up to 3 vertical feet,complete in place,the sum of: EA 9 $ $ Project Name) Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations Contract Name: Project No: WW1303&WW1304 Purchase Order: Contract Amount: Item Spec. �r. Number Sub Item Category No Item Description' Unit Est.Qaan -Unit°Price Total 10 02531 Extra depth of sanitary sewer service stack,complete in place,the sum of: VF 45 $ $ Proposed 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole,up to 8-ft deep,with hinged 11 02542 cover,with base extension,and with stainless steel inflow dish,complete in glace,the sum of: EA 2 $ $ Proposed 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole,up to 8-ft deep,with bolt down 12 02542 cover,with base extension,complete in place,the sum of: EA 2 $ $ Extra depth of 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion-resistant sanitary sewer manhole,complete in place,the sum 13 02542 of: VF 9 $ $ 14 02542 Standard Manhole Drop,6-inch to 8-inch diameter,complete in place,the sum of: EA 1 $ $ 15 02542 Extra Depth Manhole Drop,6-inch to 8-inch diameter,complete in place,the sum of: VF 4 $ $ 16 2980 Concrete pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of: SY 140 $ $ 17 2980 Gravel pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of: SY 90 $ $ 18 02669 Cut,plug,and abandon existing sanitary sewer gravity mains and force mains,complete in place,the sum of: . EA 2 $ $ Convert existing Somersetshire Lift Station's wet well into junction manhole,including,but not limited to: tilling lift station bottom with cement and cement stabilized sand to lowest invert level,connecting new 19 02542 sanitary sewer into manhole,corrosion resistant liner of walls,roof,and bench,complete in place,the sum of: LS 1 $ $ TOTAL BASE BID ITEMS PART 2: $ Part 3-West Oaks Lift Station Abandonment Items Trench safety system for sanitary sewer mains,for depths greater than 5-feet,Inclusive of required steel sheet pile trench shoring where shown on plans for sanitary sewers and inline structures complete in place,the sum 20 01570 of: LF 675 $ $ Bored/Augered 20"Steel Casing w/12"PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line for road crossings, 14-16'depth, 21 02415 with spacers,complete in place,the sum of: LF 99 $ $ Proposed 12-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by open cut construction,14-16'Depth,complete in place, 22 02530 the sum of: LF 675 $ $ Project Name: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations Contract Name: Project No: WW1303&WW1304 Purchase Order: Contract Amount: Item Spec. Number Sub Item Category No. Item Description P '° Unit Est.Quan. Unit Price Total Proposed 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole,up to 8-ft deep,with hinged 23 02542 cover,with base extension,and with stainless steel inflow dish,complete in place,the sum of: EA 3 $ $ Extra depth of 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion reistant sanitary sewer manhole,complete in place,the sum 24 02542 of: VF 19 $ $ 25 2980 Concrete pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of: SY 40 $ $ 26 2980 Asphalt pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of: SY 135 $ $ 27 2980 Gravel pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of: SY 42 $ $ Convert existing West Oak Lift Station's wet well into junction manhole,including,but not limited to:filling lift station bottom with cement and cement stabilized sand to lowest invert level,connecting new sanitary sewer into manhole,corrosion resistant liner of walls,roof,and bench,convert hatch to hinged manhole 28 02542 cover,removal of fences and gates,complete in place,the sum of: LS 1 $ $ 29 02669 Cut,plug,and abandon existing sanitary sewer gravity mains and force mains,complete in place,the sum of: EA 2 $ $ TOTAL BASE BID ITEMS PART 3: $ Project Name Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations Contract Name: ( Project No: W W 1303&W W 1304 Purchase Order: Contract Amount: • • Item Spec. , Number Sub Item Category No. Item Description - ,Unit,i Est.Quan. Unit Price Total _ PART 4-SUPPLEMENTAL ITEMS Control of Ground Water by Well pointing for sanitary sewers and in-line structures/manholes,all depths,as $ $ 30 01564 authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: LF 1,302 ($20.00)* Control of Ground Water by Well pointing for stand-alone excavations,stand alone manholes,and stand- $ $ 31 01564 alone tie-ins,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: EA 2 ($500.00) $ $ 32 02318 Wet condition bedding for sanitary sewers,all sizes,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: LF 1,302 ($20.00)* Wet condition bedding for manhole stand-alone installation,all sizes,as authorized by engineer,complete in $ ' $ 33 02318 place,the sum of: EA 2 ($500.00)* $ $ 34 02318 Pile Support for manhole installation,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: EA 7 ($1,000.00)* $ $ 35 01564 Installation and removal of piezometer,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: EA 5 ($100.00)* $ $ 36 02980 Additional concrete pavement repair,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: SY 20 ($55.00) $ $ 37 02980 Additional asphalt pavement repair,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: SY 30 ($35.00)* $ $ 38 02252 Extra cement stabilized sand,as authorized by engineer,complete in place,the sum of: TON 80 ($20.00)* TOTAL SUPPLEMENTAL ITEMS: $ Project Name:' Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations Contract Name: Project No: W W 1303&W W 1304 Purchase Order: Contract Amount: Item Spec, ` Number Sub Item Category No. Item Description ":Unit Est.Quan. Unit Price " Total Add Alternate No.1-Hughes Ranch Road Sanitary Sewer Proposed 8"PVC SDR-26 Sanitary Sewer by open cut construction, 12'to 14'Deep,complete in place,the 39 2530 sum of LF 900 $ $ Proposed 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion resistant sanitary sewer manhole,up to 8-ft deep,with non- 40 2542 hinged cover,with base extension,and with stainless steel inflow dish,complete in place,the sum of: EA 4 $ $ Extra depth of 4-foot diameter pre-cast corrosion-resistant sanitary sewer manhole,complete in place,the sum 41 2542 of: VF 20 $ $ Proposed 8-inch PVC SDR-26 sanitary sewer line by mandatory bore/auger construction, 12-14'Depth, 42 2415 complete in_place,the sum of: LF 60 $ $ 43 2542 Standard Manhole Drop,6"to 8"diameter,complete in place,the sum of EA I $ $ 44 2980 Concrete pavement repair,complete in place,the sum of SY 15 $ $ TOTAL ADD ALTERNATE 1 BID: $ BID SUMMARY BASE BID PART 1-GENERAL ITEMS: $ BASE BID PART 2-SOMERSETSHIRE LIFT STATION ABANDONMENT ITEMS: $ BASE BID PART 3-WEST OAKS LIFT STATION ABANDONMENT ITEMS: $ BASE BID PART 4-SUPPLEMENTAL ITEMS: $ TOTAL BID(BASE BID PARTS 1,2,&3+PART 4 SUPPLEMENTAL ITEMS): $ ADD ALTERNATE NO.1 ITEMS: $ CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and Calco Contracting Ltd. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR,in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the"Work"). The Work is generally described as follows: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WW1303 & WW1304 BID NO.: 2014-25 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by ARKK Engineers LLC, 7322 Southwest Fwy. Ste 1040, Houston TX 77074, David W. Kasper, P.E., who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions)within ninety(90)days(including weekends and holidays)from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above,plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER four hundred dollars [($400.00) for 05-2014 00500- 1 of7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER.four hundred dollars [($400.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds $ 897,607.00 (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid and Alternate(s) , as accepted by OWNER as shown in Document 00300—Bid Proposal. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however,that in case the whole work be near to _ completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written 05-2014 00500-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option,may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6.09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6.09. Article 6. INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251.025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost,progress,performance,or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and.carefully studying)all such examinations,investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and,checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of 05-2014 00500-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, ,' explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price,within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement (Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage,Attachment No. 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor. 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement (Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 19 inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations. 8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. 05-2014 00500-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself,its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations %' contained in the Contract Documents. CC 9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship. CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law. 9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall 05-2014 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER: Any fraud, forgery, sappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for urs not worked, mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 05-2014 00500-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date: �� /if , 20/�. OWNER: CONTRACTOR: CITY OF A 7 Calco Contracting, Ltd. By: By: j S D.FRAZIER-PRESIDEf . Title: Title: Date: 013.1 . Date: - (Corporate Seal) ATTEST yo.47 ATr y IP/r.•5 �+ Address fo givi g notices \`\I►I l 11 ell��' CJ [ 1 �'C JF�J•!�/llv R �Tb"i-d��rTb" Phone: Fax: Vs'- e 0_. 17 Agent for service of process: END OF SECTION 05-2014 00500-7 of 7 Bond No. 61BCSGT0518 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 �P PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That. ._Calco Contracting, LTD._ -. of the City of-- -Houston --._ _ ._- ,County of. Harris ,; and State of Texas, as principal, and Hartford Fire Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ 897,607.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11th day of August _ _ __ 2014 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: WW1303 &WW1304 BID NO.: 2014-25 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents,then this obligation shalt be void;,otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract,or to the Work to be performed thereunder. 12/2007 00610- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND _ PERFORMANCE_BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11th day of. August ,.20 14. Principal: Surety: Calco Contractin ,Ltd. Ha r re Insuranc Company By: � - - - By: ._ ) Sharon Cava atr g h #193638 ORN D.FRAZlEf-PRES1DE1� Title: Title: Attorney-in-Fact _ _ Address: Address: • P.O. Box 10156 19450 State Hwy. 249,#400 Houston,Texas 77206 Houston,Texas 77070 Telephone:, 281-448-2620 Telephone: 832-604-8930 Fax:.. 281-448-9237 - . . Fax:- 866-219-4932 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION Marsh&McLennan Agency,LLC 1776 Yorktown.#200.Houston.TX 77056 phone:713-966-1776 fax:713-966-1700 TDI License#1601820 FEIN#263237576 \ y' 12/2007 00610-2 of 2 Bond No. 61BCSGT0518 CITY OFPEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § . COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That Calco Contracting,LTD. of the City of Houston ,County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Hartford Fire Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, Ire held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner),in the penal sum of$ 897,607.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective•as of the 11th day of August- ,2014 ,(the"Contract")to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations City of Pearland,Texas COP PN:WW1303&WW1304 '~' BID NO.:2014-25 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. • NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or:drawings accompanying thesame, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any>such change,extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract,or to the Work to be performed thereundelt- 07/2006 00611- 1 of 2 CITY OF FEARLANVD PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11th day of August .,2014 Principal: Surety: Calco Cont acting,Ltd. Ha. o ire Insurr Company By: c Bi4 y r� I LORN D.FRA21E S aron Cava 19363 fl-PRESIDENt Title: Title: Attorney-in-Fact Address: Address: P.O. Box 10156 19450 State Hwy. 249,#400 Houston,Texas 77206 Houston,Texas 77070 Telephone:. 281.-448-2620 - _ _._. Telephone: 832-604-8930 Fax: 281-448-9237 Fax: 866-219-4932 ' NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION Marsh&McLennan Agency,LLC 1776 Yorktown.#200.Houston,TX 77050 phone;713.966-1776 fax:713.960-1700 TDI License#1601820 FEIN#283237576 (."`, 07/2006 00611 -2 of 2 Bond No.61BCSGT0518 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That. Calco.Contracting,LTD.._....__.of the City of Houston ,County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Hartford Fire Insurance Company_ authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ 897,607.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11th day of-. August , 2014 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: WW1303 &WW1304 BID NO.: 2014-25 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion,then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. (7) 07/2006 00612- 1 of 2 CITY.OFPEARLAND _ -_ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11th day of August _ ,2014• Principal: Surety: Calco Contracting,Ltd. Ha F• a Insuranc ompany By:. G� / By;. aron Cavana #193638 Title: `®RN D.FRAZIER-PRESIDENT Title: Attorney-in-Fact Address: Address: P.O. Box 10156 19450 State Hwy. 249,#400 - Houston,Texas 77206 Houston,Texas 77070 Telephone: 281-448-2620 Telephone: - 832-604-8930 Fax: . 281-448-9237 _ _ _ Fax: 866-219-4932 (7, NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION Marsh&McLennan Agency,LLC 1776 Yorktown.#200.Houston.TX 77056 phone:713-966-1776 fax:713.966-1700 TDI License#1601820 FEIN#263237576 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 Direct Inquiries/Claims to: DOWER OF ATTORNEY 1 �/�/ r BOND,T� One Hartford Plaza Hartford,Connecticut 06165 call:888-266-3488 or fax:860-757-5835 �1 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: Agency Code: 61-610074&46-505987 FT Hartford Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut Hartford Casualty Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana ET H• artford Accident and Indemnity Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut H• artford Underwriters Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut I-1 T• win City Fire Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana FT H• artford Insurance Company of Illinois,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Illinois I] Hartford insurance Company of the Midwest,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana TT H• artford insurance Company of the Southeast,a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Florida having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the"Companies")do hereby make, constitute and appoint, up to the amount of unlimited: Andrew J.Janda, C. W.Adams, Sue Kohler, Leland L.Rauch, Sharon Cavanaugh, Cheryl R. Colson, Michael Cole,Kurt A. Risk, James Wynne Tomforde of Houston, 7X their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity If more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies)only as delineated above by ®, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof,on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons,guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof,and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on January 22,2004 the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed,duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies,the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. Vr y l "�' � cpqugil a ►0�f ea..17.7444\ /�"'t�i; s - •.r'•rfisT • r ;"1tt ../ \-•yt 1 ;,:.....i.! g rem, 1�'s_ If �� f9�6 a .8 `: 6,2,,,ae. C.,,cu-Q-:1_ Wesley W.Cowling,Assistant Secretary M.Ross Fisher,Assistant Vice President STATE OF CONNECTICUT ss. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD On this 12th day of July, 2012, before me personally came M. Ross Fisher,to me known,who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that he is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. 4t6 NK • e• Kathleen T.Maynard Notary Public CERTIFICATE My Commission Expires July 31,2016 I,the undersigned,Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,which is still in full force effective as of August 11, 2014 Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford. . y \t 7411M i��Nr4r111117� a imef emit%t7" Nil4_y H •i *,. :e \-. __.,,:- ibis•-;:io \ • h,'hu•,1i.• rL' __,______ ._ F Gary W.Stumper,Assistant Vice President Inquiries Re2ardin2 Claims • Hartford Fire Insurance Company Twin City Insurance Company Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company Hartford insurance Company of the Midwest Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company Hartford Insurance Company of the Southeast Please address inquiries regarding Claims for all surety and fidelity products issued by The Hartford's underwriting companies to the following: Phone Number 888-266-3488 Fax-Claims 860-757-5835 or 860-547-8265 E-mail claims@lstepsurety.cotn Mailing Address The Hartford The Hartford Fidelity&Bonding(BOND) Hartford Plaza 690 Asylum Avenue Hartford, CT 06115 t IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE ( To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja. You may contact your agent. Puede comunicarse con su agente. You may call Hartford Insurance Group at the • toll free telephone number for information or to Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono make a complaint at: gratis de The Hartford Insurance Group para indormacion o para someter una queja al 1-800-392-7805 1-800-392-7805 You may also write to The Hartford: Usted tambien puede escribir a The Hartford. The Hartford The Hartford Hartford Financial Products Hartford Financial Products 2 Park Avenue, 5th Floor 2 Park Avenue, 5th Floor New York, New York 10016 New York, New York 10016 1-212-277-0400 1-212-277-0400 You may contact the Texas Department of Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Insurance to obtain information on companies, Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion coverages, rights or complaints at: acerca de companies, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Insurance Texas P.O. Box 149104 P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax Number(512) 475-1771 Fax Number(512)475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIMS DISPUTES: Should DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: you have a dispute concerning your Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su premium or about a claim you should prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse contact the agent first. If the dispute is not con su agente primero. Si no se resuelve la resolved, you may contact the Texas disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con Department of Insurance. el departamento (TDI). ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso This notice is for your information only and es solo para proposito de informacion y no does not become a part or condition of the se convierte en parte o condicion del attached document. documento adjunto. F-4275-1,JTX4275-1 HR 42 H006 00 0807 IMPORTANT NOTICE TEXAS DIVIDEND PROVISION You will be entitled to participate in a distribution of our surplus, as determined by our Board of Directors from time to time, after approval in accordance with the provisions of the Texas Insurance Code, of 1951, as amended. Form F-XXXX-O Printed in U.S.A. CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows: In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of$ the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30 days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made, the undersigned does fully and finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. Signature Printed Name&Title Company Name State of County of Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this day of , 20 My Commission Expires: Notary Public 5-12-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1.02 Contract Documents 1.03 Subcontractor 1.04 Written Notice 1.05 Work 1.06 Extra Work 1.07 Work Day � 1.07-1 Rain Day 1.07-2 Impact Day 1.08 Calendar Day 1.09 Substantially Completed 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1.11 Referenced Standards 1.12 Contract Time 1.13 Construction Inspector 1.14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4 2.01 No Warranty of Design 2.02 Right of Entry 2.03 Ownership of Plans 10-2012 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 6 3.01 Owner-Engineer Relationship 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3.03 Preliminary Approval 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3.06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 4.01 Independent Contractor 4.02 Contractor's Understanding r"1 4.03 Laws and Ordinances - 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4.06 Insurance 4.07 Permits and Fees 4.08 Texas State Sales Tax 4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 4.10 Character of Workers 4.11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 4.12 Sanitation 4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4.14 Performance of Work 4.15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10-2012 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.16 Layout of Work 4.17 Shop Drawings g 4.18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship; Observations 4.19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen, and Furnishers of Equipment, Machinery and Supplies 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 4.26 Indemnification 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 4.28 Guarantee 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 5.02 Extension of Time 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 5.04 Suspension of Work 5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5.06 Change of Contract Time 5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 00700-iii • CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.03 Estimated Quantities ,...� 6.04 Price of Work 6.05 Payments 6.06 Partial Payments 6.07 Use of Completed Portions & Punchlist 6.08 Substantial Completion 6.08-1 6.09 Final Payment 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 6.12 Payments Withheld 6.13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27 7.01 Differing Site Conditions 7.02 Change Orders 7.03 Change Orders 7.04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non-Work Days 7.05 Minor Changes 7.06 Extra Work 7.07 Time of Filing Claims 8.0 DEFAULT 30 8.01 Default by Contractor 8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance 8.04 Cross-Default 10-2012 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.05 Insolvency 8.06 Contingent Assignment 8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8.08 Termination for Convenience 8.09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35 ATTACHMENT NO. 1: WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO. 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 ATTACHMENT NO. 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl C C 10-2012 00700-v CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER.. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and .specifications of this Contract. The term CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order: (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders; (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment.and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release', and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; (5) Addenda, if any; (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual; (7) Instructions to C.1 (8) Bid Proposal; and 10-2012 00700- 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known '"'") business address or registered office of such individual, partnership,joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only. 1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 10-2012 00700-2 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7.05 for procedure to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non-work days. 1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) 1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or "Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation .from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations,the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, tom, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 10-2012 00700-3 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words,terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average ' 1 number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the - Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days. in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1.14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or installed by the Contractor. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 10-2012 00700-4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS. All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation,or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default .of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 10-2012 00700-5 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse 1 the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications t without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non-conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR; otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications ,• prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 10-2012 00700-6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract.Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable_ care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds.of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER.shall become aware of or shall receive information that there. is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to 'all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order,,interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the. OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work.. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 10-2012 00700-7 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the '"') terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, - codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its � powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act 10-2012 00700- 8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. • The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 — Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 —Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be-payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All bonds shall be issued by.Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 10-2012 00700-9 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 4.09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner; the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at 10-2012 00700- 10 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day. CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris,trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris,trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER. TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. C' 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 10-2012 00700- 11 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall '"'') not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4.18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such /1146) directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 10-2012 00700- 12 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation;inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the.Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the .ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700- 13 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall ,..) provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 10-2012 00700- 14 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8)hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT,-POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 10-2012 00700- 15 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, f THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED .. AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 10-2012 00700- 16 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE: (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH. OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury, death, or property injury. This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen C\ circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 10-2012 00700- 17 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees,the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the -- OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for _ completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the 10-2012 00700- 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR,its subcontractors or suppliers, and if,the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may.be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION. The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further 10-2012 00700- 19 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of '"') the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum,the following data: A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL: Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility ,•1 owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 10-2012 00700-20 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences, unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner. The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid.Work, and for 10-2012 00700-21 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. 10-2012 00700-22 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a.condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. - OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may,upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under "6.08 FINAL PAYMENT." The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above-stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified- officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's ,opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete". Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine 10-2012 00700-23 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as: (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents; (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER; (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; 10-2012 00700-24 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to ('18116\ occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction; (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools,temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's satisfaction;. . (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by CONTRACTOR; (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion; and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims .previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from.the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 10-2012 00700-25 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law r) or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied; (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (0 Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 10-2012 00700-26 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. _ 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract,the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a)Upon written notification,the ENGINEER will.investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7.02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven(7) calendar days and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ENGINEER within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. (a) Upon receipt, the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract ' has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will make 10-2012 00700-27 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing, whether or j not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7.03 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement,the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time,which may result from the change. 7.04 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall ''" prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non-Work Day. 7.05 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7.06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for , Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: __ Method (A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or 10-2012 00700-28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ', Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method(B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus: a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten(10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or b) For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent. (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto. In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel,' lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents,plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or 10-2012 00700-29 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the ; CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7.07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER 10-2012 00700-30 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners: (a) . The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so• charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may,be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER.under the completion contract, as compared to what would • have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time 10-2012 00700-31 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR j and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract,the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and fmal release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES. If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing .r.� other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost _. thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to 10-2012 00700-32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, CI'lb' subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction .or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS-DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing.within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law. Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct-the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR'S default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's teunination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no.performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such 10-2012 00700-33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work 10-2012 00700-34 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not,been incorporated rb` into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder. 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution 10-2012 00700-35 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 10-2012 00700-36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage.("certificate") _ A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project _includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner- operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER: (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end j of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive infoiiiiation on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, • or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, too: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all , employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 05/2007 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR,prior to the end of the coverage period, a new rb', certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: (a) a certificate of coverage,prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 05/2007 00700-A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO.2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE • In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: 1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully (1111 compensated for all labor, materials, .equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a (11 modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional 05/2007 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT protection of OWNER. SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the day of , 20_ CONTRACTOR: By: Signature Print Name: Title: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each general partner must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the day of 20_by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By-Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: By: President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] 05/2007 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I (We) am(are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we)have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I (we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR-Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 20_. Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 07/2006 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT . 1 STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation,pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this,the day of 20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 07/2006 00700-B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and(c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any. 1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier. 1.4 ISO. "ISO"means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein: 2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. 10-2012 . 00700-Cl CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner. 3.4 Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision: In the event of cancellation, non-renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required: 10-2012 00700-C2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability. 4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than: Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4.1.4 Required Endorsements a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01; or iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner. b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e. Primary and Non-Contributing Liability. It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability. f._ Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 10-2012 00700-C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired, and non-owned). 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$1,000,000. 4.2.4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows: 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than: Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop-down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the , commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700-C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $5,000,000. 4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including.required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of. the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date.. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5.1 Coverage. The.Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design orengineering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims-Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$1,000,000. . . 4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.6 Builder's Risk 4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds; and b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 10-2012 00700-C5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover: a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation; d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. Form a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include: i. Additional expenses due to delay in $ TBD completion of project (where applicable) ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications, workmanship or materials, including collapse iv. Debris removal additional limit 25% of direct damage loss v. Earthquake (where applicable) $ TBD vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where $ TBD applicable) vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD viii. Flood (where applicable) $ TBD ix. Freezing Included without sublimit x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot & Included without sublimit cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation, non-renewal or Included 10-2012 00700-C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction—60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included below xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal $ TBD xv. Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below. 4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single occurrence. 4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per $5,000 Occurrence, except b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days c. Flood, Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, BorV d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence _ 4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates: a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated; b. the date on which final payment,,as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. • 10-2012 00700-C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be 7- endorsed as follows: a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows: Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5. Intentionally left blank. 6. Evidence of Insurance 6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance". 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance". 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify: 6.3.1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company. 6.3.4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3.6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3.7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any 'I') kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700-C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify.a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy. 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner. 7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its 10-2012 00700-C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. • 10-2012 00700-C10 ACG CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDDIYYYY) I �� 8/11/2014 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS opii.\ CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the pollcy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Janice Lucas Marsh&McLennan Agency LLC PH((A//CCN..N.Exn:713-966-1776 FAX No:713-966-1700 1776 Yorktown, Suite 200 E-MAIL Houston TX 77056 ADDRESS janice.lucas@marshmc.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA:Travelers Lloyds Insurance Co 41262 INSURED CALCO-1 INSURER B:charter Oak Insurance Company 25615 Calco Contracting, Ltd. INSURER C:Travelers Indemnity Co of CT 25682 8000 Berwyn INSURER D:Travelers Indemnity Company 25658 Houston TX 77037 INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:2050274687 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP W /Y LIMITS LTR INSR VD POLICY NUMBER (MMIDDYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) A GENERAL LIABILITY Y Y DT-CO-5461B066-TIA-13 12/31/2013 12/31/2014 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 DAMAGE RENTED X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISESO(Ea occurrence) $100,000 CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIESPER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 POLICY n j T n LOG $ 9 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y Y BA-8314C123-13-CNS 12/31/2013 12/31/2014 (Ea acccidentpNGLE LIMI( $1,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ HIRED AUTOS — AUTOS (Per accident) X MCS-90 END $ C X UMBRELLA LAB X OCCUR Y Y CUP-5461 B054-TCT-13 12/31/2013 12/31/2014 EACH OCCURRENCE $2,000,000 EXCESS UAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $2,000,000 DED RETENTION$ $ D WORKERS COMPENSATION Y DTNUB-459M024A-13 12/31/2013 12/31/2014 X WC STATU- TORY EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY TORY LIMITS ER Y/N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N N/A (Mandatory In NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 A Installation/Builder Risk Floater N N QT-660-0313L353-TLC-13 12/31/2013 12/31/2014 Per Location 5,000,000 Maximum Cat Limit 10,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,If more space Is required) The General Liability,Auto Liability and Umbrella Liability policies include a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to certificate holder when there is an executed written contract that requires such status.The General Liability,Auto Liability, Umbrella Liability and Workers' Compensation policies include a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature to certificate holder only when there is an executed written contract that requires it. The General Liability policy contains a special endorsement with"Primary and Noncontributory"wording. Blanket Named Insured Endorsement that provides named insured status to the Installation/Builders Risk Policy only when there is an wrriten contract executed prior to loss that requires such status but only to the extent of See Attached... CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Pearland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. �,.• - 3519 Liberty Drive F. f Pearland,TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE „3( , (. 6244-72/247 I ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2010/05) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: CALCO-1 LOC#: ACORN ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1 AGENCY NAMED INSURED Marsh&McLennan Agency LLC Calco Contracting, Ltd. POLICY NUMBER 8000 Berwyn Houston TX 77037 CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE their financial interest in the covered property: 1. Owner(s)of Covered Property 2. Mortgagee or Loss Payee 3. Contractors;and 4.Sub Contractors and Sub-Sub Contractors. Re: Project#WW1303,#VVW1304,#WW1204, Bid#2014-25,Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations and Installation of Hughes Ranch Road Sanitary Sewer. Additional Insureds:The City of Pearland, its successors and assigns and the Engineer any officers,employees or agents of such persons or entities and others as required by the Contract Documents-applies per the Blanket Additional Insured endorsement which grants additional insured status only where such status is required by a written contract. ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Calco Contracting, LTD Policy No, ,�►� DT-CO-546180GG-TIA-13 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. WHO IS AN INSURED— (Section II) is amended erations endorsement CG 20 37, without to include any person or organization that you an edition of such endorsements speci- agree in a "written contract requiring Insurance"to fied; include as an additional insured on this Coverage the person or organization is an additional in- Part. However, the person or organization is only sured only if the injury or damage is caused, an additional insured with respect to liability for in whole or in part, by acts or omissions of "bodily injury", "property damage"or "personal in- you or your subcontractor in the performance jury" and as described in Paragraph a), b) or c) of "your work" to which the "written contract below, whichever applies: requiring insurance"applies. a) If the "written contract requiring insurance" c) If neither Paragraph a) nor b) above applies: specifically requires you to provide additional insured coverage to that person or organiza- i. The person or organization is an addi- tion by the use of: tional insured only if, and to the extent that, the injury or damage is caused by i. The Additional Insured — Owners, Les- acts or omissions of you or your subcon- sees or Contractors — (Form B) endorse- tractor in the performance of"your work" ment CG 20 10 11 85;or to which the"written contract requiring in- ii. The Additional Insured — Owners, Les- surance" applies;and sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person ii. The person or organization does not qual- Or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 ify as an additional insured with respect to 10 01 and the Additional Insured — Own- the independent acts or omissions of ers, Lessees or Contractors —Completed such person or organization. Operations endorsement CG 20 37 10 01; 2. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is limited as follows: the person or organization is an additional in- sured only if the injury or damage arises out a) In the event that the Limits of Insurance of of "your work" to which the "written contract this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations requiring insurance"applies. exceed the limits of liability required by the "written contract requiring insurance", the in- b) If the "written contract requiring insurance" surance provided to the additional insured specifically requires you to provide additional shall be limited to the limits of liability required insured coverage to that person or organiza- by that "written contract requiring insurance". tion by the use of: This endorsement shall not increase the limits i. The Additional Insured — Owners, Les- of insurance described in Section III —Limits sees or Contractors— Scheduled Person Of Insurance. or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 b) The insurance provided to the additional in- 07 04 and the Additional Insured —Own- sured does not apply to"bodily injury", "prop- ers, Lessees or Contractors —Completed erty damage" or "personal injury" arising out Operations endorsement CG 20 37 07 of the rendering of, or failure to render, any 04;or professional architectural, engineering or sur- ii. The Additional Insured — Owners, Les- veying services, including: sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person I. The preparing, approving, or failing to Or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- and the Additional Insured — Owners, ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- Lessees or Contractors—Completed Op- CG D6 04 0510 ©2010 The Travelers indemnity Company.All rights reserved Page 1 of 2 Calco Contracting, LTD Policy No. DT-00-5461 B066-TIA-13 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ders or change orders, or the preparing, Hi. The nature and location of any injury or approving, or failing to prepare or ap- damage arising Out of the "occurrence or prove, drawings and specifications; and offense. ii. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or b) If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against engineering activities. the additional insured, the additional insured c) The insurance provided to the additional in- must: sured does not apply to "bodily injury" or i. Immediately record the specifics of the "property damage"caused by"your work" and claim or"suit" and the date received;and included in the "products-completed opera- ii. Notify us as soon as practicable. tions hazard" unless the "written contract re- quiring insurance" specifically requires you to The additional insured must see to it that we provide such coverage for that additional in- receive written notice of the claim or"suit" as sured during the policy period. soon as practicable. 3. The insurance provided to the additional insured c) The additional insured must immediately send by this endorsement is excess over any valid and us copies of all legal papers received in con- collectible "other insurance", whether primary, ex- nection with the claim or"suit",cooperate with cess, contingent or on any other basis, that is us in the investigation or settlement of the available to the additional insured for a loss we claim or defense against the "suit", and oth- cover under this endorsement. However, if the erwise comply with all policy conditions. "written contract requiring insurance" specifically d) The additional insured must tender the de- requires that this insurance apply on a primary fense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to basis or a primary and non-contributory basis,this any provider of"other insurance"which would insurance is primary to"other insurance"available cover the additional insured for a loss we to the additional insured which covers that person cover under this endorsement. However, this or organization as a named insured for such loss, condition does not affect whether the insur- and we will not share with that "other insurance". ance provided to the additional insured by this But the insurance provided to the additional in- endorsement is primary to "other insurance" sured by this endorsement still is excess over any available to the additional insured which cov- valid and collectible "other insurance", whether ers that person or organization as a named primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, insured as described in Paragraph 3. above. that is available to the additional insured when 5. The following definition is added to SECTION V.— that person or organization is an additional in- DEFINITIONS: sured under such "other insurance". "Written contract requiring insurance" means that 4. As a condition of coverage provided to the addi- part of any written contract or agreement under tional insured by this endorsement: which you are required to include a person or er- a) The additional insured must give us written ganization as an additional insured on this Cover- notice as soon as practicable of an "occur- age Part, provided that the "bodily injury" and rence" or an offense which may result in a "property damage" occurs, and the "personal in- claim. To the extent possible, such notice jury" is caused by an offense committed, during should include: the policy period and: i. How, when and where the "occurrence" a. After the signing and execution of the contract or offense took place; or agreement by you;and ii. The names and addresses of any injured b. While that part of the contract or agreement is persons and witnesses; and in effect. Page 2 of 2 ©2010 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CG D6 04 05 10 POLICY NUMBER:DT-CO-5461B066-TIA-13 ISSUE DATE: 01-03-14 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following; ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice of Cancellation: 30 PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION FOR CONTINUED ON IL TB 03 • ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS SHOWN FOR THAT PERSON CONTINUED ON IL T8 03 HOUSTON TX 77037 PROVISIONS: If we cancel this policy for any statutorily permitted above. We will mail such notice to the address shown reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a in the schedule above at least the number of days number of days is shown for cancellation in the shown for cancellation in the schedule above before schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the effective date of cancellation. the person or organization shown in the schedule IL T4 05 03 11 ©2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-5461BO56-TIA-L3 GENERAL PURPOSE ENDORSEMENT THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY-NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: NUMBER OF DAYS NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: 30 PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ON IF: 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2. WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THIS SCHEDULE. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. IL T8 03 Paae 1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY NUMBER: DT-00-5461B066-TIA-13 ISSUE DATE: 01-03-14 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: City of Houston Department of Public Works & Engineering P.O. BOX 1562 HOUSTON TX 77251 (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement) The TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY damage arising out of your ongoing operations or AGAINST OTHERS TO US Condition (Section IV- "your work" done under a contract with that person COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS) or organization and included in the "products- is amended by the addition of the following: completed operations hazards." This waiver applies We waive any right of recovery we may have against only to the person or organization shown in the the person or organization shown in the Schedule Schedule above. above because of payments we make for injury or CG 24 04 10 93 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1992 Page 1 of 1 Calco Contracting, LTD Policy No. DT-CO-5461 B066-TIA-13 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS XTEND ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE—This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to this Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. Aircraft Chartered With Pilot H. Blanket Additional Insured — Lessors Of Leased B. Damage To Premises Rented To You Equipment C. Increased Supplementary Payments I. Blanket Additional Insured — States Or Political Subdivisions—Permits D. Incidental Medical Malpractice J. Knowledge And Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense E, Who Is An Insured — Newly Acquired Or Formed Organizations K. Unintentional Omission F. Who Is An Insured — Broadened Named Insured L. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation —Unnamed Subsidiaries M. Amended Bodily Injury Definition G. Blanket Additional Insured — Owners, Managers N. Contractual Liability—Railroads Or Lessors Of Premises PROVISIONS INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LI- A. AIRCRAFT CHARTERED WITH PILOT ABILITY: The following is added to Exclusion g., Aircraft, Exclusions c. and g. through n. do not apply Auto Or Watercraft, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION to "premises damage". Exclusion f.(1)(a) I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY IN- does not apply to "premises damage" caused JURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: by: This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft that a. Fire; is: b. Explosion; (a) Chartered with a pilot to any insured; c. Lightning; (b) Not owned by any insured; and d. Smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, (c) Not being used to carry any person or prop- or lightning;or erty for a charge. e. Water; B. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU unless Exclusion f. of Section I—Coverage A 1. The first paragraph of the exceptions in Ex- —Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability clusion )., Damage To Property, in Para- is replaced by another endorsement to this graph 2. of SECTION I — COVERAGES — Coverage Part that has Exclusion—All Pollu- COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND tion Injury Or Damage or Total Pollution Ex- PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is deleted. clusion in its title. 2. The following replaces the last paragraph of A separate limit of insurance applies to Paragraph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I — "premises damage" as described in Para- COVERAGES — COVERAGE A. BODILY graph 6. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF IN- SURANCE. rib.) CG D3 16 11 11 ©2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved Page 1 of 6 Calco Contracting, LTD Policy No DT-CO-5461 B066-TIA-13 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 3. The following replaces Paragraph 6. of SEC- C. INCREASED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS TION III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE: 1. The following replaces Paragraph 1.b. of Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Prem- SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- ises Rented To You Limit is the most we will AGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVER- pay under Coverage A for damages because AGE: of "premises damage" to any one premises. b. Up to $2,500 for the cost of bail bonds The Damage To Premises Rented To You required because of accidents or traffic Limit will apply to all "property damage" law violations arising out of the use of any proximately caused by the same "occur- vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability rence", whether such damage results from: Coverage applies, We do not have to fur- fire; explosion; lightning; smoke resulting from nish these bonds. such fire, explosion, or lightning; or water; or 2. The following replaces Paragraph 1.d. of any combination of any of these causes. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- The Damage To Premises Rented To You AGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVER- Limit will be: AGES: a. The amount shown for the Damage To d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the Premises Rented To You Limit on the insured at our request to assist us in the Declarations of this Coverage Part; or investigation or defense of the claim or b. $300,000 if no amount is shown for the "suit", including actual loss of earnings up Damage To Premises Rented To You to $500 a day because of time off from Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage work. Part. D. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE 4. The following replaces Paragraph a. of the 1. The following is added to the definition of"oc- definition of"insured contract" in the DEFINI- currence" in the DEFINITIONS Section: TIONS Section: "Occurrence" also means an act or omission a. A contract for a lease of premises. How- committed in providing or failing to provide ever, that portion of the contract for a "incidental medical services", first aid or lease of premises that indemnifies any "Good Samaritan services" to a person. person or organization for "premises 2. The following is added to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of damage" is not an "insured contract"; SECTION II—WHO IS AN INSURED: 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Paragraph (1)(d) above does not apply to Section: "bodily injury" arising out of providing or fail- "Premises damage" means "property dam- ing to provide: age"to: (i) "Incidental medical services" by any of a. Any premises while rented to you or tern- your "employees" who is a nurse practi- porarily occupied by you with permission tioner, registered nurse,licensed practical of the owner:or nurse, nurse assistant, emergency medi- b. The contents of any premises while such cal technician or paramedic; or premises is rented to you, if you rent such II First aid or"Good Samaritan services" by premises for a period of seven or fewer ( ) consecutive days. any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers", other than an employed or vol- 6. The following replaces Paragraph 4.b.(1)(b) unteer doctor. Any such "employees" or of SECTION IV —COMMERCIAL GENERAL "volunteer workers" providing or failing to LIABILITY CONDITIONS: provide first aid or "Good Samaritan ser- (b) That is insurance for "premises damage"; vices" during their work hours for you will or be deemed to be acting within the scope 7. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(c) of SECTION IV — of their employment by you or performing COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON- duties related to the conduct of your busi- DITIONS is deleted. ness. Page 2 of 6 ©2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved CG D3 16 11 11 Calco Contracting, LTD Policy No. DT-00-5461 B066-TIA-13 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY If the insured has agreed in a contract or agree- 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, mental ment to waive that insured's right of recovery anguish, mental injury, shock,fright, disability, against any person or organization, we waive our humiliation, sickness or disease sustained by right of recovery against such person or organiza- a person, including death resulting from any tion, but only for payments we make because of: of these at any time. a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc- N. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY—RAILROADS curs;or 1. The following replaces Paragraph c. of the b. "Personal injury" or "advertising injury" definition of"insured contract" in the DEFINI- caused by an offense that is committed; TIONS Section: subsequent to the execution of that contract or c. Any easement or license agreement; agreement. 2. Paragraph f.(1) of the definition of "insured M. AMENDED BODILY INJURY DEFINITION contract" in the DEFINITIONS Section is de- The following replaces the definition of "bodily leted. injury"in the DEFINITIONS Section: • Page 6 of 6 ©2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved CG D3 16 11 11 COMMERCIAL AUTO POLICY NUMBER: BA-8314C123-13-CNS ISSUE DATE: 01-03-14 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modi- fied by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" under the Who Is An Insured Provi- sion of the Coverage Form.This endorsement does not after coverage provided in the Coverage Form. SCHEDULE Name of Person(s) or Organization(s): CITY OF HOUSTON DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS & ENGINEERING P. 0. BOX 1562 HOUSTON, TX 77251 (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to the endorsement.) Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured"for Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured Provision contained in Section II of the Coverage Form. CA 20 48 02 99 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1998 Page 1 of 1 BA-8314C123-13-CNS COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following. BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorse- required of you by a written contract executed ment, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply prior to any "accident" or "loss", provided that the unless modified by the endorsement. "accident" or "loss" arises out of the operations Paragraph 5. Transfer of Rights Of Recovery contemplated by such contract. The waiver ap- Against Others To Us of the CONDITIONS section plies only to the person or organization desig- is replaced by the following; Hated in such contract. 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Oth- ers To Us We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the extent CA T3 40 08 08 ©2008 The Travelers Companies,Inc. Page 1 of 1 l ENDORSEMENT FOR MOTOR CARRIER POLICIES OF INSURANCE FOR PUBLIC LIABILITY UNDER SECTIONS 29 AND 30 OF THE MOTOR CARRIER ACT OF 1980 Issued to CALCO CONTRACTING, LTD of HOUSTON, TX • 1301 EAST COLLINS BLVD. Dated at RICHARDSON TX this 03 day of 01 ,20 14 Amending Policy No. BA-8314C123-13-CNS Effective Date 12-31-13 Name of Insurance Company TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY COMPANY OF AMERICA �, y} Countersigned by: 41144 Authorized Cor�tpariy Representative The policy to which this endorsement is attached provides primary or excess insurance, as indicated by"X", for the limits shown: This insurance is primary and the company shall not be liable for amounts in excess of S 750,000 for each accident. ❑This insurance is excess and the company shall not be liable for amounts in excess of$ for each accident in excess of the underlying limit of$ for each accident. Whenever required by the Federal Motor Carrier Safely Administration (FMCSA), the company agrees to furnish the FMCSA a duplicate of said policy and all its endorsements The company also agrees, upon telephone request by an authorized representative of the FMCSA,to verify that the policy is in force as of a part cuter dale The telephone number to call is: Cancel:ati;n of this endorsement may be effectua by the company or the msurec by giving 11)thirty-five(35)days nolk a in wnung to the other party (said:I5 days notice to commence from the date the not.ce+s mailed, proof of mailing snail he sufficient proof of notice).and(2)if the insured is subject to the FMCSA's jurisdiction, by providing thirty l30)nays nuttce to the FMCSA tsaid 30 clays notice to commence from the date the not•co is received by the FMCSA at its office in Washington,O C) DEFINITIONS AS USED IN THIS ENDORSEMENT ACCIDENT includes continuous or repeated exposure to conditions dental discharge,dispersal, release or escape into or upon the land, which result in bodily injury, property damage, or environmental atmosphere,watercourse,or body of water,of any commodity trans- damage which the insured neither expected nor intended ported by a motor carrier. This shall include the cost of removal and MOTOR VEHICLE means a land vehicle, machine, truck, tractor, the cost of necessary measures taken to minimize or mitigate dam- trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and age to human health, the natural environment, fish, shell-fish, and used on a highway for transporting property, or any combination wildlife. thereof PROPERTY DAMAGE means damage to or loss of use of tangible BODILY INJURY means injury to the body, sickness, or disease to properly. any person,including death resulting from any of these, PUBLIC LIABILITY means liability for bodily injury,property damage, ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION means restitution for the loss, and environmental restoration enmage. or destruction of natural resources ansme out of the. ace:- The insurance policy to which this endorsement is attached provides endorsement thereon, or violation thereof, shall relieve the company automobile liability insurance and is amended to assure compliance from liability or from the payment of any final judgment, within the by the insured, within the limits stated herein, as a motor carrier of limits of liability herein described, irrespective of the financial condi- property, with Sections 29 and 30 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 lion, insolvency or bankruptcy of the insured However, all terms, and the rules and regulations of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety conditions, and limitations in the policy to which the endorsement is Administration(FMCSA) attached shall remain in full force and effect as binding between the In consideration of the premium stated in the policy to which this insured and the company.The insured agrees to reimburse the corn- endorsement is attached, the insurer(the company) agrees to pay, pany for any payment made by the company on account of any acci- within the limits of,liability described herein, any final judgment re- dent, claim, or suit involving a breach of the terms of the policy, and covered against the insured for public liability resulting from negli- for any payment that the company would not have been obligated to gence in the operation, maintenance or use of motor vehicles subject make under the provisions of the policy except for the agreement to the financial responsibility requirements of Sections 29 and 30 of contained in this endorsement. the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 regardless of whether or not each mo- It is further understood and agreed that,upon failure of the company for vehicle is specifically described in the policy and whether or not to pay any final judgment recovered against the insured as provided such negligence occurs on any route or in any territory authorized to herein, the judgment creditor may maintain an action in any court of be served by the insured or elsewhere. Such insurance as is at- competent jurisdiction against the company to compel such payment. forded, for public liability,does not apply to injury to or death of the The limits of the company's liability for the amounts prescribed in this insured's employees while engaged in the course of their employ- endorsement apply separately to each accident and any payment ment, or property transported by the insured, designated as cargo It under the policy because of any one accident shall not operate to is understood and agreed that no condition, provision,stipulation, or reduce the liability of the company for the payment of final judgments limitation contained in the policy, this endorsement, or any other resulting from any other accident The Motor Carrier Act of 1980 requires limits of financial responsibility according to type of carriage and commodity transported by the motor carrier It is the MOTOR CARRIER'S obligation to obtain the required limits of financial responsibility. THE SCHEDULE OF LIMITS SHOWN ON THE REVERSE SIDE DOES NOT PROVIDE COVERAGE The limits shown in the schedule are for information purposes only. MCS-90 Page 1 of 2 0 ' SCHEDULE OF LIMITS Public Liability Minimum Type of Carriage Commodity Transported Insurance (1) For-hire(In interstate or foreign Property(nonhazardous). $ 750,000 commerce). (2) For-hire and Private (In interstate, Hazardous substances, as defined in 49 CFR 5,000,000 foreign, or intrastate commerce). 171.8, transported in cargo tanks, portable tanks, or hopper-type vehicles with capacities in excess of 3,500 water gallons; or in bulk Division 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 materials; Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A,or Division 6.1, Packing Group 1, Hazard Zone A material; in bulk Division 2.1 or 2.2; or highway route controlled quantities of a Class 7 material as defined in 49 CFR 173.403 (3) For-hire and Private (In interstate Oil listed in 49 CFR 172.101; hazardous waste, 1,000,000 or foreign commerce: in any hazardous materials and hazardous substances quantity)or(in intrastate-com- defined in 49 CFR 171.8 and listed in 49 CFR merce: in bulk only). 172.101, but not mentioned in (2) above or(4) below. (4) For-hire and Private (In interstate Any quantity of Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 material; 5,000,000 or foreign commerce) any quantity of a Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, or Division 6.1, Packing Group 1, Hazard Zone A material; or highway route controlled quantities of Class 7 material as defined in 49 CFR 173.403 Note: The type of carriage listed under numbers (1), (2), and (3) applies to vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or more. The type of carriage listed under number(4)applies to all vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating of less than 10,000 pounds. MCS-90 Page 2 of 2 POLICY NUMBER:BA-8314C123-13-CNS ISSUE DATE: 01-03-14 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice of Cancellation: 30 PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: SEE CA T8 04 12 13 CP.) • ADDRESS: HOUSTON, TX 77037 PROVISIONS: If we cancel this policy for any statutorily permitted above.We will mail such notice to the address shown reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a in the schedule above at least the number of days number of days is shown for cancellation in the shown for cancellation in the schedule above before (4111. schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the effective date of cancellation. the person or organization shown in the schedule IL T4 05 0311 ©2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL AUTO POLICY ENDORSEMENT - CA T8 05 12 13 POLICY NUMBER BA-8314C123-13-CNS ** THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ** TX CANC PROV COV CHANGE IT IS AGREED THAT: NAME OF PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION THAT IS A CERTIFICATE HOLDER OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ISSUED FOR YOU THAT: 1. REFERS TO THIS POLICY AND STATES THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE PROVIDED TO THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION; AND 2. IS IN EFFECT, AND IS ON FILE AT THE OFFICE OF YOUR AGENT OR BROKER FOR THIS POLICY, AT THE TIME OF THE CANCELLATION. THIS ENDORSEMENT DOES NOT APPLY WHEN THE REASON FOR CANCELLATION IS NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM. ADDRESS - THE ADDRESS SHOWN FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION IN THAT CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. � EFFECTIVE DATE 12-31-13 EXPIRATION DATE 12-31-14 PAGE 0001 DATE OF ISSUE 01-03-14 TRAVELERS J WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ONE TOWER SQUARE HARTFORD, CT 06183 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY ENDORSEMENT WC 42 03 04(A) — 001 POLICY NUMBER: (DTNUB-45914024-A-13) TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. ❑ Specific Waiver Name of person or organization ❑X Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver 2. Operations: ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 02 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations describe. 4. Advance Premium: $SEE SCHEDULE 1 DATE OF ISSUE: 01-04-14 ST ASSIGN. Page 1 of 1 (111111 TRAVELERS/ J WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ONE TOWER SQUARE HARTFORb, CT 06183 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY ENDORSEMENT WC 42 06 01 (00) — 001 POLICY NUMBER: (DTNUB-459M024-A-13) TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in item 3.A.of the Information Page. In the event of cancelation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. SCHEDULE 1. NUMBER OF DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE: 30 (or") 2. NOTICE WILL BE MAILED TO: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION THAT IS A CERTIFICATE HOLDER OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ISSUED FOR YOU THAT: 1. REFERS TO THIS POLICY AND STATES THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE PROVIDED TO THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION; AND 2. IS IN EFFECT, AND IS ON FILE AT THE OFFICE OF YOUR CONT. ENDT. WC 42 06 01 (00) - 002 •* Number of days Notice specified in the Certificate of Insurance to all holders of such certificates. DATE OF ISSUE: 01-04-14 ST ASSIGN: CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: telephone: 281. 652. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is: telephone: The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is: telephone: ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4.6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Not Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records,the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year,proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BIDDER is Not Required to 2-24-12 00800- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT provide this equipment or include this cost in the Bid. See Section 13730 for full details regarding this computer equipment. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. END OF SECTION 2-24-12 00800-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code),the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc.) 10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1 Page 1 of 4 General Decision Number: TX140044 01/03/2014 TX44 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20130044 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy County: Brazoria County in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Including Water and Sewer Lines (Does Not Include Flood Control) Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/03/2014 * 3FTX0669-001 07/01/2013 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) $ 26.36 16.62 SUTX2005-018 05/18/2005 Rates Fringes Carperter $ 14 .38 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER $ 11.37 1.13 ELECTRICIAN $ 18.40 1.34 Formbuilder/Formsetter $ 9.83 1. 69 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 11.29 0.00 Laborers: Common $ 8.99 1.25 Landscape $ 7.35 0.00 Mason Tender Cement $ 9.96 0.00 Pipelayer $ 9.63 1.50 PIPEFITTER $ 17.00 0.04 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Backhoe $ 12.74 0.00 Bulldozer $ 12.46 0.00 Crane $ 11.00 0.74 Excavator $ 16.74 0.00 Front End Loader $ 10.47 1.28 Grader $ 12.20 1.48 Tractor $ 11.29 1.45 TRUCK DRIVER $ 14 ..42 1.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX44.dvb?v=0 3/4/2014 Page 2 of 4 operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii) ) . The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type (s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is union or non-union. Union Identifiers An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" denotes that the union classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that classification. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2011 . The first four letters , PLUM, indicate the international union and the four-digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union /4111 number or district council number where applicable , i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate/collective bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above example. Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the rates. 0000/9999: weighted union wage rates will be published annually each January. Non-Union Identifiers Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived from survey data by computing average rates and are not union rates; however, the data used in computing these rates may include both union and non-union data. Example: SULA2004-007 5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union majority rates, LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued as a General Wage Determination on that date. http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX44.dvb?v=0 3/4/2014 Page 3 of 4 Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change 0111'1 until a new survey is conducted. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1. ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2. ) and 3. ) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2. ) If the answer to the question in 1. ) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7) . Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc. ) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3. ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) . Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX44.dvb?v=0 3/4/2014 Page 4 of 4 446) END OF GENERAL DECISION http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX44.dvb?v=0 3/4/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. # Date: [mm dd, yyyy] [NOTE TO SPECIFIER: Please read this entire section carefully; edit, add, modify as appropriate and/or necessary for your project; coordinate all changes with the City prior to issuance and; DELET THIS TEXT BOX PRIOR TO PRINTING.] PROJECT: [Project name; project limits] BID NO.: [200#-###] BID DATE: [Date;time] FROM: [Responsible engineer] [Title] [Firm name] [Firm address] To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIP T OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: [Insert as needed] SPECIFICATIONS: [Insert as needed] CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: [Insert as needed] END OF ADDENDUM NO. [#] [Responsible engineer] [Title] 2-22-12 00900- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 04/2008 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100- 1 of 2 Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract,work by Owner,Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the construction of : Installation of approximately 1,500 linear feet of 8-inch through 12-inch diameter sanitary sewers by open cut and auger methods. The project also includes manholes,service reconnections,bypass pumping, and conversion of two existing lift stations into junction manholes. The work includes site restoration and cleanup,stormwater pollution prevention devices,and connection of wastewater mains to two existing lift stations. B A Contractor's Field Office as referenced in Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls is not required for this project. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A Not Applicable. 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A Not Applicable 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A Contractor shall schedule his work such that no disruption in wastewater service to residences or businesses occurs. B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer&Owner for approval as specified in Section 01300—Submittals. C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings. 1.06 FUTURE WORK A Not Applicable. 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100- 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100-2 of 2 A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-of-way as '1") specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer. B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION -NotUsed END OF SECTION CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100-2 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2 Section 01730—Cutting &Patching 3 Section 01555 —Traffic Control &Regulation 4 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720—Field Surveying 6 Section 02980—Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770—Curbs, Curb & Gutter, &Headers 8 Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, &Embankment Materials 9 Section 02922—Sodding 10 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access,operations,and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost,for temporary use of private properties,in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 02/2008 01140- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). • B Means,methods,techniques, sequences,or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. D Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner. 1.05 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously. B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights-of-ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting &Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours,72 hours and 2 weeks e'"1 prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. 02/2008 01140-2 of 4 , CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact,who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 —Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.08 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner. B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt,debris,scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day. D Promptly remove barriers, signs, and components of other control systems that are no longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. 02/2008 01140-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.09 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980— Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs, gutters, and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Engineer. C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner. Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922—Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. `) 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01140-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools, equipment,plant,transportation,services, and incidentals;and erection,application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the 'ff8°) Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. • 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents C Other References: 1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment(Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: _ . 1. Original Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7.03 "Extra Work". 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site,the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor- owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of ' Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders". 02/2008 01290-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a-Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications. The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300- Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions of.Agreement. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as specified in this Section, 1.04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time". D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100—Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives,Consultants,Contractor,and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, , and Construction Schedule. _ 5. Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8. Review of Subcontractors. 9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10. Procedures for testing. 11. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's ' Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings,and recording minutes. ,.•°) D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment,payroll and compliance submittals. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7. Review status of Change Orders. 8. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9. Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15. Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications,refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product.Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer's Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 2. Section 01630—Product Options & Substitutions 3. Section 01100—Summary of Work 4. Section 01380-Construction Photographs 5. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction,resubmission and final review of all submittals.The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The.Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans,Technical Specifications, and dimensions which-affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of 01/2008 01350- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5. Revise-and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re- Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix(i.e.,2A for first Re-Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re-Submittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video". C Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2"x 11",plain bond,white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300—Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts,Mobilization,Bonds,and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350-2of6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports,each valued at five (5)percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications,Change Orders,and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be,at a minimum,a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations,each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components,these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope,these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the.Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased,when they are to be delivered, and when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. 7. A Billing Schedule(tabulation of the estimated monthly billings)for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re-submittal of the Construction Schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b. Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Technical Specification. 4. For products specified only by reference standard, submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words"or approved equal",submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630-Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04"Selection Options"and 1.07 "Substitution Procedures". 7. For products that are neither Pre-Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Engineer or Owner. C Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification;one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers'printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350-5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380—Construction Photographs. 1. Prints: Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 1. Prior to the commencement of any construction,take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs: Two prints, color, matte finish; 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3. Th photographs shall show: a. Date photographs were taken b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4. Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b. Yards (near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1. On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760—Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350-6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions,gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION • 01/2008 01350-7 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS _1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100—Summary of Work 2. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT • A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. C Prepare three (3)prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project Manager within seven(7)days of taking photographs. One(1)print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer. E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections,submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submittal,include photographic negatives in protective envelopes,identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 1111*1 01/2008 01380- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD. B The photographs shall show on a non-elective chalkboard or white board,readable in the photograph: 1. Job number. 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number. C Indicate the condition of the following: 1. Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street). 3. House-walk and sidewalk. 4. Curb. 5. Area between walk and curb. 6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.). 7. Date shall be on negative. 8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information: 1. Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer (if a professional photographer is used). 3. Name of the Contractor. 4. Date the photograph was taken. 5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three-ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 01/2008 01380-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 3.02 POST-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work,take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time-lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01380-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. ,.� Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers'Association 2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East l lth Street Austin, TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street—Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P.O. Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 . FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers'Association 2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 ,—) SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East 11th Street Austin, TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street—Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P.O. Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES Section 01440 OBSERVATION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Observation services and references. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee inspections,tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager,Engineer,and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer;furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 09/2009 01440- 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0.. GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, "Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" • 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select,employ,and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing laboratory, with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following: 1. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi-rigid sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation 2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner. 3. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. 4. Cores to test for thickness. 5. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience. 6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 04/2008 01450- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager. 1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section ') requires the presence of the Engineer. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested;to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 04/2008 01450-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329,as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION 04/2008 01450-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements,first aid equipment,fire protection,security measures,protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash,debris,and excavated material,pest and rodent control,water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications: Section 00200—Instructions to Bidders Section 01100— Summary of Work Section 01350— Submittals Section 01566— Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation Section-01100—Summary of Work Section 01600—Material & Equipment Section 01570—Trench Safety System Section 01555—Traffic Control &Regulation Section 01720—Field Surveying Section 01563 —Tree & Plant Protection Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water Section 13730- Computer Equipment C Referenced Standards: Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas D Definitions: Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures -existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 12-2-2011 01500- 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS buildings,tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage,piping,poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. '�'} Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are necessary to construct the work and manage the site. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel,power,light,heat,and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department.A deposit based on rates established by latest,ordinance will be required. For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter from City'Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water meter installation. Once installed,water meter may not be moved without notification of Public Works Department.Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not included in City provided meter. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Electricity and Lighting 1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor's name, as required for the prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's 'equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as necessary to maintain any of Owner's on-going operations as may continue on the site during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. 2 Provide permanent electric power service,in the Contractor's name,to the work or site as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion otow, or Partial Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. D Natural Gas Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. E Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. F Telephone Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. G Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site,in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the 12-2-2011 01500-3of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit-type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off-site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566 —Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.06 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in paragraph B below UNLESS otherw ise stated in Section 00800 - Special Conditions of the Agreement, or Section 01100—Summary of WorkProvide for transportation,move-in, set-up,tie-down and,when project is complete,removal and move-out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre-Construction Meeting prior to delivery and set up. Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's Representative by way of the submittal process. B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to: provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress meetings, on-site storage for project files and plans, office space for CONTRACTOR's field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for OWNER's Representative including:meeting table and chairs,a single two drawer filing cabinet, a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and HVAC to the mobile office. 1. Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed interne connection for use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A above. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600—Material & Equipment. 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal,state and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible n and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract,and after such investigation or inspection,advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten(10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first-aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment,in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10,Portable Fire Extinguishers,for each temporary building,and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 12-2-2011 01500-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft,damage,and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by Owner's Representative. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Take precautions,provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus,materials, supplies,and equipment in an orderly,safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse,rubbish, scrap materials,and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly. 12-2-2011 01500-6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS e. Provide, safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for (1111.‘' scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools,materials or equipment,privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights,warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555—Traffic Control & Regulation. C Preserving Control Points Maintain-permanent benchmarks,public or private elevation or property demarcation and control monumentation, or other reference points.- Unless otherwise.directed in writing,replace at no cost to the Owner,those monuments,property corners or other permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720—Field Surveying. D Tree and Plant Protection. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans,and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563—Tree & Plant Protection. E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available,but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. - Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is damaged,broken,or'disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. 12-2-2011 01500-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents,the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports,Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties,or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures,pipelines,or utilities,give a minimum of five (5)working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction ,..� operations reach and uncover the utility. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed,prior to completion of the Work. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.15 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic. C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal 7 public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. 12-2-2011 01500-8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate,provide additional off-site parking. Locate as approved by Engineer. G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes,regulations,and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91- 190, Executive Order 11514. C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to temporary entrance; silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods,means,and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil,water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and Section 01566— Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local laws and regulations. 12-2-2011 01500-9of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Project Site or adjoining properties. 1.19 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards- 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 1.20 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the provisions of Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water,runoff,subsurface water,and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site, or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water and Section 01566— Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 12-2-2011 01500- 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. B Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT) 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the total bid price. B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350—Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570—Trench Safety System) 3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350—Submittals) 4. Pre-construction Photographs (Section 01380—Construction Photographs) 5. Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) (Section 01580—Project Identification Signs) 6. Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) 7. Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 - TPDES Requirements) C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls) 2. Laptop Computer (Section 00800—Special Conditions of Agreement) D. Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. E. Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. 09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s)per Section 01580. The name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580,part 1.03, D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION 09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used during construction and until final development of the Project site. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01562-Waste Material Disposal 3. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed (.5'1 under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals 'required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric. C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section,2.02"Course Aggregates". 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A Provide woven or non-woven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632,geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot (1111'' and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. 02/2008 01550- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS D Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., Or-Equal. ,.,) 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone,gravel,concrete,crushed blast furnace slag,or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean,hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings,salt,alkali,dirt,clay,loam,shale,soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter. B Course aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Percent Retained (Square Mesh) (by Weight) 21" 0 2" 0-20 1'/" 15 —50 3/" 60— 80 No. 4 95 - 100 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and ' equipment, Contractor shall provide stabilized construction exits at the construction, staging,parking,storage, and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove stabilized construction exits promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. E Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights-of-way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. 02/2008 01550-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS F Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on-site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans. B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this Section. C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil. Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a-maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags,gravel,boards,or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way,receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth. Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate,thickness,and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit,except where shown otherwise on the Plans. I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer. 02/2008 01550-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when approved by the Engineer. These methods include the following: 1. Cement-Stabilized Soil, Compacted cement-stabilized soil or other fill material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches. 2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge-to- edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches. 3. Steel Mats -Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members. END OF SECTION 02/2008 01550-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for traffic control plans,signs,signals,control devices,flares,lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Flaggers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer. C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name,badge number,time start,time finish, and hours worked. 03/2008 01555- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS t A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off-duty,regularly employed, uniformed Peace Officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi-lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single-lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross-walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. 7. When requested by Owner. C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS,AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the - use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan. 03/2008 01555 -2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a.m.to 9:00 a.m.and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. Leave the area broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day. F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non-designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide.traffic. - 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul routes. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary,bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. 03/2008 01555-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats,angles,bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed: 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. C Repair damage caused by installation. D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01555-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE Section 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL _ . 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of filter fabric fence to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fence is not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabric fence may be reinforced. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 4. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" b. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment,materials, supervision,and all incidental expenses for construction of these items,complete in place,including,but not limited to protection of trees,maintenance requirements, repair and replacement, of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement& Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric. 03/2008 01560- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM-D3786, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fence as specified in this Section, 3.02F. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter fabric fence. Filter fabric fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled 03/2008 01560-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE with support netting,then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F Inspect filter fabric fence systems after each rainfall,daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION (111 03/2008 01560-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER Section 01561 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.0. GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of reinforced filter fabric barrier to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants in channelized flow areas. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement &Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" b. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for reinforced filter fabric barrier is on a linear foot basis between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts, measured, accepted, and complete in place. B Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items,complete in place,including,but not limited to protection of trees,maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits; and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction.. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement &Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 05/2008 01561 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM - D4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM-D3786, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. B Welded wire shall be galvanized, 2-inch by 4-inch, welded wire fabric, 121/2 gauge. 2.03 EXECUTION fl 2.04 PREPARATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric barrier. Unless otherwise directed,maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 1562—Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation. 05/2008 01561 -2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.05 INSTALLATION A Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the Project Site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. B Provide reinforced filter fabric barrier in accordance with the Plan detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Reinforced filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that runoff will percolate through the system and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. C Trench in the toe of the reinforced filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D Reinforced filter fabric barrier shall have a height of 18 inches. E Securely fasten the filter fabric to the wire with tie wires. F Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. G Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 05/2008 01561 -3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 3. Section 01600—Materials &Equipment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners,along with a description of the property,prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information: 1. Schedule for collection and inspection. 2. Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations.and Section 01566_Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 07/2006 01562- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. F When temporary, on-site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600—Materials &Equipment. 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off-site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area,compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. D If sediment has been contaminated,it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL, WASTE, AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation,rubble,broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement,excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage,shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. B Dispose of removed equipment,materials,waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1.03D. 07/2006 01562-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01562-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Section 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tree and plant protection. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage,branch,trunk,or root damage that could result from construction operations. B Prevent following types of damage: 1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage. 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes,or guy wires or machine impacts. 4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline,paint, and other noxious materials. 5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6. Damage from lack of water due to: a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. 1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A When trees, other than those designated for removal,are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations,remove and replace with same size,species,and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Trees larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester. 02/2013 01563 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2.0 PRODUCTS ,..1 2.01 MATERIALS A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue,free from kerosene and coal creosote. B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D. Temporary Barrier Fence: Plastic, bright orange color for visibility, 48 inches in height, 8.5 pounds weight minimum. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed,all trees and shrubs within the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage. B For designated trees to be removed,perform the following: 1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below. C For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following: 1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary. a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. b. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline) by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. 02/2013 01563 -2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material ' inside dripline of trees. c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a week in months receiving below average rainfall. b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. 6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission,trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area: 1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, at the dripline of the leaf canopy of trees or 2 ft. around shrubs. 2. . Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3. For trees or shrubs in paved areas,use moveable posts constructed from concrete-filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in rubber auto tires filled with concrete. 4. Mount plastic temporary barrier safety fence on posts. B Timber-wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical equipment and construction work: 1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap. 2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths)vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants at the time of planting. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 02/2013 01563 -3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2. When tree must be replaced,the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner's inspection, for no less , than one year. 3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. - 4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION '."1 02/2013 01563 -4 of 4 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering,depressurizing,draining,and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement&_Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems 4. Section 01565 —TPDES Requirements 5. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation B Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) 3. . Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas 4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI) F Definitions: 1. Ground Water Control Systems -installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering and depressurization. a. Dewatering-lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations;reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. b. Depressurization-reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. 2. Surface Water Control- diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. 3. Excavation Drainage -keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 02/2008 .01564- 1 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the area requiring ground water control. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for control of ground water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control non-pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such controls. C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following: 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. .' 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations. 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 02/2008 01564-2 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data.of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3.02 "Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells". 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations,piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning(abandonment) reports,for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA Standards- 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 -Trench Safety Systems of these Technical Specifications, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2.' Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single-'stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches,berms,pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 02/2008 01564-3 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells,or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES),for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565— TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements". D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566 —Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review 02/2008 01564-4 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06 "Operations and Maintenance Data". B Eductors, well points, or deep wells,.where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers,piezometric pressures,and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water-bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B. B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness-of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes_made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. 02/2008 01564-5 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until ' foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system,including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. 1-1 L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations,but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan are satisfied. 02/2008 01564-6 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the • event that the installations according to the Ground_Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A. G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained, stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following methods or combination of methods: 1. Sump pumping in combination with: a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric. b. Sand and gravel drains. 2. Wells,for ground water control. B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. ("1` 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 02/2008 01564-7 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control /-1°1 system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches,curb walls,pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B. END OF SECTION 02/2008 01564-8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL A DEFINITIONS As used herein and in conjunction with TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000, the term OPERATOR refers to the CONTRACTOR. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Description of the required documentation to be.prepared signed and submitted by the.Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit TXR150000 as issued March 5, 2003, re-issued March 5, 2013, by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Section 26.040 of the Texas Water Code. B Contractor's responsibility for implementation, maintenance, and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including, but not limited to, erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection and disposal, off-site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in this or other. Technical Specifications. This Specification provides guidelines .and Best Management Practices (BMP's) information for the Contractor to use in adhering to all local, state and federal environmental regulations with respect to storm water pollution prevention during construction activity. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350— Submittals 2. Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 3.. Section 01770—Contract Closeout D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) E Other References: 1. . 'Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP) found in Appendix A of these Technical Specifications. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 04-2013 01565 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIRED NOTICES A The Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent (NOI) attached in Appendix A. The Contractor's NOI shall be submitted to the TCEQ. It is the Contractor's responsibility to pay for any fees associated with the permit. Submission of the NOI is required by the Contractor before construction operations begin. B Upon completion of construction and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Contractor shall complete, sign, date and submit the Contractor's Notice of Termination(NOT) attached in Appendix A. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A On the Operator's Information form attached in Appendix A, the Contractor shall complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of n persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached in Appendix A. C The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form, attached in Appendix A. D The Contractor's Information form and all certification foiiiis shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction. E Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction in accordance with Section 01310 — Coordination &Meetings. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date the Work is accepted by the Owner. B At Contract Closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP, in accordance with Section 04-2013 01565-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 01770 — Contract Closeout. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by Owner for a period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner. 3.04 POSTING OF NOTICES A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner: 1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Contractor and a brief Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project Site, as given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3. In an easily visible location on Project Site,post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel. 5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at Contractor's office. APPENDIX A FOLLOWS THIS SECTION END OF SECTION 04-2013 01565 -3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS (APPENDIX A) TABLE OF CONTENTS TCEQ General Permit NOI TCEQ Form- 20022 TCEQ Form - 20134 NOC TCEQ Form - 20391 NOT TCEQ Form - 20023 Site Notice Forms 04-2013 01565 -4 of 4 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P.O.Box 13087,Austin,Texas 78711-3087 xi k A .• t GENERAL PERMIT TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE TEXAS POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM under provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code This permit supersedes and replaces TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000,issued March 5, 2008 Construction sites that discharge stormwater associated with construction activity located in the state of Texas may discharge to surface water in the state only according to monitoring requirements and other conditions set forth in this general permit,as well as the rules of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ or Commission),the laws of the State of Texas,and other orders Of the Commission of the TCEQ. The issuance of this general permit does not grant to the permittee.the right to use private or public property for conveyance of stormwater and certain non-stormwater discharges along the discharge route. This includes property belonging to but not limited to any individual,partnership,corporation or other entity. Neither does this general permit authorize any invasion of personal rights nor any violation of federal, state,or local laws or regulations. It is the responsibility of the permittee to acquire property rights as maybe necessary to use the discharge route. This general permit and the authorization contained herein shall expire at midnight,five years from the permit effective date. EFFECTIVE DATE: March 5, 2013 ISSUED DATE: F E B '1 9 2013 1�•r1�' For C mission Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 TPDES GENERAL PERMIT NUMBER TXRi5o0oo RELATING TO STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES Table of Contents Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions 5 Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required 5 Section B. Definitions 6 Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage 12 Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization 12 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity 12 2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities 12 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges 12 4. Other Permitted Discharges 13 Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out 13 Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 13 1. Post Construction Discharges 13 2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges 13 3. Compliance With Water Quality Standards 13 4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL) Requirements 14 5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone 14 6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas 14 7. Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities 14 8. Indian Country Lands 14 9. Oil and Gas Production 15 10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities 15 11. Endangered Species Act 15 12. Other 15 Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 15 1. Large Construction Activities 15 2. Small Construction Activities 15 Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 16 1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities With Low Potential for Erosion. 16 2. Automatic Authorization For All Other Small Construction Activities- 17 3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities: 17 Page 2 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities. 18 5. Effective Date of Coverage 1$ 6. Notice of Change(NOC) 18 7. Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms,Notice of Termination(NOT)Forms,NOC Letters, and Construction Site Notices 19 8. Contents of the NOI 19 Section F. Terminating Coverage 20 1. Notice of Termination(NOT)Required 20 2. Minimum Contents of the NOT 20 3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators at Large Construction Sites 20 4. Transfer of Operational Control 21 Section G. Waivers from Coverage 21 1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage 22 2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver 22 3. Effective Date of Waiver 22 4. Activities Extending Beyond the Waiver Period 22 Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage 23 1. Individual Permit Alternative 23 2. Individual Permit Required 23 3. Alternative Discharge Authorization 23 Section I. Permit Expiration 23 Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans (SWP3) 24 Section A. Shared SWP3 Development 24 Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 25 1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans and Specifications 25 2. Primary Operators with Day-to-Day Operational Control 25 Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation,Implementation, and Compliance 25 Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available 26 Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s 26 Section F. Contents of SWP3 26 Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites 34 Part IV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants 35 Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements 35 Section B. Best Management Practices (BMPs) and SWP3 Requirements 37 Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges 39 Page 3 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements 40 Part VI. Retention of Records 40 - Part VII.Standard Permit Conditions 40 Part VIII. Fees 41 Appendix A: Automatic Authorization 43 Appendix B: Erosivity Index(EI)Zones in Texas 45 Appendix C: Isoerodent Map 46 Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas 47 Page 4 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000 1 Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required How much land will be disturbed?(*1)' • CI acre I or more acres (*l) (*1) • Do yoti meet.the • Yits Will 5 or more 4 definition of _ acres be disturbed? • "operator?"(*2) • (*i) NO YES Permit Coverage Renuired • Prepare and Implement SWP3 • - • Post Site Notice (41116.'1 • Submit Copy of Site Notice to MS4 Operator A Are you a"primary vt1 • operator?"0'2) Permit.Coverage Not S LS Required,Unless Part • - Permit Coverage Required of a Larger Common • Prepare and implement SWl'3 Plan of Development .• Submit.Nol to TCEQ • or Sale • Post Site Notice • Submit.Copy ofNOI to_MS4 Operator• - ✓ • (*1) To determine tire size of the construction project,use the size of the entire area to be disturbed,and include the size of the larger common plan of development or sale,if the project is part of a larger project(refer to Part•LB., "Definitions,"for an explanation of"common plan of development or sale"). (**2) Refer to the definitions for"operator,"`primary operator,"and"secondary operator"in Part Section B. of this permit, • • Page 5 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section B. Definitions Arid Areas-Areas with an average annual rainfall of o to 10 inches. Best Management Practices (BMPs)-Schedules of activities,prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures,structural controls,local ordinances, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants. BMPs also include treatment requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control construction site runoff,spills or leaks,waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage areas. Commencement of Construction-The initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing,grading,or excavation activities, as well as other construction-related activities (e.g.,stockpiling of fill material, demolition). Common Plan of Development-A construction activity that is completed in separate stages,separate phases, or in combination with other construction activities. A common plan of development(also known as a"common plan of development or sale")is identified by the documentation for the construction project that identifies the scope of the project, and may include plats,blueprints,marketing plans,contracts,building permits,a public notice or hearing,zoning requests, or other similar documentation and activities. A common plan of development does not necessarily include all construction projects within the jurisdiction of a public entity(e.g., a city or university). Construction of roads or buildings in different parts of the jurisdiction would be considered separate"common plans,"with only the interconnected parts of a project being considered part of a"common plan"(e.g.,a building and its associated parking lot and driveways, airport runway and associated taxiways, a building complex,etc.). Where discrete construction projects occur within a larger common plan of development or sale but are located 1/4 mile or more apart, and the area between the projects is not being disturbed, each individual project can be treated as a separate plan of development or sale,provided that any interconnecting road,pipeline or utility project that is part of the same"common plan"is not included in the area to be disturbed. Construction Activity-Includes soil disturbance activities,including clearing,grading, and excavating; and does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the site(e.g.,the routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities). Regulated construction activity is defined in terms of small and large construction activity. Dewatering—The act of draining rainwater or groundwater from building foundations, vaults,and trenches. Discharge—For the purposes of this permit,the drainage,release, or disposal of pollutants in stormwater and certain non-stormwater from areas where soil disturbing activities(e.g., clearing,grading, excavation,stockpiling of fill material, and demolition), construction materials or equipment storage or maintenance(e.g.,fill piles,borrow area, concrete truck wash out,fueling), or other industrial stormwater directly related to the construction process (e.g., concrete or asphalt batch plants) are located. Drought-Stricken Area—For the purposes of this permit, an area in which the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's U.S. Seasonal Drought Outlook indicates for the period during which the construction will occur that any of the following conditions are likely: (1)"Drought to persist or intensify", (2) "Drought ongoing,some improvement", (3) "Drought likely to improve, impacts ease", or(4) "Drought development likely". See http://www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/products/expert assessment/seasonal drought.html. Edwards Aquifer-As defined under Texas Administrative Code(TAC) § 213.3 of this title (relating to the Edwards Aquifer),that portion of an arcuate belt of porous,water-bearing, predominantly carbonate rocks known as the Edwards and Associated Limestones in the �, Balcones Fault Zone trending from west to east to northeast in Kinney, Uvalde,Medina, Bexar, Comal, Hays,Travis, and Williamson Counties; and composed of the Salmon Peak Page 6 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0 Limestone,McKnight Formation,West Nueces Formation,Devil's River Limestone,Person Formation,Kainer Formation, Edwards Formation,and Georgetown Formation. The permeable aquifer units generally overlie the less-permeable Glen Rose Formation to the south,overlie the less-permeable Comanche Peak and Walnut Formations north of the Colorado River,and underlie the less-permeable Del Rio Clay regionally. Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone-Generally,that area where the stratigraphic units constituting the Edwards Aquifer crop out,including the outcrops of other geologic formations in proximity to the Edwards Aquifer,where caves,sinkholes,faults,fractures,or other permeable features would create a potential for recharge of surface waters into the Edwards Aquifer. The recharge zone is identified as that area designated as such on official maps located in the offices of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and the appropriate regional office. The Edwards Aquifer Map Viewer,located at http://www.tceq.texas.gov/compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html, can be used to determine where the recharge zone is located. Edwards Aquifer Contributing Zone-The area or watershed where runoff from precipitation flows downgradient to the recharge zone of the Edwards Aquifer.The contributing zone is located upstream(upgradient) and generally north and northwest of the recharge zone for the following counties: all areas within Kinney County, except the area within the watershed draining to Segment No. 2304 of the Rio Grande Basin; all areas within Uvalde,Medina, Bexar, and Comal Counties; all areas within Hays and Travis Counties, except the area within the watersheds draining to the Colorado River above a point 1.3 miles upstream from Tom Miller Dam,Lake Austin at the confluence of Barrow Brook Cove, Segment No.14o3 of the Colorado River Basin; and all areas within Williamson County, except the area within the watersheds draining to the Lampasas River above the dam at Stillhouse Hollow reservoir, Segment No. 1216 of the Brazos River Basin.The contributing zone is illustrated on the Edwards Aquifer map viewer at http://www.tceq.texas.gov/compliance/field 'ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html. Effluent Limitations Guideline(ELG)- Defined in 4o Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) § 122.2 as a regulation published by the Administrator under§3o4(b)of the Clean Water Act(CWA)to adopt or revise effluent limitations. Facility or Activity—For the purpose of this permit, a construction site or construction support activity that is regulated under this general permit,including all contiguous land and fixtures(for example,ponds and materials stockpiles),structures,or appurtances used at a construction site or industrial site described by this general permit. Final Stabilization-A construction site status where any of the following conditions are met: A. All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform(that is,evenly distributed,without large bare areas)perennial vegetative cover with a density of at least 7o%of the native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures,or equivalent permanent stabilization measures(such as the use of riprap,gabions, or geotextiles)have been employed. B. For individual lots in a residential construction site by either: (1) the homebuilder completing final stabilization as specified in condition(a) above; or (2) the homebuilder establishing temporary stabilization for an individual lot prior to the time of transfer of the ownership of the hornet()the buyer and after informing the homeowner of the need for,and benefits of,final stabilization.If temporary. stabilization is not feasible,then the homebuilder may fulfill this requirement by retaining perimeter controls or BMPs, and informing the homeowner of the need for removal of temporary controls and the establishment of final stabilization. Page 7 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150o00 Fullfillment of this requirement must be documented in the homebuilder's stormwater pollution prevention plan(SWP3). C. For construction activities on land used for agricultural purposes (such as pipelines across crop or range land),final stabilization may be accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural activities,such as buffer strips immediately adjacent to surface water and areas that are not being returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final stabilization conditions of condition(a)above. D. In arid,semi-arid, and drought-stricken areas only,all soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and both of the following criteria have been met: (1) Temporary erosion control measures(for example, degradable rolled erosion control product)are selected, designed, and installed along with an appropriate seed base to provide erosion control for at least three years without active maintenance by the operator, and (2) The temporary erosion control measures are selected,designed,and installed to achieve 7o%of the native background vegetative coverage within three years. Hyperchlorination of Waterlines—Treatment of potable water lines or tanks with chlorine for disinfection purposes,typically following repair or partial replacement of the waterline or tank,and subsequently flushing the contents. Impaired Water-A surface water body that is identified on the latest approved CWA §303(d)List as not meeting applicable state water quality standards.Impaired waters include waters with approved or established total maximum daily loads(TMDLs), and those where a TMDL has been proposed by TCEQ but has not yet been approved or established. Indian Country Land—(from 4o CFR§122.2) (1)all land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the jurisdiction of the United States government, notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, and,including rights-of-way running through the reservation; (2) all dependent Indian communities with the borders of the United States whether within the originally or subsequently acquired territory thereof, and whether within or without the limits of a state; and(3)all Indian allotments,the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished,including rights-of-way running through the same. Indian Tribe-(from 4o CFR§122.2)any Indian Tribe,band,group,or community recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising governmental authority over a Federal Indian Reservation. Large Construction Activity-Construction activities including clearing,grading, and excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than five(5)acres of land. Large construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than five(5) acres of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than five(5)acres of land. Large construction activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the site(for example,the routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities.) Linear Project—Includes the construction of roads,bridges, conduits,substructures, pipelines,sewer lines,towers,poles,cables,wires,connectors,switching, regulating and transforming equipment and associated ancillary facilities in a long, narrow area. Minimize-To reduce or eliminate to the extent achievable using stormwater controls that are technologically available and economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practices. Page 8 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System(MS4)-A separate storm sewer system owned or operated by the United.States, a state,city,town,county,district,association,or other public body(created by or pursuant to state law)having jurisdiction over the disposal of sewage,industrial wastes,stormwater,or other wastes,including special districts under state law such as a sewer district,flood control or drainage district,or similar entity,or an Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization,that discharges to surface water in the state. Notice of Change-(NOC)—Written notification to the executive director from a discharger authorized under this permit,providing changes to information that:was. previously provided to the agency in a notice of intent form. Notice of Intent(NOI)-A written submission to the executive director from an applicant requesting coverage under this general permit. - Notice of Termination(NOT)-A written submission to the executive director from a discharger authorized under a general permit requesting termination of coverage. Operator-The person or persons associated with a large or small construction activity that is either a primary or secondary operator as defined below: Primary Operator—the person or persons•associated with a large or small construction activity that meets either of the following two criteria: (a) the person or persons have on-site operational control over construction plans and specifications,including the ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications; or (b) the person or persons have day-to-day operational control of those activities at a construction site that are necessary to ensure compliance with a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWP3)for the site or other permit conditions,(for example,they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities required by the SWP3 or comply with other permit conditions). Secondary Operator—The person or entity,often the property owner,whose operational control is limited to: (a) the employment of other operators,such as a general contractor,to perform or supervise construction activities; or (b) the ability to approve or disapprove changes to construction plans and specifications, but who does not have day-to-day on-site operational control over construction activities at the site. Secondary operators must either prepare their own SWP3 or participate in a shared SWP3 that covers the areas of the construction site where they have control over the plans and specifications. If there is not a primary operator at the construction site,then the secondary operator is defined as the primary operator and must comply with the requirements for primary operators. - Outfall-For the purpose of this permit, a point source at the point where stormwater runoff associated with construction activity discharges to surface water in the state and does not include open conveyances connecting two municipal separate storm sewers,or pipes, tunnels,or other conveyances that connect segments of the same stream or other water of the U.S. and are used to convey waters of the U.S. Permittee-An operator authorized under this general permit.The authorization may be gained through submission of a notice of intent,by waiver,or by meeting the requirements for automatic coverage to discharge stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges. Page 9 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Point Source—(from 4o CFR§122.2)Any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including but not limited to, any pipe, ditch,channel,tunnel,conduit,well, discrete fissure, container,rolling stock concentrated animal feeding operation,landfill leachate collection system,vessel or other floating craft from which pollutants are,or maybe, discharged. This term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture or agricultural stormwater runoff. Pollutant-Dredged spoil,solid waste,incinerator residue,sewage,garbage,sewage sludge, filter backwash,munitions,chemical wastes,biological materials,radioactive materials,heat, wrecked or discarded equipment,rock,sand,cellar dirt,and industrial,municipal,and agricultural waste discharged into any surface water in the state. The term"pollutant"does not include tail water or runoff water from irrigation or rainwater runoff from cultivated or uncultivated rangeland,pastureland, and farmland. For the purpose of this permit,the term "pollutant"includes sediment. Pollution-(from Texas Water Code(TWC) §26.001(14))The alteration of the physical, thermal,chemical,or biological quality of, or the contamination of, any surface water in the state that renders the water harmful,detrimental,or injurious to humans, animal life, vegetation, or property or to public health,safety, or welfare,or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose. Rainfall Erosivity Factor(R factor)-the total annual erosive potential that is due to climatic effects,and is part of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE). Receiving Water-A"Water of the United States"as defined in 40 CFR§122.2 into which the regulated stormwater discharges. Semiarid Areas-areas with an average annual rainfall of 10 to 20 inches Separate Storm Sewer System-A conveyance or system of conveyances(including roads with drainage systems,streets,catch basins, curbs,gutters, ditches,man-made channels,or storm drains), designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater;that is not a combined sewer, and that is not part of a publicly owned treatment works(POTW). Small Construction Activity-Construction activities including clearing,grading, and excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than one(1) acre and less than five(5) acres of land.Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than one(1) acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than one(1) and less than five(5) acres of land. Small construction activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity,or original purpose of the site(for example,the routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities.) Steep Slopes—Where a state,Tribe,local government, or industry technical manual(e.g. stormwater BMP manual)has defined what is to be considered a"steep slope",this permit's definition automatically adopts that definition.Where no such definition exists,steep slopes are automatically defined as those that are 15 percent or greater in grade. Stormwater(or Stormwater Runoff)-Rainfall runoff,snow melt runoff, and surface runoff and drainage. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity-Stormwater runoff from a construction activity where soil disturbing activities (including clearing, grading, excavating) result in the disturbance of one(1) or more acres of total land area, or are part of a larger common plan of development or sale that will result in disturbance of one(1) or more acres of total land area. Structural Control (or Practice) -A pollution prevention practice that requires the construction of a device, or the use of a device,to reduce or prevent pollution in stormwater Page 10 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 runoff. Structural controls and practices mayinclude but are not limited to: silt fences, earthen dikes, drainage swales,sediment traps,check dams,subsurface drains,storm drain inlet protection,rock outlet protection,reinforced soil retaining systems,gabions, and temporary or permanent sediment basins. Surface Water in the State- Lakes,bays,ponds,impounding reservoirs, springs,rivers, streams,creeks,estuaries,wetlands,marshes,inlets, canals,the Gulf of Mexico inside the territorial limits of the state(from the mean high water mark(MHWM)out 10.36 miles into the Gulf), and all other bodies of surface water,natural or artificial,inland or-coastal,fresh or salt,navigable or nonnavigable,and including the beds and banks of all water-courses and bodies of surface water,that are wholly or partially inside or bordering the state or subject to the jurisdiction of the state; except that waters in treatment systems which are authorized by state or federal law, regulation, or permit, and which are created for the purpose of waste treatment are not considered to be water in the state. Temporary Stabilization-A condition where exposed soils or disturbed areas are provided a protective cover or other structural control to prevent the migration of pollutants. Temporary stabilization may include temporary seeding,geotextiles,mulches, and other techniques to reduce or eliminate erosion until either permanent stabilization can be - achieved or until further construction activities take place. Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL) -The total amount of a pollutant that a water body can assimilate and still meet the Texas Surface Water Quality Standards. Turbidity—A condition of water quality characterized by the presence of suspended solids and/or organic material. Waters of the United States-(from 4o CFR§122.2)Waters of the United States or waters of the U.S.means: - (a) all waters which are currently used,were used in the past,or may be susceptible to use in interstate or foreign commerce,including all waters which are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide; (b) all interstate waters,including interstate wetlands; (c) all other waters such as intrastate lakes,rivers;streams(including intermittent streams),mudflats,sandflats,wetlands,sloughs,prairie potholes,wet meadows, playa lakes,or natural ponds that the use,degradation, or destruction of which would affect or could affect interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters: (1) which are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for recreational or other purposes; (2) from which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in interstate or foreign commerce; or (3) which are used or could be used for industrial purposes by industries in interstate commerce; - (d) all impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of the United States under this definition; (e) tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (a)through(d) of this definition; (f) the territorial sea; and - - (g) wetlands adjacent to waters(other than waters that are themselves wetlands) identified in paragraphs (a)through(f) of this definition. Waste treatment systems,including treatment ponds or lagoons designed to meet the requirements of CWA(other than cooling ponds as defined in 4o CFR§423.11(m)which also meet the criteria of this definition) are not waters of the U.S. This exclusion applies only to manmade bodies of water which neither were originally created in waters of the U.S. (such as Page 11 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 disposal area in wetlands) nor resulted from the impoundment of waters of the U.S. Waters of the U.S. do not include prior converted cropland. Notwithstanding the determination of an area's status as prior converted cropland by any other federal agency,for the purposes of the CWA,the final authority regarding CWA jurisdiction remains with EPA. Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity Discharges of stormwater runoff from small and large construction activities may be authorized under this general permit. 2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities Examples of construction support activities include,but are not limited to, concrete batch plants, rock crushers, asphalt batch plants, equipment staging areas,material storage yards,material borrow areas,and excavated material disposal areas. Construction support activities authorized under this general permit are not commercial operations,and do not serve multiple unrelated construction projects. Discharges of stormwater runoff from construction support activities may be authorized under this general permit,provided that the following conditions are met: (a) the activities are located within one(1)mile from the boundary of the permitted construction site and directly support the construction activity; (b) an SWP3 is developed for the permitted construction site according to the provisions of this general permit, and includes appropriate controls and measures to reduce erosion and discharge of pollutants in stormwater runoff from the construction support activities; and (c) the construction support activities either do not operate beyond the completion date of the construction activity or, at the time that they do,are authorized under separate Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES) authorization. Separate TPDES authorization may include the TPDES Multi Sector General Permit(MSGP), TXRo50000 (related to stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity), separate authorization under this general permit if applicable, coverage under an alternative general permit if available, or authorization under an individual water quality permit. 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges The following non-stormwater discharges from sites authorized under this general permit are also eligible for authorization under this general permit: (a) discharges from fire fighting activities (fire fighting activities do not include washing of trucks, run-off water from training activities,test water from fire suppression systems, or similar activities); (b) uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings(excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated water,unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to adversely affect aquatic life),which include flushings from systems that utilize potable water,surface water,or groundwater that does not contain additional pollutants (uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings do not include systems utilizing reclaimed wastewater as a source water); (c) water from the routine external washing of vehicles,the external portion of buildings or structures, and pavement,where detergents and soaps are not used,where spills or leaks of toxic or hazardous materials have not occurred(unless spilled materials Page 12 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 have been removed; and if local state,or federal regulations are applicable,the materials are removed according to those regulations),and where the purpose is to remove mud,dirt,or dust; (d) uncontaminated water used to control dust; (e) potable water sources, including waterline flushings,but excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated water,unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to adversely affect aquatic life; (f) uncontaminated air conditioning condensate; (g) uncontaminated ground water or spring water,including foundation or footing drains where flows are not contaminated with industrial materials such as solvents; and - (h)lawn watering and similar irrigation drainage. 4. Other Permitted Discharges Any discharge authorized under a separate National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(NPDES),TPDES, or TCEQ permit may be combined with discharges authorized by this general permit,provided those discharges comply with the associated permit. Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out The wash out of concrete trucks at regulated construction sites must be performed in accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit. Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 1. Post Construction Discharges Discharges that occur after construction activities have been completed, and after the construction site and any supporting activity site have undergone final stabilization,are not eligible for.coverage under this general permit. Discharges originating from the sites are not authorized under this general permit following the submission of the notice of termination(NOT)or removal of the appropriate site notice, as applicable,for the regulated construction activity. 2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges Except as otherwise provided in Part II.A.of this general permit, only discharges that are composed entirely of stormwater associated with construction activity may be authorized under this general permit. 3. Compliance With Water Quality Standards Discharges to surface water in the state that would cause,have the reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or that would fail to protect and maintain existing designated uses are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. The executive director may require an application for an individual permit or alternative general permit(see Parts II.H.2. and 3.)to authorize discharges to surface water in the state if the executive director determines that any activity will cause, has the reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or is found to cause,has the reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to, the impairment of a designated use. The executive director may also require an application for an individual permit considering factors described in Part II.H.2. of this general permit. Page 13 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL) Requirements New sources or new discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired waters are not authorized by this permit unless otherwise allowable under 3o TAC Chapter 305 and applicable state law. Impaired waters are those that do not meet applicable water quality standards and are listed on the EPA approved CWA§3o3(d)List.Pollutants of concern are those for which the water body is listed as impaired. Discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired water bodies for which there is a TMDL are not eligible for this general permit unless they are consistent with the approved TMDL. Permittees must incorporate the conditions and requirements applicable to their discharges into their SWP3,in order to be eligible for coverage under this general permit. For consistency with the construction stormwater-related items in an approved TMDL,the SWP3 must be consistent with any applicable condition,goal,or requirement in the TMDL,TMDL Implementation Plan(I-Plan), or as otherwise directed by the executive director. 5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone Discharges cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 213(relating to Edwards Aquifer). In addition, commencement of construction (i.e.,the initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing,grading, or excavating activities, as well as other construction-related activities such as stockpiling of fill material and demolition)at a site regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213,may not begin until the appropriate Edwards Aquifer Protection Plan(EAPP)has been approved by the TCEQ's Edwards Aquifer Protection Program. (a) For new discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone, or within that area upstream from the recharge zone and defined as the Contributing Zone (CZ), operators must meet all applicable requirements of,and operate according to, 3o TAC Chapter 213(Edwards Aquifer Rule)in addition to the provisions and requirements of this general permit. (b) For existing discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone,the requirements of the agency-approved Water Pollution Abatement Plan(WPAP) under the Edwards Aquifer Rule is in addition to the requirements of this general permit. BMPs and maintenance schedules for structural stormwater controls,for example,may be required as a provision of the rule. All applicable requirements of the Edwards Aquifer Rule for reductions of suspended solids in stormwater runoff are in addition to the requirements in this general permit for this pollutant. 6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas Discharges otherwise eligible for coverage cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 311(relating to Watershed Protection)for water quality areas and watersheds. 7. Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities This general permit does not limit the authority or ability of federal,other state, or local governmental entities from placing additional or more stringent requirements on construction activities or discharges from construction activities. For example,this permit does not limit the authority of a home-rule municipality provided by Texas Local Government Code§401.002. 8. Indian Country Lands Stormwater runoff from construction activities occurring on Indian Country lands are not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. If discharges of stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES Page 14 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 regulations, authority for these discharges must be obtained from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency(EPA). 9. Oil and Gas Production Stormwater runoff from construction activities associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources,including transportation of crude oil or natural gas by pipeline,are not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. If discharges of stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES regulations, authority for these discharges must be obtained from the EPA. 10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities Stormwater discharges from agricultural activities that are not point source discharges of stormwater are not subject to TPDES permit requirements. These activities may include clearing and cultivating ground for crops,construction of fences to contain livestock,construction of stock ponds,and other similar agricultural activities. - Discharges of stormwater runoff associated with the construction of facilities that are subject to TPDES regulations,such as the construction of concentrated animal feeding operations,would be point sources regulated under this general permit. 11. Endangered Species Act Discharges that would adversely affect a listed endangered or threatened aquatic or aquatic-dependent species or its critical habitat are not authorized by this permit,unless the requirements of the Endangered Species Act are satisfied.Federal requirements related to endangered species apply to all TPDES permitted discharges and site-specific controls may be required to ensure that protection of endangered or threatened species is achieved. If a permittee has concerns over potential impacts to listed species,the permittee may contact TCEQ for additional information. 12. Other Nothing in Part II of the general permit is intended to negate any person's ability to assert the force majeure(act of God,war,strike, riot, or other catastrophe)defenses found in 3o TAC§70.7. Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 1. Large Construction Activities (a) New Construction-Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized, either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,prior to the commencement of those construction activities. (b) Ongoing Construction-Operators of large construction activities continuing to operate after the effective date of this permit, and authorized.under TPDES general permit TXR150000 (effective on March 5, 2008),must submit an NOI to renew authorization or a NOT to terminate coverage under this general permit within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit. During this interim period, as a requirement of this TPDES permit,the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the previous TPDES permit. 2. Small Construction Activities (a) New Construction-Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized, either Page 15 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,prior to the commencement of those construction activities. (b) Ongoing Construction-Discharges from ongoing small construction activities that commenced prior to the effective date of this general permit, and that would not meet the conditions to qualify for termination of this permit as described in Part II.E.of this general permit,must meet the requirements to be authorized,either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit.During this interim period,as a requirement of this TPDES permit,the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the previous TPDES permit. Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities With Low Potential for Erosion: If all of the following conditions are met,then a small construction activity is determined to occur during periods of low potential for erosion, and a site operator may be automatically authorized under this general permit without being required to develop an SWP3 or submit an NOI: (a) the construction activity occurs in a county listed in Appendix A; (b) the construction activity is initiated and completed, including either final or temporary stabilization of all disturbed areas,within the time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site; (c) all temporary stabilization is adequately maintained to effectively reduce or prohibit erosion,permanent stabilization activities have been initiated, and a condition of final stabilization is completed no later than 3o days following the end date of the time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site; (d) the permittee signs a completed TCEQ construction site notice,including the certification statement; (e) a signed copy of the construction site notice is posted at the construction site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public,local, state, and federal authorities prior to commencing construction activities, and maintained in that location until completion of the construction activity; (f) a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice is provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge at least two days prior to commencement of construction activities; (g) any supporting concrete batch plant or asphalt batch plant is separately authorized for discharges of stormwater runoff or other non-stormwater discharges under an individual TPDES permit, another TPDES general permit, or under an individual TCEQ permit where stormwater and non-stormwater is disposed of by evaporation or irrigation(discharges are adjacent to water in the state); and (h) any non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization, or are not considered to be a wastewater. Part II.G.of this general permit describes how an operator may apply for and obtain a waiver from permitting,for certain small construction activities that occur during a period with a low potential for erosion,where automatic authorization under this section is not available. • Page 16 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 2. Automatic Authorization For All Other Small Construction Activities: Operators of small construction activities not described in Part II.E.i.above may be automatically authorized under this general permit,and operators of these sites shall not be required to submit an NOI,provided that they meet all of the following conditions: (a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit,that covers either the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator,and implement that plan prior to commencing construction activities; (b) sign and certify,a completed TCEQ small construction site notice,post the notice at the construction site in a location where it is safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state,and federal authorities,prior to commencing construction, and maintain the notice in that,location until completion of the construction activity(for linear construction activities,e.g.pipeline or highway,the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway; notice for these linear sites may be relocated, as necessary,along the length of the project, and the notice must be safely and readily available for viewing by the general public;local,state,and federal authorities); and (c) provide a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice to the operator of any municipal separate storm sewer system receiving the discharge prior to commencement of construction activities. Operators of small construction activities as defined in Part I.B of this general permit shall not submit an NOI for coverage unless otherwise required by the executive director. As described in Part I(Definitions)of this general permit,large construction activities include those that will disturb less than five(5)acres of land,but that are part of a larger common plan of development or sale that will ultimately disturb five(5)or more acres of land, and must meet the requirements of Part II.E.3.below. 3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities: Operators of large construction activities that qualify for coverage under this general permit must meet all of the following conditions: (a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit that covers either the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator,and implement that plan prior to commencing construction activities; (b) primary operators must submit an NOI,using a form provided by the executive director, at least seven(7) days prior to commencing construction activities, or if utilizing electronic submittal,prior to commencing construction activities. If an additional primary operator is added after the initial NOI is submitted,the new primary operator must submit an NOI at least seven(7)days before assuming operational control, or if utilizing electronic NOI submittal,prior to assuming operational control. If the primary operator changes after the initial NOI is, submitted,the new primary operator must submit a,paper NOI or an electronic NOI at least ten(io)days before assuming operational control; (c) all operators of large construction activities must post a site notice in accordance with Part III.D.2..of this permit. The site notice must be located where it is safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state, and federal authorities prior to commencing construction,and must be maintained in that location until completion of the construction activity(for linear construction activities, e.g.pipeline or highway,the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway; notice for these linear sites may be relocated, as necessary, along the length of the project,and the notice must be safely and readily 111116'\ available for viewing by the general public;local,state,and federal authorities); Page 17 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150oo0 (d) prior to commencing construction activities, all primary operators must(I)provide a copy of the signed NOI to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to any secondary construction operator, and(2)list in the SWP3 the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy; (e) all persons meeting the definition of"secondary operator"in Part I of this permit are hereby notified that they are regulated under this general permit,but are not required to submit an NOI,provided that a primary operator at the site has submitted an NOI, or is required to submit an NOI, and the secondary operator has provided notification to the operator(s)of the need to obtain coverage(with records of notification available upon request). Any secondary operator notified under this provision may alternatively submit an NOI under this general permit,may seek coverage under an alternative TPDES individual permit,or may seek coverage under an alternative TPDES general permit if available; and (f) all secondary operators must provide a copy of the signed and certified Secondary Operator construction site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge prior to commencement of construction activities. 4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities: Part II.G. describes how operators of certain small construction activities may obtain a waiver from coverage. 5. Effective Date of Coverage (a) Operators of small construction activities as described in either Part II.E.I.or II.E.2. above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable conditions of Part II.E.I.or II.E.2. Secondary operators of large construction activities as described in Part II.E.3.above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable conditions in Part II.E.3. For activities located in areas regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213, related to the Edwards Aquifer,this authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities under that rule. Construction may not commence for sites regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met. (b) Primary operators of large construction activities as described in Part II.E.3.above are provisionally authorized seven(7)days from the date that a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ,unless otherwise notified by the executive director. If electronic submission of the NOI is provided, and unless otherwise notified by the executive director,primary operators are authorized immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOI by the TCEQ. Authorization is non- provisional when the executive director finds the NOI is administratively complete and an authorization number is issued for the activity. For activities located in areas regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213,related to the Edwards Aquifer,this authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities under that rule. Construction may not commence for sites regulated under 30 TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met. (c) Operators are not prohibited from submitting late NOIs or posting late notices to obtain authorization under this general permit. The TCEQ reserves the right to take appropriate enforcement actions for any unpermitted activities that may have occurred between the time construction commenced and authorization was obtained. 6. Notice of Change (NOC) If relevant information provided in the NOI changes, an NOC must be submitted at least 14 days before the change occurs, if possible. Where 14-day advance notice is not possible,the operator must submit an NOC within 14 days of discovery of the change. If -- Page 18 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 the operator becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts or submitted incorrect information in an NOI,the correct information must be provided to the executive director in an NOC within 14 days after discovery. The NOC shall be submitted on a form provided by the executive director,or by letter if an NOC form is not available. A copy of the NOC must also be provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge, and a list must be included in the SWP3 that includes the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy. Information that may be included on an NOC includes,but is not limited to,the following: the description of the construction project,an increase in the number of acres disturbed(for increases of one or more acres),or the operator name. A transfer of operational control from one operator to another,including a transfer of the ownership of a company,may not be included in an NOC. A transfer of ownership of a company includes changes to the structure of a company, such as changing from a partnership to a corporation or changing corporation types,so that the filing number(or charter number)that is on record with the Texas Secretary of State must be changed. An NOC is not required for notifying TCEQ of a decrease in the number of acres disturbed. This information must be included in the SWP3 and retained on site. 7. Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms,Notice of Termination(NOT)Forms,NOC Letters,and Construction Site Notices NOI forms,NOT forms,NOC letters, and Construction Site Notices that require a signature must be signed according to 3o TAC§305.44(relating to Signatories for Applications). 8. Contents of the NOI The NOI form shall require, at a minimum,the following information: (a) the TPDES CGP.authorization number for existing authorizations under this general permit,where the operator submits an NOI to renew coverage within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit; (b) the name, address, and telephone number of the operator filing the NOI for permit coverage; (c) the name(or other identifier), address,county, and latitude/longitude of the construction project or site; (d) the number of acres that will be disturbed by the applicant; (e) confirmation that the project or site will not be located on Indian Country lands; (f) confirmation that a SWP3 has been developed in accordance with this general permit, that it will be implemented prior to construction,and that it is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans;for multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3,the confirmation for an operator maybe limited to its obligations under the SWP3 provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator; (g) name of the receiving water(s); (h) the classified segment number for each classified segment that receives discharges from the regulated construction activity(if the discharge is not directly to a classified segment,then the classified segment number of the first classified segment that those discharges reach); and (i) the name of all surface waters receiving discharges from the regulated construction activity that are on the latest EPA-approved CWA§3o3(d)List of impaired waters. Page 19 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0 Section F. Terminating Coverage rP 1 1. Notice of Termination(NOT)Required Each operator that has submitted an NOI for authorization under this general permit must apply to terminate that authorization following the conditions described in this section of the general permit. Authorization must be terminated by submitting an NOT on a form supplied by the executive director. Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates at midnight on the day the NOT is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. If electronic submission of the NOT is provided,authorization to discharge under this permit terminates immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOT by the TCEQ. Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is required until an NOT is submitted. The NOT must be submitted to TCEQ,and a copy of the NOT provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge(with a list in the SWP3 of the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy),within 3o days after any of the following conditions are met: (a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the permittee; (b) a transfer of operational control has occurred(See Section II.F.4.below); or (c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual TPDES permit or alternative TPDES general permit. 2. Minimum Contents of the NOT The NOT form shall require, at a minimum,the following information: (a) if authorization was granted following submission of an NOI,the permittee's site- ) specific TPDES authorization number for the construction site; (b) an indication of whether the construction activity is completed or if the permittee is simply no longer an operator at the site; (c) the name, address, and telephone number of the permittee submitting the NOT; (d) the name(or other identifier),address,county, and location(latitude/longitude) of the construction project or site; and (e) a signed certification that either all stormwater discharges requiring authorization under this general permit will no longer occur,or that the applicant is no longer the operator of the facility or construction site, and that all temporary structural erosion controls have either been removed,will be removed on a schedule defined in the SWP3, or have been transferred to a new operator if the new operator has applied for permit coverage. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period,such as mulches and fiber mats,are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal. 3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators at Large Construction Sites Each operator that has obtained automatic authorization and has not been required to submit an NOI must remove the site notice upon meeting any of the conditions listed below,complete the applicable portion of the site notice related to removal of the site notice, and submit a copy of the completed site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge(or provide alternative notification as allowed by the MS4 operator,with documentation of such notification included in the SWP3),within 3o days of meeting any of the following conditions: Page 20 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the permittee; (b) a transfer of operational control has occurred(See Section II.F.4.below); or (c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual or general TPDES permit. Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates immediately upon removal of the applicable site notice. Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is required until the site notice is removed. 4. Transfer of Operational Control Coverage under this general permit is not transferable. A transfer of operational control includes changes to the structure of a company,such as changing from a partnership to a corporation,or changing to a different corporation type such that a different filing(or charter)number is established with the Texas Secretary of State. When the primary operator of a large construction activity changes or operational control is transferred,the original operator must submit an NOT within ten(io)days prior to the date that responsibility for operations terminates, and the new operator must submit an NOI at least ten(io) days prior to the transfer of operational control,in accordance with condition(a)or(b)below. A copy of the NOT must be provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge in accordance with Section II.F.1. above. Operators of regulated construction activities who are not required to submit an NOI must remove the original site notice, and the new operator must post the required site notice prior to the transfer of operational control,in accordance with condition(a)or(b) below. A copy of the completed site notice must be provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge; in accordance with Section II.F.3. above. A transfer of operational control occurs when either of the following criteria is met: (a) Another operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized; and all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either been removed,scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3,or transferred to a new operator,provided that the permitted operator has attempted to notify the new operator in writing of the requirement to obtain permit coverage. Record of this notification(or attempt at notification)shall be retained by the operator in accordance with Part VI of this permit. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period,such as mulches and fiber mats, are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal. (b)A homebuilder has purchased one or more lots from an operator who obtained coverage under this general permit for a common plan of development or sale. The homebuilder is considered a new operator and shall comply with the requirements listed above, including the development of a SWP3 if necessary. Under these circumstances,the homebuilder is only responsible for compliance with the general permit requirements as they apply to lot(s)it has operational control over,and the original operator remains responsible for common controls or discharges,and must amend its SWP3 to remove the lot(s)transferred to the homebuilder. Section G. Waivers from Coverage The executive director may waive the otherwise applicable requirements of this general permit for stormwater discharges from small construction activities under the terms and conditions described in this section. Page 21 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000 1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage Operators of small construction activities may apply for and receive a waiver from the requirements to obtain authorization under this general permit,where all of the following conditions are met. This waiver from coverage does not apply to non- stormwater discharges. The operator must insure that any non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization, or are not considered to be a wastewater. (a) the calculated rainfall erosivity(R)factor for the entire period of the construction project is less than five(5); (b) the operator submits to the TCEQ a signed waiver certification form,supplied by the executive director, certifying that the construction activity will commence and be completed within a period when the value of the calculated R factor is less than five (5); and (c) the waiver certification form is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ at least seven(7) days before construction activity begins or,if electronic filing is available,then any time following the receipt of written confirmation from TCEQ that a complete electronic application was submitted and acknowledged. 2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver The construction site operator may calculate the R factor to request a waiver using the following steps: (a) Estimate the construction start date and the construction end date. The construction end date is the date that final stabilization will be achieved. (b) Find the appropriate Erosivity Index(EI)zone in Appendix B of this permit. ,--) (c) Find the EI percentage for the project period by adding the results for each period of the project using the table provided in Appendix D of this permit,in EPA Fact Sheet 2.1, or in USDA Handbook 703,by subtracting the start value from the end value to find the percent EI for the site. (d) Refer to the Isoerodent Map (Appendix C of this permit) and interpolate the annual isoerodent value for the proposed construction location. (e) Multiply the percent value obtained in Step (c) above by the annual isoerodent value obtained in Step (d). This is the R factor for the proposed project. If the value is less than 5,then a waiver may be obtained. If the value is five(5)or more,then a waiver may not be obtained, and the operator must obtain coverage under Part II.E.2. of this permit. Alternatively,the operator may calculate a site-specific R factor utilizing the following online calculator: http://ei.tamu.edu/index.html, or using another available resource. The waiver certification form is not required to be posted at the small construction site. 3. Effective Date of Waiver Operators of small construction activities are provisionally waived from the otherwise applicable requirements of this general permit seven(7) days from the date that a completed waiver certification form is postmarked for delivery to TCEQ, or immediately upon receiving confirmation of approval of an electronic submittal,if electronic form submittals are available. 4. Activities Extending Beyond the Waiver Period If a construction activity extends beyond the approved waiver period due to circumstances beyond the control of the operator,the operator must either: Page 22 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (a) recalculate the R factor using the original start date and a new projected ending date, and if the R factor is still under five(5),submit a new waiver certification form at least two(2)days before the end of the original waiver period; or (b) obtain authorization under this general permit according to the requirements delineated in either Part II.E.2.or Part ILE.3.before the end of the approved waiver period. Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage 1. Individual Permit Alternative Any discharge eligible for coverage under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under an individual TPDES permit according to 3o TAC§goy(relating to Consolidated Permits). Applications for individual permit coverage should be submitted at least three hundred and thirty(330) days prior to commencement of construction activities to ensure timely authorization. . - 2. Individual Permit Required The executive director may suspend an authorization or deny an`NOI in accordance with the procedures set forth in 3o TAC§205(relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges),including the requirement that the executive director provide written notice to the permittee. The executive director may require an operator of a construction site, otherwise eligible for authorization under this general permit,to apply for an individual TPDES permit in the following circumstances: (a) the conditions of an approved TMDL or TMDL I-Plan on the receiving water; (b) the activity being determined to cause a violation of water quality standards or being found to cause, or contribute to,the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state: and . (c) any other consideration defined in 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges)including 3o TAC Chapter 2o5.4(c)(3)(D),which allows the commission to deny authorization under the general permit and require an individual permit if a discharger"has been determined by the executive director to have been out of compliance with any rule, order, or permit of the commission, including non- payment of fees assessed by the executive director." Additionally,the executive director may cancel, revoke, or suspend authorization to discharge under this general permit based on a finding of historical and significant noncompliance with the provisions of this general permit,relating to 3o TAC§60.3(Use of Compliance History). Denial of authorization to discharge under this general permit or suspension of a permittee's authorization under this general permit shall be done according to commission rules in 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges). 3. Alternative Discharge Authorization Any discharge eligible for authorization under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under a separate general permit according to 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges),if applicable. Section I. Permit Expiration . 1. This general permit is effective for a term not to exceed five(5)years. All active discharge authorizations expire on the date provided on page one(1)of this permit. Following public notice and comment,as provided by 3o TAC§205.3 (relating to Page 23 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Public Notice,Public Meetings, and Public Comment),the commission may amend, revoke,cancel,or renew this general permit. 2. If the executive director publishes a notice of the intent to renew or amend this general permit before the expiration date,the permit will remain in effect for existing, authorized discharges until the commission takes final action on the permit. Upon issuance of a renewed or amended permit,permittees may be required to submit an NOI within 90 days following the effective date of the renewed or amended permit,unless that permit provides for an alternative method for obtaining authorization. 3. If the commission does not propose to reissue this general permit within 90 days before the expiration date,permittees shall apply for authorization under an individual permit or an alternative general permit. If the application for an individual permit is submitted before the expiration date,authorization under this expiring general permit remains in effect until the issuance or denial of an individual permit. No new NOIs will be accepted nor new authorizations honored under the general permit after the expiration date. Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans(SWP3) All regulated construction site operators shall prepare an SWP3,prior to submittal of an NOI,to address discharges authorized under Parts II.E.2. and II.E.3. of this general permit that will reach Waters of the U.S.,including discharges to MS4s and privately owned separate storm sewer systems that drain to Waters of the U.S.,to identify and address potential sources of pollution that are reasonably expected to affect the quality of discharges from the construction site,including off-site material storage areas, overburden and stockpiles of dirt,borrow areas, equipment staging areas,vehicle repair areas,fueling areas, etc.,used solely by the permitted project. The SWP3 must describe the implementation of practices that will be used to minimize to the extent practicable the discharge of pollutants in stormwater associated with construction activity and non-stormwater discharges described in Part II.A.3.,in compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit. Individual operators at a site may develop separate SWP3s that cover only their portion of the project,provided reference is made to the other operators at the site. Where there is more than one SWP3 for a site,permittees must coordinate to ensure that BMPs and controls are consistent and do not negate or impair the effectiveness of each other. Regardless of whether a single comprehensive SWP3 is developed or separate SWP3s are developed for each operator,it is the responsibility of each operator to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit in the areas of the construction site where that operator has control over construction plans and specifications or day-to-day operations. Section A. Shared SWP3 Development For more effective coordination of BMPs and opportunities for cost sharing, a cooperative effort by the different operators at a site is encouraged. Operators must independently obtain authorization,but may work together to prepare and implement a single, comprehensive SWP3 for the entire construction site. 1. The SWP3 must clearly list the name and,for large construction activities,the general permit authorization numbers,for each operator that participates in the shared SWP3. Until the TCEQ responds to receipt of the NOI with a general permit authorization number,the SWP3 must specify the date that the NOI was submitted to TCEQ by each operator. Each operator participating in the shared plan must also sign the SWP3. t) Page 24 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 2. The SWP3 must clearly indicate which operator is responsible for satisfying each shared requirement of the SWP3. If the responsibility for satisfying a requirement is not described in the plan,then each permittee is entirely responsible for meeting the requirement within the boundaries of the construction site where they perform construction activities. The SWP3 must clearly describe responsibilities for meeting each requirement in shared or common areas. 3. The SWP3 may provide that one operator is responsible for preparation of a SWP3 in compliance with the CGP, and another operator is responsible for implementation of the SWP3 at the project site. Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans and Specifications All secondary operators and primary operators with control over construction plans and specifications shall:. (a) ensure the project specifications allow or provide that adequate BMPs are developed to meet the requirements of Part III of this general permit; (b) ensure that the SWP3 indicates the areas of the project where they have control over project specifications,including the ability to make modifications in specifications; (c) ensure that all other operators affected by modifications in project specifications are notified in a timely manner so that those operators may modify their BMP s as necessary to remain compliant with the conditions of this general permit; and (d) ensure that the SWP3 for portions of the project where they are operators indicates the name and site-specific TPDES authorization number(s)for operators with the day-to-day operational control over those activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions. If the party with day-to-day operational control has not been authorized or has abandoned the-site,the person with control over project specifications is considered to be the responsible party until the authority is transferred to another party and the SWP3 is updated. 2. Primary Operators with Day-to-Day Operational Control Primary operators with day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that are necessary to ensure compliance with an SWP3 and other permit conditions must ensure that the SWP3 accomplishes the following requirements: (a) meets the requirements of this general permit for those portions of the project where they are operators; - (b) identifies the parties responsible for implementation of BMPs described in the SWP3; (c) indicates areas of the project where they have operational control over day-to-day activities; and - (d) includes,for areas where they have operational control over day-to-day activities,the name and site-specific TPDES authorization number of the parties with control over project specifications,including the ability to make modifications in specifications. Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation, Implementation, and Compliance The SWP3 must be prepared prior to obtaining authorization under this general permit, and implemented prior to commencing construction activities that result in soil Page 25 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 disturbance. The SWP3 must be prepared so that it provides for compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit. Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available 1. The SWP3 must be retained on-site at the construction site or,if the site is inactive or does not have an on-site location to store the plan, a notice must be posted describing the location of the SWP3. The SWP3 must be made readily available at the time of an on-site inspection to: the executive director; a federal,state,or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans,grading plans, or stormwater management plans;local government officials; and the operator of a municipal separate storm sewer receiving discharges from the site. If the SWP3 is retained off-site,then it shall be made available as soon as reasonably possible. In most instances,it is reasonable that the SWP3 shall be made available within 24 hours of the request. 2. A primary operator of a large construction activity must post the TCEQ site notice near the main entrance of the construction site. An operator of a small construction activity seeking authorization under this general permit and a secondary operator of a large construction activity must post the TCEQ site notice required in Part 2.,or 3.of this general permit in order to obtain authorization. If the construction project is a linear construction project,such as a pipeline or highway,the notices must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway. Notices for these linear sites may be relocated, as necessary, along the length of the project.The notices must be readily available for viewing by the general public;local,state, and federal authorities; and contain the following information: (a) the site-specific TPDES authorization number for the project if assigned; (b) the operator name, contact name, and contact phone number; (c) a brief description of the project; and (d) the location of the SWP3. 3. This permit does not provide the general public with any right to trespass on a construction site for any reason,including inspection of a site; nor does this permit require that permittees allow members of the general public access to a construction site. Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s The permittee must revise or update the SWP3 whenever the following occurs: 1. a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance that has a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants and that has not been previously addressed in the SWP3; 2. changing site conditions based on updated plans and specifications, new operators, new areas of responsibility, and changes in BMPs; or 3. results of inspections or investigations by site operators, operators of a municipal separate storm sewer system receiving the discharge, authorized TCEQ personnel, or a federal,state or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans indicate the SWP3 is proving ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in discharges authorized under this general permit. Section F. Contents of SWP3 The SWP3 must include, at a minimum,the information described in this section and must comply with the construction and development effluent guidelines in Part III, Section G of the general permit. Page 26 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150o00 1. A site or project description,which includes the following information: (a) a description of the nature of the construction activity; (b) a list of potential pollutants and their sources; (c) a description of the intended schedule or sequence of activities that will disturb soils for major portions of the site,including estimated start dates and duration of activities; (d) the total number of acres of the entire property and the total number of acres where construction activities will occur,including off-site material storage areas, overburden and stockpiles of dirt,and borrow areas that are authorized under the permittee's NOI; (e) data describing the soil or the quality of any discharge from the site; (f) a map showing the general location of the site(e.g. a portion of a city or county map); (g) a detailed site map(or maps)indicating the following: (i) drainage patterns and approximate slopes anticipated after major grading activities; (ii) areas where soil disturbance will occur; (iii) locations of all controls and buffers,either planned or in place; (iv) locations where temporary or permanent stabilization practices are expected to be used; (v) locations of construction support activities,including off-site activities, that are authorized wider the perrnittee's NOI,including material,waste, borrow,fill, or equipment or chemical storage areas; (vi) surface waters (including wetlands)either at, adjacent, or in close proximity to the site, and also indicating those that are impaired waters; (vii) locations where stormwater discharges from the site directly to a surface water body or a municipal separate storm sewer system; (viii) vehicle wash areas; and (ix) designated points on the site where vehicles will exit onto paved roads (for instance,this applies to construction transition from unstable dirt areas to exterior paved roads). Where the amount of information required to be included on the map would result in a single map being difficult to read and interpret,the operator shall develop a series of maps that collectively include the required information. (h)the location and description of support activities authorized under the permittee's NOI, including asphalt plants,concrete plants, and other activities providing support to the construction site that is authorized under this general permit; (i) the name of receiving waters at or near the site that may be disturbed or that may receive discharges from disturbed areas of the project; (j) a copy of this TPDES general permit; (k) the NOI and acknowledgement certificate for primary operators of large construction sites, and the site notice for small construction sites and for secondary operators of large construction sites; - (1) stormwater and allowable non-stormwater discharge locations, including storm drain inlets on site and in the immediate vicinity of the construction site; and Page 27 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (m)locations of all pollutant-generating activities,such as paving operations; concrete,paint and stucco washout and water disposal; solid waste storage and disposal; and dewatering operations. 2. A description of the BMPs that will be used to minimize pollution in runoff. The description must identify the general timing or sequence for implementation. At a minimum,the description must include the following components: (a) General Requirements (i) Erosion and sediment controls must be designed to retain sediment on-site to the extent practicable with consideration for local topography, soil type, and rainfall. (ii) Control measures must be properly selected,installed,and maintained according to the manufacturer's or designer's specifications. (iii) Controls must be developed to minimize the offsite transport of litter, construction debris, and construction materials. (b) Erosion Control and Stabilization Practices The SWP3 must include a description of temporary and permanent erosion control and stabilization practices for the site, compliant with the requirements of Part III.G.].and G.2 of this general permit,including a schedule of when the practices will be implemented. Site plans should ensure that existing vegetation is preserved where it is possible. (i) Erosion control and stabilization practices may include but are not limited to: establishment of temporary or permanent vegetation,mulching, geotextiles, sod stabilization,vegetative buffer strips,protection of existing trees and vegetation,slope texturing,temporary velocity dissipation devices,flow diversion mechanisms,and other similar measures. (ii) The following records must be maintained and either attached to or referenced in the SWP3,and made readily available upon request to the parties listed in Part III.D.1 of this general permit: (A) the dates when major grading activities occur; (B) the dates when construction activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site; and (C) the dates when stabilization measures are initiated. (iii) Erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily ceased and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days. Stabilization measures that provide a protective cover must be initiated immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have permanently ceased. The term"immediately"is used to define the deadline for initiating stabilization measures. In the context of this requirement, "immediately"means as soon as practicable,but no later than the end of the next work day,following the day when the earth-disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Except as provided in (A)through(D)below,these measures must be completed as soon as practicable,but no more than 14 calendar days after the initiation of soil stabilization measures: (A) Where the immediate initiation of stabilization measures after construction activity temporarily or permanently ceased is precluded Page 28 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0 by snow cover or frozen ground conditions,stabilization measures must be initiated as soon as practicable. (B) In arid areas,semi-arid areas,-or drought-stricken areas where the immediate initiation of stabilization measures after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased or is precluded by arid conditions,erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated as soon as practicable. Where vegetative controls are not feasible due to arid conditions,the operator shall immediately install, and within 14 calendar days of a temporary or permanent cessation of work in any portion of the site complete,non-vegetative erosion controls. If non-vegetative controls are not feasible,the operator shall install temporary sediment controls as required in Paragraph(C) below. (C) In areas where temporary stabilization measures are infeasible,the operator may alternatively utilize temporary perimeter controls. The operator must document in the SWP3 the reason why stabilization • measures are not feasible, and must demonstrate that the perimeter controls will retain sediment on site to the extent practicable. The operator must continue to inspect the BMPs at the frequency • established in Section III.F.7.(a)for unstabilized sites. (D) If the initiation or completion of vegetative stabilization is affected by circumstances beyond the control of the permittee,vegetative stabilization must be initiated or completed as soon as conditions or circumstances allow it on the site. The requirement to initiate stabilization is triggered as soon as it is known with reasonable - • certainty that work will be stopped for 14 or more additional calendar days. (iv) Final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit coverage. (v) TCEQ does not expect that temporary or permanent stabilization measures to be applied to areas that are intended to be left un-vegetated or un- stabilized following construction(e.g.,dirt access roads,utility pole pads, areas being used for storage of vehicles,equipment, or materials). (c) Sediment Control Practices The SWP3 must include a description of any sediment control practices used to remove eroded soils from stormwater runoff,including the general timing or sequence for implementation of controls. (i) Sites With Drainage Areas of Ten or More Acres (A) Sedimentation Basin(s) (1) A sedimentation basin is required,where feasible,for a common drainage location that serves an area with ten(io)or more acres disturbed at one time. A sedimentation basin may be temporary or permanent, and must provide sufficient storage to contain a calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm from each disturbed acre drained. When calculating the volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm event,it is not required to include the flows from offsite areas and flow from onsite areas that are either undisturbed or have already undergone permanent stabilization,if these flows are diverted around both the disturbed areas of the site and the sediment basin. Capacity calculations shall be included in the SWP3. Page 29 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (2) Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be ...1 performed,the sedimentation basin must provide at least 3,600 cubic feet of storage per acre drained until final stabilization of the site. (3) If a sedimentation basin is not feasible,then the permittee shall provide equivalent control measures until final stabilization of the site. In determining whether installing a sediment basin is feasible,the permittee may consider factors such as site soils, slope, available area,public safety,precipitation patterns, site geometry,site vegetation,infiltration capacity,geotechnical factors,depth to groundwater, and other similar considerations. The permittee shall document the reason that the sediment basins are not feasible,and shall utilize equivalent control measures, which may include a series of smaller sediment basins. (4) Unless infeasible,when discharging from sedimentation basins and impoundments,the permittee shall utilize outlet structures that withdraw water from the surface. (B) Perimeter Controls: At a minimum, silt fences,vegetative buffer strips, or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope boundaries of the construction area, and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site conditions. (ii) Controls for Sites With Drainage Areas Less than Ten Acres: (A) Sediment traps and sediment basins may be used to control solids in stormwater runoff for drainage locations serving less than ten(io) acres. At a minimum, silt fences,vegetative buffer strips, or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope boundaries of the construction area, and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site conditions. (B) Alternatively, a sediment basin that provides storage for a calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm from each disturbed acre drained may be utilized. Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be performed, a temporary or permanent sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of storage per acre drained may be provided. If a calculation is performed,then the calculation shall be included in the SWP3. (C) If sedimentation basins or impoundments are used,the permittee shall comply with the requirements in Part III.G.6 of this general permit. 3. Description of Permanent Stormwater Controls A description of any measures that will be installed during the construction process to control pollutants in stormwater discharges that may occur after construction operations have been completed must be included in the SWP3. Permittees are only responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater management measures prior to final stabilization of the site or prior to submission of an NOT 4. Other Required Controls and BMPs (a) Permittees shall minimize,to the extent practicable,the off-site vehicle tracking of sediments and the generation of dust. The SWP3 shall include a description of controls utilized to accomplish this requirement. Page 30 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (b) The SWP3 must include a description of construction and waste materials expected to be stored on-site and a description of controls to minimize pollutants from these materials. (c) The SWP3 must include a description of potential pollutant sources from areas other than construction(such as stormwater discharges from dedicated asphalt plants and dedicated concrete batch plants),and a description of controls and measures that will be implemented at those sites to minimize pollutant discharges. (d) Permittees shall place velocity dissipation devices at discharge locations and along the length of any outfall channel(i.e.,runoff conveyance)to provide a non- erosive flow velocity from the structure to a water course,so that the natural physical and biological characteristics and functions-are maintained and protected: - (e) Permittees shall design and utilize appropriate controls to minimize the offsite transport of suspended sediments and other pollutants if it is necessary to pump or channel standing water from the site. (f) Permittees shall ensure that all other required controls and BMPs comply with all of the requirements of Part III.G of this general permit. 5. Documentation of Compliance with Approved State and Local Plans (a) Permittees must ensure that the SWP3 is consistent with requirements specified in applicable sediment and erosion site plans or site permits,or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by federal,state, or local officials. (b) SWP3s must be updated as necessary to remain consistent with any changes applicable to protecting surface water resources in sediment erosion site plans or site permits,or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by state or local official for which the permittee receives written notice. (c) If the permittee is required to prepare a separate management plan,including but not limited to a WPAP or Contributing Zone Plan in accordance with 30 TAC Chapter 21.3 (related to the Edwards Aquifer),then a copy of that plan must be either included'in the SWP3 or'made readily available upon request to authorized personnel of the TCEQ. The permittee shall maintain a copy of the approval letter for the plan in its SWP3. 6. Maintenance Requirements - (a) All protective measures identified in the SWP3 must be maintained in effective operating condition. If,through inspections or other means,the permittee determines that BMPs are not operating effectively,then the permittee shall perform maintenance as necessary to maintain the continued effectiveness of stormwater controls, and prior to the next rain event if feasible. If maintenance prior to the next anticipated storm event is impracticable,the reason shall be documented in the SWP3 and maintenance must be scheduled and accomplished as soon as practicable. Erosion and sediment controls that have been intentionally disabled,run-over,removed, or otherwise rendered ineffective must be replaced or corrected immediately upon discovery. (b) If periodic inspections or other information indicates a control has been used incorrectly, is performing inadequately,or is damaged,then the operator shall replace or modify the control as soon as practicable after making the discovery. (c) Sediment must be removed from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the timethat design capacity has been reduced by 5o%. For perimeter Page 31. Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 controls such as silt fences,berms, etc.,the trapped sediment must be removed before it reaches 50%of the above-ground height. (d) If sediment escapes the site, accumulations must be removed at a frequency that minimizes off-site impacts, and prior to the next rain event,if feasible. If the permittee does not own or operate the off-site conveyance,then the permittee shall work with the owner or operator of the property to remove the sediment. 7. Inspections of Controls (a) Personnel provided by the permittee must inspect disturbed areas of the construction site that have not been finally stabilized,areas used for storage of materials that are exposed to precipitation,discharge locations, and structural controls for evidence of, or the potential for,pollutants entering the drainage system. Personnel conducting these inspections must be knowledgeable of this general permit,familiar with the construction site, and knowledgeable of the SWP3 for the site. Sediment and erosion control measures identified in the SWP3 must be inspected to ensure that they are operating correctly. Locations where vehicles enter or exit the site must be inspected for evidence of off-site sediment tracking. Inspections must be conducted at least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater. Where sites have been finally or temporarily stabilized or where runoff is unlikely due to winter conditions(e.g.site is covered with snow,ice, or frozen ground exists),inspections must be conducted at least once every month. In arid, semi-arid,or drought-stricken areas,inspections must be conducted at least once every month and within 24 hours after the end of a storm event of 0.5 inches or greater. The SWP3 must also contain a record of the total rainfall measured, as well as the approximate beginning and ending dates of winter or drought conditions resulting in monthly frequency of inspections. As an alternative to the above-described inspection schedule of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater,the SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once every seven(7) calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed,then the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection. The inspections may occur on either schedule provided that the SWP3 reflects the current schedule and that any changes to the schedule are conducted in accordance with the following provisions: the schedule may be changed a maximum of one time each month,the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month, and the reason for the schedule change must be documented in the SWP3(e.g.,end of"dry"season and beginning of"wet" season). (b) Utility line installation,pipeline construction, and other examples of long, narrow,linear construction activities may provide inspection personnel with limited access to the areas described in Part III.F.7.(a)above. Inspection of these areas could require that vehicles compromise temporarily or even permanently stabilized areas, cause additional disturbance of soils, and increase the potential for erosion. In these circumstances, controls must be inspected at least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of 0.5 inches or greater,but representative inspections may be performed. For representative inspections,personnel must inspect controls along the construction site for 0.25 mile above and below each access point where a roadway,undisturbed right-of-way,or other similar feature intersects the construction site and allows access to the areas described in Part III.F.7.(a) Page 32 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 above. The conditions of the controls along each inspected o.25 mile portion may be considered as representative of the condition of controls along that reach extending from the end of the o.25 mile portion to either the end of the next o.25 mile inspected portion,or to the end of the project,whichever occurs first. _ _As an alternative to the above-described inspection schedule of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater,the SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once every seven(7)calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed,the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection. The inspections may occur on either schedule provided that the SWP3 reflects the current schedule and that any changes to the schedule are conducted in accordance with the following provisions: the schedule maybe changed a maximum of one time each month, the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month, and the reason for the schedule change must be documented in the SWP3(e.g., end of"dry"season and beginning of"wet"season). (c) In the event of flooding or other uncontrollable situations which prohibit access to the inspection sites,inspections must be conducted as soon as access is practicable. (d) The SWP3 must be modified based on the results of inspections, as necessary,to better control pollutants in runoff. Revisions to.the SWP3 must be completed within seven(7)calendar days following the inspection. If existing BMPs are modified or if additional BMPs are necessary,an implementation schedule must be described in the SWP3 and wherever possible those changes implemented before the next storm event. If implementation before the next anticipated storm event is impracticable,these changes must be implemented as soon as practicable: (e) A report summarizing the scope of the inspection,the date(s)of the inspection, and major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3 must be made and retained as part of the SWP3. Major observations should include: The locations of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site; locations of BMPs that need to be maintained;locations of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a particular location; and locations where additional BMPs are needed. Actions taken as a result of inspections must be described within, and retained as a part of,the SWP3. Reports must identify any incidents of non-compliance. Where a report does not identify any incidents of non-compliance,the report must contain a certification that the facility or site is in compliance with the SWP3 and this permit. The report must be signed by the person and in the manner required by 30 TAC§305.128 (relating to Signatories to Reports). The names and qualifications of personnel making the inspections for the permittee may be documented once in the SWP3 rather than being included in each report. 8. The SWP3 must identify and ensure the implementation of appropriate pollution prevention measures for all eligible non-stormwater components of the discharge,as listed in Part II.A.3. of this permit. 9. The SWP3 must include the information required in Part III.B.of this general permit. 10. The SWP3 must include pollution prevention procedures that comply with Part III.G.4 of this general permit. - Page 33 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0 Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites Except as provided in 4o CFR§§1.25.3o-125.32, any discharge regulated under this general permit,with the exception of sites that obtained waivers based on low rainfall erosivity,must achieve, at a minimum,the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control technology currently available(BPT). i. Erosion and sediment controls.Design,install, and maintain effective erosion controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants.At a minimum,such controls must be designed,installed, and maintained to: (a) Control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion; (b) If any stormwater flow will be channelized at the site,stormwater controls must be designed to control both peak flowrates and total stormwater volume to minimize erosion at outlets and to minimize downstream channel and streambank erosion; (c) Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity; (d) Minimize the disturbance of steep slopes; (e) Minimize sediment discharges from the site.The design,installation, and maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the amount,frequency,intensity and duration of precipitation,the nature of resulting stormwater runoff, and soil characteristics,including the range of soil particle sizes expected to be present on the site; (f) If earth disturbance activities are located in close proximity to a surface water, provide and maintain appropriate natural buffers if feasible and as necessary, around surface waters,depending on site-specific topography,sensitivity, and proximity to water bodies. Direct stormwater to vegetated areas to increase sediment removal and maximize stormwater infiltration. If providing buffers is infeasible, the permittee shall document the reason that natural buffers are not feasible, and shall implement additional erosion and sediment controls to reduce sediment load; (g) Preserve native topsoil at the site,unless infeasible; and (h) Minimize soil compaction in post-construction pervious areas. In areas of the construction site where final vegetative stabilization will occur or where infiltration practices will be installed, either: (i) restrict vehicle and equipment use to avoid soil compaction; or (2) prior to seeding or planting areas of exposed soil that have been compacted, use techniques that condition the soils to support vegetative growth,if necessary and feasible; (i) TCEQ does not consider stormwater control features (e.g., stormwater conveyance channels, storm drain inlets,sediment basins)to constitute"surface waters"for the purposes of triggering the buffer requirement in Part III.G.(f) above. 2. Soil stabilization. Stabilization of disturbed areas must, at a minimum,be initiated immediately whenever any clearing, grading, excavating, or other earth disturbing activities have permanently ceased on any portion of the site, or temporarily ceased on any portion of the site and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days. In the context of this requirement, "immediately"means as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of the next work day,following the day when the earth- disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Temporary Page 34 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150o00 stabilization must be completed no more than 1.4 calendar days after initiation of soil stabilization measures, and final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit coverage. In arid,semi-arid, and drought-stricken areas where initiating vegetative stabilization measures immediately is infeasible,alternative non- vegetative stabilization measures must be employed as soon as practicable.Refer to Part III.F.2.(b)for complete erosion control-and stabilization practice requirements. 3. Dewatering.Discharges from dewatering activities,including discharges from dewatering of trenches and excavations,are prohibited,unless managed by appropriate controls. 4. Pollution prevention measures.Design,install,implement,and maintain effective pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants.At a minimum,such measures must be designed,installed,implemented,and maintained to: (a) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from equipment and vehicle washing,wheel wash water, and other wash waters.Wash waters must be treated in a sediment basin or alternative control that provides equivalent or better treatment prior to discharge; . (b) Minimize the exposure of building'materials,building products, construction wastes,trash,landscape materials,fertilizers,pesticides,herbicides, detergents, sanitary waste,and other materials present on the site to precipitation and to stormwater; and (c) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from spills and leaks,and implement chemical spill and leak prevention and response procedures. 5... Prohibited discharges.The following discharges are prohibited:.. (a) Wastewater from wash out of concrete trucks,unless managed by an appropriate control(see Part V of the general permit); (b) Wastewater from wash out and cleanout of stucco,paint,form release oils,curing compounds and other construction materials; (c) Fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance; and (d) Soaps or solvents used in vehicle-and equipment washing. 6. Surface outlets.When discharging from basins and impoundments,utilize outlet structures that withdraw water from the surface,unless infeasible. Part IV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants Discharges of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites may be authorized under the provisions of this general permit provided that the following requirements are met for concrete batch plant(s)authorized under this permit. If discharges of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants are not covered under this general permit, then discharges must be authorized under an alternative general permit or individual permit. This permit does not authorize the discharge or land disposal of any wastewater from concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites. Authorization for these wastes must be obtained under an individual permit or an alternative general permit. Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements 1. Operators of concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit shall sample the stormwater runoff from the concrete batch plants according to the requirements Page 35 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 of this section of this general permit, and must conduct evaluations on the effectiveness of the SWP3 based on the following benchmark monitoring values: Table 1. Benchmark Parameters Benchmark Benchmark Value Sampling Sample Type Parameter Frequency Oil and Grease 15 mg/L i/quarter(*1) (*2) Grab(*3) Total Suspended 10o mg/L i/quarter(*1) (*2) Grab(*3) Solids pH 6.0—9.o Standard 1/quarter(*1) (*2) Grab(*3) Units Total Iron 1.3 mg/L i/quarter(*1) (*2) Grab(*3) (*1) When discharge occurs. Sampling is required within the first 3o minutes of discharge. If it is not practicable to take the sample,or to complete the sampling,within the first 3o minutes,sampling must be completed within the first hour of discharge. If sampling is not completed within the first 30 minutes of discharge,the reason must be documented and attached to all required reports and records of the sampling activity. (*2) Sampling must be conducted at least once during each of the following periods. The first sample must be collected during the first full quarter that a stormwater discharge occurs from a concrete batch plant authorized under this general permit. January through March April through June July through September October through December For projects lasting less than one full quarter, a minimum of one sample shall be collected,provided that a stormwater discharge occurred at least once following submission of the NOI or following the date that automatic authorization was obtained under Section II.E.2., and prior to terminating coverage. (*3) A grab sample shall be collected from the stormwater discharge resulting from a storm event that is at least 0.1 inches of measured precipitation that occurs at least 72 hours from the previously measurable storm event. The sample shall be collected downstream of the concrete batch plant, and where the discharge exits any BMPs utilized to handle the runoff from the batch plant,prior to commingling with any other water authorized under this general permit. 2. The permittee must compare the results of sample analyses to the benchmark values above,and must include this comparison in the overall assessment of the SWP3's effectiveness. Analytical results that exceed a benchmark value are not a violation of this permit, as these values are not numeric effluent limitations. Results of analyses are indicators that modifications of the SWP3 should be assessed and may be necessary to protect water quality.The operator must investigate the cause for each exceedance and must document the results of this investigation in the SWP3 by the end of the quarter following the sampling event. Page 36 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1.50000 The operator's investigation must identify the following: (a) any additional potential sources of pollution, such as spills that might have occurred, (b) necessary revisions to good housekeeping measures that are part of the SWP3, (c) additional BMPs,including a schedule to install or implement the BMPs, and (d) other parts of the SWP3 that may require revisions in order to meet the goal of the benchmark values. Background concentrations of specific pollutants may also be considered during the investigation. If the operator is able to relate the cause of the exceedance to background concentrations,then subsequent exceedances of benchmark values for that pollutant may be resolved by referencing earlier findings in the SWP3. Background concentrations may be identified by laboratory analyses of samples of stormwater runon to the permitted facility,by laboratory analyses of samples of stormwater run-off from adjacent non-industrial areas, or by identifying the pollutant is a naturally occurring material in soils at the site. Section B. Best Management Practices (BMPs) and SWP3 Requirements Minimum SWP3 Requirements—The following are required in addition to other SWP3 requirements listed in this general permit(including,but not limited to Part III.F.7. of this permit): 1. Description of Potential Pollutant Sources-The SWP3 must provide a description of potential sources (activities and materials)that may reasonably be expected to affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this permit. The SWP3 must describe practices that that will be used to reduce the pollutants in these discharges to assure compliance with this general permit, including the protection of water quality,and must ensure the implementation of these practices. The following must be developed,at a-minimum,in support of developing this description: (a) Drainage—The site map must include the following information: (i) the location of all outfalls for stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants that are authorized under this permit; (2) a depiction of the drainage area and the direction of flow to the outfall(s); (3) structural controls used within the drainage area(s); (4) the locations of the following areas associated with concrete batch plants that are exposed to precipitation:vehicle and equipment maintenance activities(including fueling,repair, and storage areas for vehicles and equipment scheduled for maintenance); areas used for the treatment, storage, or disposal of wastes;liquid storage tanks; material processing and storage areas; and loading and unloading areas; and (5) the locations of the following: any bag house or other dust control device(s); recycle/sedimentation pond,clarifier or other device used for the treatment of facility wastewater(including the areas that drain to the treatment device); areas with significant materials; and areas where major spills or leaks have occurred. (b) Inventory of Exposed Materials —A list of materials handled at the concrete batch plant that may be exposed to stormwater and that have a potential to Page 37 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants that are authorized under this general permit. (c) Spills and Leaks-A list of significant spills and leaks of toxic or hazardous pollutants that occurred in areas exposed to stormwater and that drain to stormwater outfalls associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit must be developed,maintained, and updated as needed. (d) Sampling Data-A summary of existing stormwater discharge sampling data must be maintained,if available. 2. Measures and Controls-The SWP3 must include a description of management controls to regulate pollutants identified in the SWP3's"Description of Potential Pollutant Sources"from Part W.B.1.(a)of this permit, and a schedule for implementation of the measures and controls. This must include,at a minimum: (a) Good Housekeeping-Good housekeeping measures must be developed and implemented in the area(s)associated with concrete batch plants. (1) Operators must prevent or minimize the discharge of spilled cement, aggregate(including sand or gravel),settled dust,or other significant materials from paved portions of the site that are exposed to stormwater. Measures used to minimize the presence of these materials may include regular sweeping or other equivalent practices. These practices must be conducted at a frequency that is determined based on consideration of the amount of industrial activity occurring in the area and frequency of precipitation, and shall occur at least once per week when cement or aggregate is being handled or otherwise processed in the area. (2) Operators must prevent the exposure of fine granular solids,such as cement,to stormwater.Where practicable,these materials must be stored in enclosed silos,hoppers or buildings,in covered areas,or under covering. (b) Spill Prevention and Response Procedures-Areas where potential spills that can contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff,and the drainage areas from these locations,must be identified in the SWP3. Where appropriate,the SWP3 must specify material handling procedures,storage requirements, and use of equipment. Procedures for cleaning up spills must be identified in the SWP3 and made available to the appropriate personnel. (c) Inspections-Qualified facility personnel(i.e., a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit,the concrete batch plant, and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s)for the site)must be identified to inspect designated equipment and areas of the facility specified in the SWP3.The inspection frequency must be specified in the SWP3 based upon a consideration of the level of concrete production at the facility,but must be a minimum of once per month while the facility is in operation.The inspection must take place while the facility is in operation and must, at a minimum,include all areas that are exposed to stormwater at the site,including material handling areas, above ground storage tanks,hoppers or silos, dust collection/containment systems, truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas. Follow-up procedures must be used to ensure that appropriate actions are taken in response to the inspections. Records of inspections must be maintained and be made readily available for inspection upon request. (d) Employee Training-An employee training program must be developed to educate personnel responsible for implementing any component of the SWP3, or personnel otherwise responsible for stormwater pollution prevention,with the provisions of the SWP3. The frequency of training must be documented in Page 38 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 the SWP3, and at a minimum,must consist of one training prior to the 1\ initiation of operation of the concrete batch plant. (e) Record Keeping and Internal Reporting Procedures -A description of spills and similar incidents,plus additional information that is obtained regarding the quality and quantity of stormwater discharges,must be included in the SWP3. Inspection and maintenance activities must be documented and records of those inspection and maintenance activities must be incorporated in the SWP3. (f) Management of Runoff-The SWP3 shall contain a narrative consideration for reducing the volume of runoff from concrete batch plants by diverting runoff or otherwise managing runoff,including use of infiltration, detention ponds, retention ponds, or reusing of runoff. 3. Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation—At least once per year, one or more qualified personnel(i.e.,a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit, the concrete batch plant,and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s)for the site)shall conduct a compliance evaluation of the plant. The evaluation must include the following. (a) Visual examination of all areas draining stormwater associated with regulated concrete batch plants for evidence of, or the potential for,pollutants entering the drainage system. These include but are not limited to: cleaning areas, material handling areas,above ground storage tanks,hoppers or silos, dust collection/containment systems, and truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas. Measures implemented to reduce pollutants in runoff(including structural controls and implementation of management practices)must be evaluated to determine if they are effective and if they are implemented in accordance with the terms of this permit and with the permittee's SWP3. The operator shall conduct a visual inspection of equipment needed to implement the SWP3,such as spill response equipment. (b) Based on the results of the evaluation,the following must be revised as appropriate within two weeks of the evaluation: the description of potential pollutant sources identified in the SWP3(as required in Part IV.B.i., "Description of Potential Pollutant Sources"); and pollution prevention measures and controls identified in the SWP3 (as required in Part IV.B.2., "Measures and Controls"). The revisions may include a schedule for implementing the necessary changes. (c) The permittee shall prepare and include in the SWP3 a report summarizing the scope of the evaluation,the personnel making the evaluation,the date(s)of the evaluation,major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3, and actions taken in response to the findings of the evaluation. The report must identify any incidents of noncompliance. Where the report does not identify incidences of noncompliance,the report must contain a statement that the evaluation did not identify any incidence(s), and the report must be signed according to 3o TAC§305.128,relating to Signatories to Reports. (d) The Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation may substitute for one of the required inspections delineated in Part IV.B.2.(c) of this general permit. Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges Wastewater discharges associated with concrete production including wastewater disposal by land application are not authorized under this general permit. These wastewater discharges must be authorized under an alternative TCEQ water quality permit or otherwise disposed of in an authorized manner. Discharges of concrete truck wash out at construction sites may be authorized if conducted in accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit. Page 39 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements This general permit authorizes the wash out of concrete trucks at construction sites regulated under Sections II.E.i., 2.,and 3. of this general permit,provided the following requirements are met. Authorization is limited to the land disposal of wash out water from concrete trucks. Any other direct discharge of concrete production waste water must be authorized under a separate TCEQ general permit or individual permit. 1. Direct discharge of concrete truck wash out water to surface water in the state, including discharge to storm sewers, is prohibited by this general permit. 2. Concrete truck wash out water shall be discharged to areas at the construction site where structural controls have been established to prevent direct discharge to surface waters,or to areas that have a minimal slope that allow infiltration and filtering of wash out water to prevent direct discharge to surface waters. Structural controls may consist of temporary berms,temporary shallow pits,temporary storage tanks with slow rate release,or other reasonable measures to prevent runoff from the construction site. 3. Wash out of concrete trucks during rainfall events shall be minimized. The direct discharge of concrete truck wash out water is prohibited at all times, and the operator shall insure that its BMPs are sufficient to prevent the discharge of concrete truck wash out as the result of rainfall or stormwater runoff. 4. The discharge of wash out water must not cause or contribute to groundwater contamination. 5. If a SWP3 is required to be implemented,the SWP3 shall include concrete wash out areas on the associated site map. Part VI. Retention of Records The permittee must retain the following records for a minimum period of three(3)years from the date that a NOT is submitted as required by Part II.E.3. For activities in which an NOT is not required, records shall be retained for a minimum period of three(3)years from the date that the operator terminates coverage under Section II.F.3. of this permit. Records include: 1. A copy of the SWP3; 2. All reports and actions required by this permit,including a copy of the construction site notice; 3. All data used to complete the NOI,if an NOI is required for coverage under this general permit; and 4. All records of submittal of forms submitted to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to the secondary operator of a large construction site, if applicable. Part VII. Standard Permit Conditions 1. The permittee has a duty to comply with all permit conditions. Failure to comply with any permit condition is a violation of the permit and statutes under which it was issued, and is grounds for enforcement action,for terminating, revoking, or denying coverage under this general permit, or for requiring a discharger to apply for and obtain an individual TPDES permit. 2. Authorization under this general permit may be suspended or revoked for cause. Filing a notice of planned changes or anticipated non-compliance by the permittee does not stay any permit condition. The permittee must furnish to the executive director,upon request and within a reasonable time, any information necessary for the executive director to determine whether cause exists for revoking, suspending, or Page 4o Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 terminating authorization under this permit. Additionally,the permittee must provide to the executive director,upon request, copies of all records that the permittee is required to maintain as a condition of this general permit. 3. It is not a defense for a discharger in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity to maintain compliance with the permit conditions. 4. Inspection and entry shall be allowed under TWC Chapters 26-28,Texas Health and Safety Code§§361.032-361.033 and 361.037,and 40 CFR§122.41(i).The statement in TWC§26.014 that commission entry of a facility shall occur according to an establishment's rules and regulations concerning safety, internal security,and fire protection is not grounds for denial or restriction of entry to any part of the facility or site,but merely describes the commission's duty to observe appropriate rules and regulations during an inspection. 5. The discharger is subject to administrative, civil,and criminal penalties,as applicable,under TWC Chapter 7 for violations including but not limited to the following: (a) negligently or knowingly violating the federal CWA§§301,302,306,307,308, 318, or 405,or any condition or limitation implementing any sections in a permit issued under CWA§402,or any requirement imposed in a pretreatment program approved under CWA§§4o2(a)(3)or 4o2(b)(8); (b) knowingly making any false statement,representation,or certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under a permit,including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance; and (c) knowingly violating§303 of the federal CWA, and placing another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury. 6. All reports and other information requested by the executive director must be signed by the person and in the manner required by 3o TAC§305.128(relating to Signatories to Reports). 7. Authorization under this general permit does not convey property or water rights of any sort and does not grant any exclusive privilege. 8. The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge in violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. 9. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control(and related appurtenances)which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and appropriate quality assurance procedures.This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems which are installed by a permittee only when the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit. 10. The permittee shall comply with the reporting requirements in 4o CFR§122.41(1), as applicable. Part VIII. Fees 1. A fee of must be submitted along with the NOI: (a) $325 if submitting a paper NOI,or (b) $225 if submitting an NOI electronically. Page 41 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 2. Fees are due upon submission of the NOI. An NOI will not be declared administratively complete unless the associated fee has been paid in full. 3. No separate annual fees will be assessed for this general permit. The Water Quality Annual Fee has been incorporated into the NOI fees as described above. n Page 42 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix A: Automatic Authorization Periods of Low Erosion Potential by County-Eligible Date Ranges Andrews: Nov. -Apr.3o Ector: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Archer: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Edwards: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Armstrong: Nov. 15-Apr. 3o El Paso: Jan. 1-Jul. 14,or May 15-Jul. Bailey: Nov. -Apr.30, or Nov: 15-May 31,or Jun. 1-Aug.14,or Jun. 15-Sept. 14, 14 or Jul. 1-Oct. 14,or Jul. 15-Oct.31,or Aug. 1-Apr.30, or Aug. 15-May 14,or Baylor: Dec.15-Feb. 14 Sept. 1-May 30, or Oct. 1-Jun.14,or Nov. -Jun.30,or Nov.15-Jul. 14 Borden: Nov.15-Apr.30 Brewster: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Fisher: Dec. 15-Feb.14 Briscoe: Nov. 15-Apr. 3o Floyd: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Brown: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Foard: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Callahan: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Gaines: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Carson: Nov.15-Apr. 30 Garza: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Castro: Nov.15-Apr.3o Glasscock: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Childress: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Hale: Nov. 15-Apr. 30 Cochran: Nov. 1-Apr.30, or Nov. 15- Hall: Feb. 1-Mar.30 May 14 Hansford: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Coke: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Hardeman: Dec. 15=Feb. 14 Coleman: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Hartley: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Collingsworth: Jan. 1-Mar. 30, or Dec. 1- Haskell: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Feb. 28 Hockley: Nov. 1-Apr. 14, or Nov.15- Concho: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Apr.30 Cottle: Dec. -Feb. 14 Howard: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Crane: Nov.15-Apr.3o Hudspeth: Nov. 1-May 14 Crockett: Nov. 15-Jan. 14, or Feb. 1- Hutchinson: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Mar'30 Irion: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Crosby: Nov. 15-Apr. 30 Jeff Davis: Nov. 1-Apr.30 or Nov. 15- Culberson: Nov. 1-May 14 - May 14 Dallam: Nov. 1-Apr. 14,or Nov. 15 -Apr. Jones: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 30 Kent: Nov. 15-Jan. 14 or Feb. 1-Mar. 30 Dawson: Nov. 15-Apr. 3o Kerr: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Deaf Smith: Nov. 15-Apr. 30 Kimble: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Dickens: Nov. 15-Jan. 14, or Feb. 1-Mar. 3o King: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Dimmit: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Kinney: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Donley: Jan. 1-Mar.30,or Dec. 1-Feb. Knox: Dec. 15 Feb. 14 28 Lamb: Nov. 1-Apr. 14,or Nov.15-Apr. Eastland: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 30 Page 43 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Loving: Nov. 1-Apr.30,or Nov. 15-May Scurry: Nov. 15-Apr.30 �4 Shackelford: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Lubbock: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Sherman: Nov. -Apr.30 Lynn: Nov. 15-.-Apr. 3o Stephens: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Martin: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Sterling: Nov. 15-Apr. 30 Mason: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Stonewall: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Maverick: Dec. 15-Feb.14 Sutton: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 McCulloch: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Swisher: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Menard: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Taylor: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Midland: Nov. 15 -Apr.30 Terrell: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Mitchell: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Terry: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Moore: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Throckmorton: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Motley: Nov. 15-Jan. 14,or Feb. 1-Mar. 30 Tom Green: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Nolan: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Upton: Nov. 15-Apr. 30 Oldham: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Uvalde: Dec. 15 Feb. 14 Parmer: Nov. 1-Apr. 14,or Nov. 15-Apr. Val Verde: Nov. 15 Jan. 14, or Feb. - Mar.30 30 Pecos: Nov. 15 Apr. 3o Ward: Nov. 1-Apr. 14, or Nov. 15-Apr. 30 Potter: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Wichita: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Presidio: Nov. 1-Apr. 30, or Nov. 15- May 14 Wilbarger: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Randall: Nov. 15 Apr. 3o Winkler: Nov. 1-Apr. 30,or Nov. 15- May 14 Reagan: Nov. 15-Apr. 30 Yoakum: Nov. 1-Apr. 30, or Nov. 15- Real: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 May 14 Reeves: Nov. 1-Apr. 30,or Nov. 15-May Young: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 14 Wheeler: Jan. 1-Mar. 30, or Dec. 1-Feb. Runnels: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 28 Schleicher: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Zavala: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Page 44 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix.B: Erosivity Index(EI)Zones in Texas Club . ,°a{➢ i r➢"- 4�. •.� :_Li a Ri= '(iY � sEri eL1.ii c7 77 tcm 6 ��;�➢ ➢➢xr 2- r Ma '�y sa 0:14 ,'L `e;• rilsFiIi ei. tr � :iIF r ° z�ir�. ... -ar a '=�1 „ `°a'7 r t 2.1.1` !. a-. £ F,r r.. �. '-r a 1r i �' it a,60 3s s!i e.*'� t sa. � ..,a e a ➢ rd .° a sCP sy, t x.r as m • : �' -- 4 "'£ :rm,_z� s ?� ` .>^G• B a a-�4.a® e e £ k ➢4�4411" fit ..,..�. �.- ITE ,11 ➢ § s £ .#�` ,A i a 4 :a '4 n➢4 4 d I! * 4 rn - .{ .., rm .c. :ae+ $. e '3 ytiw !. a➢ ,f's a si- jrk 1 £ iF-i,sl ..srr `.,.: .. .Tii' ,".ice. { '�' i v ' J®m.' ° 'eR� $!.�Ile:'t IV .mac 1 .:�s.e..r..:„��`, ° L i L.emit r 1 r dr 4,lit A's.'..'si,. *-,:", ■ .'i �xz- � °=tla➢ ^ ➢l £vy s 9^e®L r +s + ...cxs °e &. ..° gr% s.a, ,0•t� 'r° J 3s. $ +:,3''."' iv'.C'. .'.:, e c 14..i er L spa!iN z04�s ea, t' 'N' : s °° .,: a.4`ICa , e ➢ z. r , y�.^,_ °",-.�G'',a' e c s;K r e a "r 7 rye as ®re^ 'A r $ ,i Via` ° ° a °=e :, $ £ !.. $ S S'm.Mm^ L S' it- H -i... i. £ems Fi F 4 R ,R.p, F3➢ r � F •• } a a r acs e®u,� eee:�Ta++eem ,. e L °°s� '� e �4 4r 3r n' #iriu l I ;:escamr.rrc5 r aeaa ��r 41 ® e ' ;e ° ➢f tie- `i , �, .},,,,., 1,s,G r L4. rI,a : La ero•;ram ll tars '' x L is ; s '', 1*i N ti L p � aS7 y° t Ji}IIe R H i ➢St®''� '_ ®SDe 6ID ed!..SF�l.. 'bY 'L. La Y i R .M.' S0' '®`b .. ➢Pi .:, e➢"Ea-•!a t a ®•;ea£ems®vaa�. 4... c 3..y ig"kSte,s e'e. ui q iri y°E .Q .'+° C•i.➢#i e.93 iA. 450Hi' ` a4 � �' 64 ■ 7 •\ tl ➢ ` e. s➢ 7`➢➢'�'. ax i -.. m, s '➢ a tei8 ap ➢ 7. ➢ R,, ® ;��'s.e �$ s A.,.',.,a-a sa a e .as max.:.._®� ;4; y" a.'a: .:`r� '�°e°a •e➢ s / r r ns aec r�rrw,®a --,sir® . .... ci+ 44r ffi se°°a s➢°I I_. a x,, t :➢.n,.®.., ra._.,m X f _ ,I .!nsi-+ $i ar a➢ w F'' „° s °r V.a ➢a r�r—�:—=nIr+.d"' .." `. 5• .a. �.. d" s 4 t4+c�LA,p.a ii, ---V,!,7•,,:i,:•:,....,•jet,-. ... ;,.:..0..., __.. :„.0.1T:._ ➢➢ ..4 ...., =1' 1'''. - ' �. . . sn c _ ,. . . .. '; ;' ,' r V aw qr 'L`f .may,' pg ..,_, XA''° r,L. 4 Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703:`Predicting Soil Erosion by Water:A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture,Agricultural Research Service C Page 45 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000 Appendix C: Isoerodent Map oral"Mirj. -Wir VA" rid tatheittalt%. ? 'irifririnfiniAd,riareal FATIVAVO Pliklim 0 di.-iti INAa darAikri"ilt—AP"' '''''a* -lf ....* - wirmithohiw-vibRA * ilkvelt -----44. ., . . ,_ tatri. ,_,Tiltorie ilk ` ; i rit ' . - - Itrildnitliapitiver tOrsidellia 44111P-ir..rr: A a ifil ' '-If i 1.4111%4 ' f ' ' ik- - .6- . ki 2,04 0 L anstart iirkvoilitepreitirivolip!, 400,14 ...pita 00,41,0- sr. vf . Jitammimplividift iiii.4.,- f ----,-------To ir 1 fo---) *- 00111 Iralst--!/1)1,11:0-944aii."1024-tiirlitorillrit: ' ,stk. ..- , , , I 0... lijk A op_ vg„ --...-Ap- , ,. friiiircri, VfAllir Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: `Predicting Soil Erosion by Water:A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture,Agricultural Research Service J Page 46 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas Periods: EI# 1/1 1/16 1/31 2/15 3/1 3/i6 3/31 4/15 4/30 5/15 5/30 6/14 6/29 7/14 7/29 8/13 8/z8 9/12 9/27 10/12 10/2711/11 11/26 12/11 12/31 89 0 1 1 2 3 4 7 2 8 27 38 48 55 62 69 76 83 90 94 97 98 99 100 100 100 90 0- 1 2 3 4 . 6 8 13 21 29 37 46 54 6o 65 69 74 81 87 92 95 97 98 99 100 91 0- 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 100 100 92 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 100 100 93 0- 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 25 4o 49 56 62 67 72 76 8o 85 91 97 98 99 99 100 94 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 21 29 38 47 53 57 61 65 70 76 83 88 91 94 96 98 100 95 0 1 3 5 7 9 11 14 18 27 35 41 46 51 57 62 68 73 79 84 89 93 96 98 100 96 0 2 4 6 9 12 17 23 3o 37 43 49 54 58 62 66 7o 74 78 82 86 90 94 97 100 97 0 1 3 5 7 10 14 20 28 37 48 56 61 64 68 72 77 81 86 89 92 95 98 99 100 io6 0 3 6 9 13 17 21 27 33 38 44 49 55 61 67 71 75- 78 81 84 86 90 94 97 100 Each period begins on the date listed in the table above and lasts until the day before the following period. The final period begins on December 1i and ends on December 31. Table adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: `Predicting Soil Erosion by Water:A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service Page 47 TCEQ Office Use Only Permit No.: RN: CN: Region: TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Stormwater Discharges Associated-with Construction Activity under r TPDES General Permit (TXR15 0 0 0 o) - - - IMPORTANT: • Use the INSTRUCTIONS to fill out each question in this form. - • Use the CHECKLIST to make certain all you.filled out all required information.. Incomplete applications WILL delay approval or result in automatic denial. • Once processed your permit can be viewed at: - - hilp://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq dpa/index.cfm ePERMITS: Sign up now for online NOI: Mips://www2.tceq.texas.gov/steers/index.cfm Pay a $225 reduced application fee by using ePermits. APPLICATION FEE: - • You must pay the$325 Application Fee to TCEQ for the paper application to be complete. - • Payment and NOI must be mailed to separate addresses. • Did you know you can pay on line? • Go to https://www2.tceq.texas.gov/epay/index.cfm • Select Fee Type: GENERAL PERMIT CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER DISCHARGE NOI APPLICATION - • Provide your payment information below,for verification of payment: ❑Mailed Check/Money Order No.: Name Printed on Check: ❑EPAY Voucher No.: Is the Payment Voucher copy attached? ❑ Yes RENEWAL: Is this NOI a Renewal of an existing General Permit Authorization? (Note:A permit cannot be renewed after June 3, 2o13.) . ❑Yes The Permit number is:-.TXR15 - (If a permit number is not provided, a new number will be assigned.) ❑No 1) OPERATOR(Applicant) a) If the applicant is currently a customer with TCEQ,what is the Customer Number(CN) issued to this entity? You may search for your CN at: http://www12.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/index.cfm?fuseaction=cust.CustSearch CN • TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page.i b) What is the Legal Name of the entity(applicant) applying for this permit? (The legal name must be spelled exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State, County, or in the legal document forming the entity.) c) What is the name and title of the person signing the application? The person must be an executive official meeting signatory requirements in TAC 305.44(a). Prefix(Mr. Ms. Miss): First/Last Name: Suffix: Title: Credential: d) What is the Operator Contact's (Responsible Authority) contact information and mailing address as recognized by the US Postal Service(USPS)? You may verify the address at: http://zip4.usps.com/zip4/welcomejsp Phone#: ext: Fax #: E-mail: Mailing Address: Internal Routing(Mail Code, Etc.): City: State: ZIP Code: If outside USA: Territory: Country Code: Postal Code: e) Indicate the type of Customer (The instructions will help determine your customer type): ❑Individual ❑ Limited Partnership ❑ Sole Proprietorship-DBA ❑Joint Venture ❑ General Partnership ❑ Corporation ❑Trust ❑ Estate ❑ Federal Government ❑ State Government ❑ County Government ❑ City Government ❑ Other Government #) Independent Operator? ❑Yes ❑ No (If governmental entity, subsidiary, or part of a larger corporation, check"No".) g) Number of Employees: ❑0-20; ❑21-100; ❑101-250; ❑251-500; or ❑501 or higher h) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers: (REQUIRED for Corporations and Limited Partnerships. Not Required for Individuals, Government, or Sole Proprietors) State Franchise Tax ID Number: Federal Tax ID: Texas Secretary of State Charter(filing)Number: DUNS Number(if known): 2) APPLI.CATION CONTACT If TCEQ needs additional information regarding this application,who should be contacted? Is the application contact the same as the applicant identified above? ❑Yes, go to Section 3). ❑ No, complete section below. Prefix(Mr. Ms. Miss): First/Last Name: Suffix: Title: Credential: TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 2 Organization Name: Phone No.: ext: Fax Number: E-mail: Mailing Address: Internal Routing(Mail Code, Etc.): City: State: ZIP Code: Mailing Information if outside USA: Territory: Country Code: Postal Code: 3) REGULATED ENTITY(RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE If the site of your business is part of a larger business site or if other businesses were located at this site before yours, a Regulated Entity Number(RN) may already be assigned for the larger site. Use the RN assigned for the larger site. Search TCEQ's Central Registry to see if the larger site may already be registered as a regulated site at: http://wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/index.cfm?fuseaction=regent.RNSearch. If the site is found,provide the assigned Regulated Entity Reference Number and provide the information for the site to be authorized through this application below. The site information for this authorization may vary from the larger site information. a) TCEQ issued RE Reference Number(RN): RN b) Name of project or site (the name known by the community where located): c) In your own words;briefly describe the primary business of the Regulated Entity: (Do not repeat the SIC and NAICS code): d) County(or counties if> i) e) Latitude: Longitude: . f) Does the site have a physical address? ['Yes, complete Section A for a physical address. ❑No, complete Section B for site location information. =Sec,tion A�' Enter the physical address for the site Verify the address with.USPS. If the address is not recognized as a delivery address,provide the address as identified for overnight mail delivery, g11 emergency or other online map tools to confirm an address. Physical Address of Project or Site: Street Number: Street Name: - City: State: Texas ZIP Code: TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 3 (Section B Enter the site location information . If no physical address (Street Number&Street Name),provide a written location access description to the site. (Ex.: located 2 miles west from intersection of Hwy 290 &IH35 accessible on Hwy 290 South) City where the site is located or,if not in a city,what is the nearest city: State: Texas ZIP Code where the site is located: 4) GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS a) Is the project/site located on Indian Country Lands? ❑ Yes-If the answer is Yes,you must obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6. ❑ No b) Is your construction activity associated with a facility that,when completed,would be associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources? ❑Yes-If the answer is Yes,you may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas and may need to obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6. ❑ No c) What is the Primary Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site? Primary SIC Code: d) If applicable,what is the Secondary SIC Code(s): e) What is the total number of acres disturbed? f) Is the project site part of a larger common plan of development or sale? O Yes-If the answer is Yes,the total number of acres disturbed can be less than 5 acres. ❑ No -If the answer is No,the total number of acres disturbed must be 5 or more. If the total number of acres disturbed is less than 5 then the project site does not qualify for coverage through this Notice of Intent. Coverage will be denied. See the requirements in the general permit for small construction sites. g) What is the name of the first water body(s)to receive the stormwater runoff or potential runoff from the site? h) What is the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s)that the discharge will eventually reach? TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 4 i) Is the discharge into an MS4? ❑ Yes-If the answer is Yes,provide the name of the MS4 operator below. ❑ No If Yes,provide the name of the MS4 operator: Note: The general permit requires you to send a copy of the NOI to the MS4 operator. j) Are any of the surface water bodies receiving discharges from the construction site on the latest EPA-approved CWA 3 o3(d) List of impaired waters? D Yes-If the answer is Yes,provide the name(s) of the impaired water body(s)below. ❑ No If Yes,provide the name(s).of the impaired water body(s): k) Is the discharge or potential discharge within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer as defined in 3o TAC Chapter 213? ❑ Yes-If the answer is Yes, complete certification below by checking"Yes." ❑ No I certify that a copy of the TCEQ approved Plan required by the Edwards Aquifer Rule (3o TAC Chapter 213) is either included or referenced in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. ❑ Yes (1111 TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 5 'mil 5) CERTIFICATION Check Yes to the certifications below. Failure to indicate Yes to ALL items may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. a) I certify that I have obtained a copy and understand the terms and conditions of the Construction General Permit(TXR150000). ❑Yes b) I certify that the full legal name of the entity applying for this permit has been provided and is legally authorized to do business in Texas. ❑Yes c) I understand that a Notice of Termination (NOT) must be submitted when this authorization is no longer needed. ❑Yes d) I certify that a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan has been developed,will be implemented prior to construction and to the best of my knowledge and belief is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans, as required in the general permit TXR150000. Note: For multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3,the confirmation of an operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3 provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator. ❑Yes ,Operator-,Certifications, I, Typed or printed name Title certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information,the information submitted is,to the best of my knowledge and belief,true, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. I further certify that I am authorized under 3o Texas Administrative Code 305.44 to sign and submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon request. Signature: Date: (Use blue ink) TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 6 NOTICE OF INTENT CHECKLIST (TXRi50000) • Did you complete everything? Use this checklist to be sure! • Are you ready to mail your form to TCEQ? Go to the General Information Section of the Instructions for mailing addresses. This checklist is for use by the operator to ensure a complete application. Missing information may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. (See NOI process description in the Instructions) ... ,. If paying by Check: 0 Check was mailed separately to the TCEQs Cashier's Office. (See Instructions for Cashier's address and Application address.) E Check number and name on check is provided in this application. If using ePay: 0 The voucher number is provided in this application or a copy of the voucher is attached. PERMIT NUMBER: 3 w [I Permit number provided—if this application is for renewal of an existing authorization. OPERATORINFORMA.TI'a N 'Confirm each item is complete 0 Customer Number(CN) issued by TCEQ Central Registry 0 Legal name as filed to do business in Texas (Call TX SOS 512/463-5555) 0 Name and title of responsible authority signing the application 0 Mailing address is complete&verifiable with USPS. www.usps.com 0 Phone numbers/e-mail address 0 Type of operator(entity type) 0 Independent operator h'' 7 Number of employees n For corporations or limited partnerships—Tax ID and SOS filing numbers n Application contact and address is complete&verifiable with USPS.http://www.usps.com REGULATED ENTITv(RE)iINF "RN ATION NPR JECT OR SITE Confirmeach item ism n Regulated Entity Reference Number(RN) (if site is already regulated by TCEQ) n Site/project name/regulated entity n Latitude and longitude http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sgmaview.html n County 0 Site/project physical address. Do not use a rural route or post office box. 0 Business description GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS _`Codfirir eacli tear is complete, „-,' # °° " n Indian Country Lands —the facility is not on Indian Country Lands n Construction activity related to facility associated to oil, gas, or geothermal resources 0 Standard Industrial Classification(SIC) Code www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html n Acres disturbed is provided and qualifies for coverage through a NOI 0 Common plan of development or sale 0 Receiving water body(s) n Segment number(s) 0 Impaired water body(s) n MS4 operator n Edwards Aquifer rule CERTIFICATION ��.. .., 0 Certification statements have been checked indicating"Yes" 0 Signature meets 3o Texas Administrative Code (TAC) 305.44 and is original. TCEQ-2oo22 Checklist(03/05/2013) Page 1 Notice of Intent (NOI) for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES General Permit (TXR1.5000o) General Information and Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION YA o Send the No ce;of Intent BY REGULAR U.S.MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Environmental Quality Stormwater Processing Center Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) (MC228) P.O. Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,Texas 78711-3087 Austin,TX 78753 TCEQ Contact eLis Application—status and form questions: 512/239-3700,swpermit@tceq.texas.gov Technical questions: 512/239-4671,swgp@tceq.texas.gov Environmental Law Division: 512/239-0600 Records Management-obtain copies of forms: 512/239-0900 Reports from databases (as available): 512/239-DATA (3282) Cashier's office: 512/239-0357 or 512/239-0187 Toi ceti of Irate t Process, ' ..,w . ; ATI . �. x k When your NOI is received by the program,the form will be processed as follows i) Administrative Review: Each item on the form will be reviewed for a complete response. In addition,the operator's legal name must be verified with Texas Secretary of State as valid and active(if applicable). The address(s) on the form must be verified with the US Postal service as receiving regular mail delivery. Never give an overnight/express mailing address. 2) Notice of Deficiency: If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a notice of deficiency(NOD)will be mailed to the operator. The operator will have 3o days.to respond to the NOD. The response will be reviewed for completeness. 3) Acknowledgment of Coverage: An Acknowledgment Certificate will be mailed to the operator. This certificate acknowledges coverage under the general permit. -or- Denial of Coverage: If the operator fails to respond to the NOD or the response is inadequate, coverage under the general permit may be denied. If coverage is denied,the operator will be notified. General,Permit(Your Permit) a _ . For NOIs submitted electronically through ePermits,provisional coverage under the general permit begins immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOI form by the TCEQ. For paper NOIs,provisional coverage under the general permit begins 7 days after a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions(03/05/2013) Page 1 You should have a copy of your general permit when submitting your application. You may view and print your permit for which you are seeking coverage, on the TCEQ web site http://www.tceq.texas.gov. Search using key word TXR150000. �eneral-Permxt F01115 ,. . �. k. �; The Notice of Intent(NOI),Notice of Termination(NOT), and Notice of Change (NOC) (including instructions) are available in Adobe Acrobat PDF format on the TCEQ web site http://www.tceq.texas.gov. Change:in�perator _, ,..< . .;„; l F i. L,.. An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated entity changes,the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted no later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. IRRO7 Cenral Re0067..Coxe Data FOiin The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form. Do not send a Core Data Form to TCEQ. After final acknowledgment of coverage under the general permit,the program will assign a Customer Number and Regulated Entity Number. You can find the information on the Central Registry web site at http://wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/index.cfm. You can search by the Regulated Entity(RN), Customer Number(CN) or Name(Permittee), or by your permit number under the search field labeled"Additional ID". Capitalize all letters in the permit number. The Customer(Permittee)is responsible for providing consistent information to the TCEQ, and '`-; for updating all CN and RN data for all authorizations as changes occur. For General Permits, a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area. Fees associated with a General Permit Payment of the fee may be made by check or money order,payable to TCEQ, or through EPAY (electronic payment through the web). Application Fee: This fee is required to be paid at the time the NOI is submitted. Failure to submit payment at the time the application is filed will cause delays in acknowledgment or denial of coverage under the general permit. Mailed Payments: Payment must be mailed under separate cover at one of the addresses below using the attached Application Fee submittal form. (DO NOT SEND A COPY OF THE NOI WITH THE APPLICATION FEE SUBMITTAL FORM) BY REGULAR U.S.MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office, MC-214 Cashier's Office, MC-214 P.O. Box 13088 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,TX78711-3088 Austin,TX 78753 fl TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 2 ePAY Electronic Payment http.//www.tcegtexas gov/epay w Y When making the payment you must select Water Quality, and then select the fee category "General Permit Construction Storm Water Discharge NOI Application". You must include a copy of the payment voucher with your NOI. Your-NOI will not be considered complete without the payment voucher. INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE NOI FORM Renewal of General Permit. Dischargers holding active authorizations under the expired General Permit are required to submit a NOI to continue.coverage. The existing permit number is required. If the permit number is not provided or has been terminated, expired, or denied a new permit number will be issued. . Operator(Apphc ant) :41 fr o a)Enter assigned Customer Number(CN) TCEQ's Central Registry will assign each customer a number that begins with CN,followed by nine digits.This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number. If this customer has not been assigned a CN;leave the space for the CN blank. If this customer has already been assigned this number, enter the-permittee's CN. b) Legal Name Provide the current legal name of the permittee, as authorized to do business in Texas.The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State(SOS), or on other legal documents forming the entity,that is filed in the county where doing business.You may contact the SOS at 512/463-5555, for more information related to filing in Texas. If filed in the county where doing business,provide a copy of the legal documents showing the legal name. c) Person Signing Application - Provide information about person signing section 5) Certification. - d) Operator Contact's (Responsible Authority) Contact Information and Mailing Address Provide a complete mailing.address for receiving mail from the TCEQ.The address must be verifiable with the US Postal Service at http://www.usps.com for regular mail delivery(not overnight express mail). If you find that the address is not verifiable using the USPS web search, please indicate the address is used by the USPS for regular mail delivery. The area code and phone number should provide contact to the operator. Leave Extension blank if not applicable. - The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the operator. e)Type of Customer (Entity Type). Check only one box that identifies the tYPe of entity. Use the descriptions below to identify the appropriate entity type. Note that the selected entity type also indicates the name that must be provided as an applicant for a permit, registration or authorization. TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/05/2o13) Page 3 Sole Proprietorship — DBA ' A sole proprietorship is a customer that is owned by only one person and has not been incorporated. This business may: • be under the person's name • have its own name (doing business as or d.b.a.) • have any number of employees If the customer is a Sole Proprietorship or DBA,the`legal name' of the individual business `owner'must be provided. The DBA name is not recognized as the`legal name' of the entity.The DBA name maybe used for the site name (regulated entity). Individual An individual is a customer who has not established a business,but conducts an activity that needs to be regulated by the TCEQ. Partnership • A customer that is established as a partnership as defined by the Texas Secretary of State Office(TX SOS).A Limited Partnership or Limited Liability Partnership (Partnership) is required to file with the Texas Secretary of State.A General Partnership or Joint Venture is not required to register with the state. • Partnership (Limited Partnership or Limited Liability Partnership):A limited partnership is defined in the Act as a partnership formed by two or more persons under the provisions of Section 3 of the Uniform Limited Partnership Act (Art. 6132a, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas) and having as members one or more general partners and one or more limited partners. The limited partners as such are not bound by the obligations of the partnership. Limited partners may not take part in the day-to-day operations of the business.A Limited Partnership must file with the Texas Secretary of State.A registered limited liability partnership is a general or limited partnership that is registered with the Texas Secretary of State.The partnership's name must contain the words "Registered Limited Liability Partnership"or the abbreviation"L.L.P." as the last words or letters of its name. • General Partnership:A general partner may or may not invest,participates in running the partnership and is liable for all acts and debts of the partnership and any member of it.A General Partnership does not have limited partners. For a General Partnership,there is no registration with the state or even written agreement necessary for a general partnership to be formed. The legal definition of a partnership is generally stated as "an association of two or more persons to carry on as co-owners a business for profit" (Revised Uniform Partnership Act§ 101 [1994])• • Joint Venture:A joint venture is but another name for a special partnership. It might be distinguished from a general partnership in that the latter is formed for the transaction of a general business,while a joint venture is usually limited to a single transaction.That is, a joint venture is a special combination of persons in the nature of a partnership engaged in the joint prosecution of a particular transaction for mutual benefit or profit. Corporation A customer meets all of these conditions: • is a legally incorporated entity under the laws of any state or country fl • is recognized as a corporation by the Texas Secretary of State TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 4 • has proper operating authority to operate in Texas. • The corporation's `legal name' as filed with the Texas Secretary of State must be provided as applicant. An`assumed'name of a corporation is not recognized as the`legal name'of the entity. Government Federal, state,county, or city government(as appropriate) - - The customer is either an agency of one of these levels of government or the governmental body itself. The government agency's`legal name'must be provided as the applicant. A department name or other description of the organization should not be included as a part of the`legal name' as applicant. Trust or Estate A trust and an estate are fiduciary relationships governing the trustee/executor with respect to the trust/estate property. Other Government A utility district,water district,tribal government, college district, council of governments, or river authority.Write in the specific type of government. f)Independent Entity Check No if this customer is a subsidiary,part of a larger company, or is a governmental entity.- Otherwise, check Yes. g)Number of Employees Check one box to show the number of employees for this customer's entire company, at all locations.This is not necessarily the number of employees at the site named in the application. h) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers ' These are required for Corporations and Limited Partnerships. These are not required for Individuals, Government, and Sole Proprietors. State Franchise Tax ID Number Corporations and limited liability companies that operate in Texas are issued a franchise tax identification number. If this customer is a'corporation or limited liability company, enter this number here. Federal Tax ID All businesses, except for some small sole proprietors,individuals, or general partnerships should have a federal taxpayer identification number(TIN). Enter this number here. Use no prefixes, dashes, or hyphens. Sole proprietors, individuals, or general partnerships do not need to provide a federal tax ID. TX SOS Charter (filing)Number Corporations and Limited Partnerships required to register with the Texas Secretary of State are issued a charter or filing number.'You may obtain further information by calling SOS at 512/463-5555• DUNS Number Most businesses have a DUNS (Data Universal Numbering System) number issued by Dun and Bradstreet Corp. If this customer has one, enter it here. TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions(03/05/2013) Page 5 2 ,APg'LICATI4aN CONTACT 'Y #'° rt Provide the name,title and communication information of the person that TCEQ can contact for additional information regarding this application. 3 ,REGIJI..ATEI?EI LTY(RE)I°NFURIVbnA'H z'N OST):04. CtOR'SI'i ,, bn a) Regulated Entity Reference Number(RN) A number issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites (a location where a regulated activity occurs)regulated by TCEQ.This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number. If this regulated entity has not been assigned an RN,leave this space blank. If the site of your business is part of a larger business site, a Regulated Entity Number(RN) may already be assigned for the larger site. Use the RN assigned for the larger site. Search TCEQ's Central Registry to see if the larger site may already be registered as a regulated site at: http://wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/index.cfm?fuseaction=regent.RNSearch If the site is found,provide the assigned Regulated Entity Reference Number(RN) and provide the information for the site to be authorized through this application. The site information for this authorization may vary from the larger site information. An example is a chemical plant where a unit is owned or operated by a separate corporation that is accessible by the same physical address of your unit or facility. Other examples include industrial parks identified by one common address but different corporations have control of defined areas within the site. In both cases, an RN would be assigned for the physical address location and the permitted sites would be identified separately under the same RN. b) Site/Project Name/Regulated Entity Provide the name of the site as known by the public in the area where the site is located.The name you provide on this application will be used in the TCEQ Central Registry as the Regulated Entity name. c) Description of Activity Regulated In your own words,briefly describe the primary business that you are doing that requires this authorization. Do not repeat the SIC Code description. d) County Identify the county or counties in which the regulated entity is located. e) Latitude and Longitude Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees, minutes, and seconds or decimal form. For help obtaining the latitude and longitude, go to: http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sqmaview.html or http://nationalmap.gov/ustopo f) Site/Project(RE) Physical Address/Location Information Enter the complete address for the site in Section A if the address can be validated through the US Postal Service. If the physical address is not recognized as a USPS delivery address,you may need to validate the address with your local police(911 service) or through an online map site used to locate a site. Please confirm this to be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural route or post office box for a site location. TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions(03/05/2013) Page 6 If a site does not have an address that includes a street(or house) number and street name, enter NO ADDRESS for the street name in Section A. In Section B provide a complete written location description. For example: "The site is located 2 miles west from intersection of Hwy 290&IH35,located on the southwest corner of the Hwy ego-South bound lane." Provide the city(or nearest city) and zip code of the facility location. a) Indian Country Lands If your site is located on Indian Country Lands,the TCEQ does not have authority to process your application. You must obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6, Dallas. Do not submit this form to TCEQ. b) Construction activity associated with facility associated with exploration, development, or production of oil, gas, or geothermal resources If your activity is associated with oil and gas exploration, development, or production,you may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas and may need to obtain authorization from EPA Region 6. For more information, see: - - http://info.sos.state.tx.us/pls/pub/readtac$ext.TacPage?s1=R&app=9&p dir=&p rloc=&p tlo c=&p ploc=&pg=i&p tac=&ti=i6&pt=i&ch=3&r1=20 Construction activities associated with a facility related to oil, gas or geothermal resources may include the construction of a well site; treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station; terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a carbon dioxide geologic storage facility; and a gathering, . transmission, or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas,including natural gas liquids,prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel. Where required by federal law, discharges of stormwater associated with construction activities under the Railroad Commission's jurisdiction must be authorized by the EPA and the Railroad Commission of Texas, as applicable.Activities under Railroad Commission of Texas jurisdiction include construction of a facility that,when completed,would be associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources, such as a well site; treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station;terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a carbon dioxide geologic storage facility under the jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas; and a gathering, transmission, or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas, including natural gas liquids,prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel.The Railroad Commission of Texas also has jurisdiction over stormwater from land disturbance associated with a site survey that is conducted prior to construction of a facility that would be regulated by the Railroad Commission of Texas. Under 33 U.S.C. §1342(1)(2) and§1362(24), EPA cannot require a permit for discharges of stormwater from"field activities or operations associated with{oil and gas} exploration,production,processing, or treatment operations, or transmission facilities, including activities necessary to prepare a site for drilling and for the movement and placement of drilling equipment,whether or not such field activities or operations may be considered to be construction activities"unless the discharge is contaminated by contact with any overburden, raw material, intermediate product,finished product,byproduct, or waste product located on the site of the facility. Under §3.8 of this title(relating to Water Protection),the Railroad TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions(03/05/2013) Page 7 Commission of Texas prohibits operators from causing or allowing pollution of surface or subsurface water. Operators are encouraged to implement and maintain best management practices (BMPs)to minimize discharges of pollutants, including sediment, in stormwater during construction activities to help ensure protection of surface water quality during storm events. c) Primary Standard Industrial Classification(SIC) Code Provide the SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at this site. Common SIC Codes related to construction activities include: • 1521-Construction of Single Family Homes • 1522-Construction of Residential Bldgs. Other than Single Family Homes • 1541 -Construction of Industrial Bldgs. and Warehouses • 1542-Construction of Non-residential Bldgs, other than Industrial Bldgs. and Warehouses • 1611-Highway and Street Construction, except Highway Construction • 1622-Bridge, Tunnel, and Elevated Highway Construction • 1623 -Water, Sewer, Pipeline and Communications, and Power Line Construction For help with SIC Codes,go to: http://www.osha.gov/p1s/imisisicsearch.html d) Secondary SIC Code Secondary SIC Code(s)may be provided. Leave blank if not applicable. For help with SIC Codes, go to: http://www.osha.gov/p1s/imis/sicsearch.html e) Total Number of Acres Disturbed Provide the approximate number of acres that the construction site will disturb. Construction activities that disturb less than one acre, unless they are part of a larger common plan that disturbs more than one acre, do not require permit coverage. Construction activities that disturb between one and five acres, unless they are part of a common plan that disturbs more than five acres, do not require submission of an NOI. Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities. If you have any questions about this item, please contact the stormwater technical staff by phone at(512)239-4671 or by email at swgp@tceq.texas.gov. f) Common Plan of Development Construction activities that disturb less than five acres do not require submission of an NOI unless they are part of a common plan of development or for sale where the area disturbed is five or more acres. Therefore,the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities. For more information on "What is a common plan of development?" go to: www.tceq.texas.gov/permitting/stormwater/common plan of development steps.html For further information, go to the TCEQ stormwater construction webpage at: www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction and search for"Additional Guidance and Quick Links". If TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/005/2o13) Page 8 you have any further questions about this item,please call the stormwater technical staff at (512)239-4671• g) Identify the water body(s)receiving stormwater runoff • The stormwater maybe discharged directly to a receiving stream or through a MS4 from your site. It eventually reaches a receiving water body such as a local stream or lake,possibly via a drainage ditch.You must provide the name of the water body that receives the discharge from the site(a local stream or lake). If your site has more than one outfall you need to include the name of the first water body for each outfall,if they are different. h) Identify the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s) Identify the classified segment number(s) receiving a discharge directly or indirectly. Go to the following link to find the segment number of the classified water body where stormwater will flow from the site:www.tceq.texas.gov/waterquality/monitoring/viewer.html You may also find the segment number in TCEQ publication GI-316: www.tceq.texas.gov/publications/gi/gi-216 If the discharge is into an unclassified receiving water and then crosses state lines prior to entering a classified segment, select the appropriate watershed: • moo (Canadian River Basin) • 0200 (Red River Basin) - • 0300 (Sulfur River Basin) . ..,... . • 0400 (Cypress Creek Basin) • 0500 (Sabine River Basin) . Call the Water Quality Assessments section at(512)239-4671 for further assistance. i) Discharge into MS4 —Identify the MS4 Operator The discharge may initially be into a municipal separate storm sewer system(MS4). If the stormwater discharge is into an MS4;provide the name of the entity that operates the MS4 where the stormwater discharges. An MS4 operator is often a city,town, county, or utility district,but possibly can be another form of government. Please note that the Construction General Permit requires the Operator to supply the MS4 with a copy of the NOI submitted to TCEQ. For assistance,you may call the technical staff at(512)239-4671. j) Surface Water bodies on list of impaired waters —Identify the impaired water body(s) Indicate Yes or No if any surface water bodies receiving discharges from the construction site are on the latest EPA-approved CWA 303(d) List of impaired waters. Provide the name(s) of surface water bodies receiving discharges or potential discharges from the construction site that are on the latest EPA-approved CWA 303(d) List of impaired waters.The EPA-approved CWA 3o3(d) List of impaired waters in Texas can be found at: , www.tceq.texas.gov/waterquality/assessment/3os 2o2.html NOTE: Do not use any"draft" documents. TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions(03/05/2013) Page 9 • k) Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone and Certification See maps on the TCEQ website to determine if the site is located within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer at: www.tceq.texas.gov/field/eapp/viewer.html If the discharge or potential discharge is within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, a site specific authorization approved by the Executive Director under the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program(30 TAC Chapter 213)is required before construction can begin. The certification must be answered"Yes"for coverage under the Construction General Permit. The TCEQ approved plan must be readily available for TCEQ staff to review at the time that the NOI is submitted. The general permit requires the approved Contributing Zone Plan or Water Pollution Abatement Plan to be included or referenced as a part of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. For questions regarding the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program, contact the appropriate TCEQ Regional Office. For projects in Hays,Travis and Williamson Counties:Austin Regional Office, 12100 Park 35 Circle,Austin,TX 78753, 512-339-2929. For Projects in Bexar, Comal, Kinney, Medina and Uvalde Counties: TCEQ San Antonio Regional Office, 14250 Judson Rd., San Antonio,TX 78233-4480, 210-490-3096. 5. CERTIFICATIONS Failure to indicate Yes to ALL of the certification items may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. a) Certification of Understanding the Terms and Conditions of Construction General Permit (TXR150000) Provisional coverage under the Construction General Permit(TXR150000)begins 7 days after the completed paper NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. (Electronic applications submitted through ePermits have immediate provisional coverage). You must obtain a copy and read the Construction General Permit before submitting your application.You may view and print the Construction General Permit for which you are seeking coverage at the TCEQ web site: www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction b) Certification of Legal Name The full legal name of the applicant as authorized to do business in Texas is required. The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State(SOS), or on other legal documents forming the entity, that is filed in the county where doing business.You may contact the SOS at(512)463 5555,for more information related to filing in Texas. c) Understanding of Notice of Termination A permittee shall terminate coverage under this Construction General Permit through the submittal of a NOT when the operator of the facility changes,final stabilization has been reached,the discharge becomes authorized under an individual permit, or the construction activity never began at this site. d) Certification of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan The SWP3 identifies the areas and activities that could produce contaminated runoff at your site and then tells how you will ensure that this contamination is mitigated. For example, in describing your mitigation measures,your site's plan might identify the devices that collect and TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions(03/05/2013) Page io filter stormwater,tell how those devices are to be maintained, and tell how frequently that maintenance is to be carried out.You must develop this plan in accordance with the TCEQ general permit requirements.This plan must be developed and implemented before you complete this NOI.The.SWP3 must.be available for a TCEQ investigator to review on request. PPerato,4Certii catimori= The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code(TAC) §305.44• IF YOU ARE A CORPORATION: The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code§305.44(a)(1) (see below). According to this code provision, any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures. By signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority. IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY: The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 3o Texas Administrative Code§305.44(a)(3) (see below). According to this code provision, only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity, it may be beneficial to consult your city charter, county or city ordinances, or the Texas statute(s)under which your government entity was formed.An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a. ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to §305.44(a)(3)•The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ. If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above,please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at(512)239-0600. 3 o Texas Administrative Code §305.44• Signatories to Applications (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation,the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary,treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing,production, or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million(in second-quarter 198o dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post-closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions(03/05/20i3) Page 1i (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship,the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively. (3) For a municipality, state,federal, or other public agency,the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g.,regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 12 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality General Permit Payment Submittal Form Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment. • Complete items 1 through 5 below: • Staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document. • Do not mail this form with your NOI form. • Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOI. Mail this form and your check to: BY REGULAR U.S.MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Quality Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office, MC-214 Cashier's Office, MC-214 P.O. Box 13088 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,TX 78711-3088 Austin,TX 78753 Fee Code: GPA General Permit: TXR150000 1. Check/Money Order No: 2. Amount of Check/Money Order: 3. Date of Check or Money Order: 4. Name on Check or Money Order: 5. NOI INFORMATION If the check is for more than one NOI,list each Project/Site (RE) Name and Physical Address exactly as provided on the NOI. DO NOT SUBMIT A COPY OF THE NOI WITH THIS FORM AS IT COULD CAUSE DUPLICATE PERMIT ENTRIES. See Attached List of Sites (If more space is needed,you may attach a list.) Project/Site (RE)Name:, Project/Site (RE) Physical Address: Stapl&Check;in This Space TCEQ-20134(04/13/2006) Page 1 TCEQ Office Use Only Notice of Change (NOC) to an Authorization Permit No.: for Stormwater Discharges Associated with RN: Construction Activity under TPDES General CN: TCEQ Permit (TXR150000) PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE FILLING OUT THIS.FORM. The form will be returned for one of the following reasons I)the permit numberiis)not provided,invalid'nor no longer'`active, k �, 2) a wet°ink signature of person meeting signatory requirements far p'ermittee is not provided, ti� z F 3)the currentpermittee is not the applicant;and; 4)a requested change m_operator`name is iota legal name change:. ,THIS FORM CANNOT BE USED FORA CHANGE IN OPERATOR:;REF,ERTO YOUR GENERAL'PERIIT =`_ . What is the Permit Number of the authorization to be changed? TXR15 A APPLICANT INFORMATION SearchhCentral,Regis atw w12 cenitteeia'ss.govicrpuh/ Y 1:Operator(Perriittee), _ a. What is the full Legal Name of the current Operator as on the authorization? b. What is the TCEQ Central Registry Customer Number assigned to this Operator? CN 2 Permitted;:Site'(required)' What is the TCEQ Central Registry Regulated Entity Number assigned for this permitted site? RN B. REQUESTED C , GE'TO PERMITTED INFORMATION s. r¢ "_` What information has changed or needs corrected? (Check one or more of the sections being updated and enter the new information in the corresponding section of this form.) Operator Legal Name Change with Texas Secretary of State.(TX SOS). Go to Section 1 &/or 2 as applicable. (Note: Permits are not transferable. If a change in entity has occurred,this NOC is not attainable.) 0 Address and contact information for Operator,Billing for Annual Fee,or Discharge Monitoring Report forms. Site Information(Regulated Entity) (Note: Permits under a general permit are site specific. If a change in site location has occurred,this NOC is not attainable.) 0 General Characteristics relating to the regulated activity. I OPERATOR:LEGAL NAME CHANGE:. • •. ` a. What is the NEW active Legal Name with TX SOS or on other legal document? New Legal Name: b. What is the TX SOS Filing Number for us to confirm this official name change? (This is only applicable to Limited Partnership or Corporations.) :2. ADDRESS&CONTACT`INFQRMATION CHANGE;,:::—.„. ,,y° ` ' ``°" �° � a. What mailing address and/or contact information has changed? (check one or more as applicable) Operator for permit correspondence 0 Site(RE)Mailing Address and contact information Billing address/contact for Receiving Annual Fee 0 Reporting address/contact for Receiving Discharge Monitoring Statement Reports(DMRs) b. If you selected more than one, is the information to be updated the same for each selection? ©Yes—Provide the updated information in the fields below. 0 No— Attachment 1 of the NOC is attached to this form,to provide the different addresses. ATTN or C/O: Address: Suite No./Bldg.No./Mail Code: City: State: ZIP Code: topcountry Mailing Information(if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: i hone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: Page 1 TCEQ-20391 (07/13/2007) 3. -REGULATED ENTITY(RE)'SITE INFORMATION CORRECTION. -, a. Is this a change to the location of the permitted activity? ['Yes- this requested change will not be processed since the authorizations are site specific. ONo—go to next question. b. New or Corrected Name of Project or Site : c. Updated Physical Address(new 911 address): Street Number: Street Name: Bldg/Ste No. City: ZIP Code: County(Counties if>1): d. Update or Corrected location access description,if no physical address(Street Number&Street Name): e. Corrected Latitude: N Corrected Longitude: W 4.;CHANGE IN CHARACTERISTICS-PROVIDED ON-ORIGINAL FORM Identify the specific change and provide the updated information. If an attachment is need,please reference it below. C .APPLICATION,CONTACT . r �nPw2 If TCEQ needs additional information regarding this application,who should be contacted? 1. Name: Title: Company: 2.Phone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: Operator Certification: Typed or printed name(REQUIRED) Title(REQUIRED) certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons - who manage the system,or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information,the information submitted is,to the best of my knowledge and belief,true,accurate,and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code§305.44 to sign and submit this document,and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon request. Signature: Date:_ (Use blue ink) (REQUIRED) (REQUIRED) TCEQ-20391 (07/13/2007) Page 2 Attachment 1 to a NOC Form for Providing Different Address & Contact Information Related to a Specific Permit under General Permit TXR150000 What is the Permit No.? TXR15 (REQUIRED) ADDITIONALADDRESS"&CONTACT•INFORMATION' ':' Fill in the changes as applicable. Incomplete and invalid addresses will not be used. Verify mailing addresses at USPS.com. Operator. ATTN or C/O: Address: Suite No./Bldg.No./Mail Code: City: State: ZIP Code: Country Mailing Information(if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: Phone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: Billing Address for Receiving AnnuahFee Statement;, ATTN or C/O: Address: Suite No./Bldg.No./Mail Code: City: State: ZIP Code: Country Mailing Information(if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: Phone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: Site-(RE)Mailigg'AddieSs ATTN or C/O: Address: Suite No./Bldg.No./Mail Code: State: ZIP Code: Country Mailing Information(if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: Phone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: TCEQ-20391 NOC Attachment 1 (07/13/2007) Page 1 Notice of Change (NOC) to an Authorization for Stormwater Discharges f Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES General Permit (TXR150000) General Information and Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION Where to Send the Notice of Change(NOC): BY REGULAR U.S.MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) P.O.Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,TX 78711-3087 Austin,TX 78753 TCEQ Contact list: Application Processing Questions relating to the status and form requirements: 512/239-3700 or email swpermit@tceq.texas.gov tceq.texas.gov Technical Questions relating to the general permit: 512/239-4671 Environmental Law Division: 512/239-0600 Records Management for obtaining copies of forms submitted to TCEQ: 512/239-0900 Information Services for obtaining reports from program data bases(as available):512/239-DATA (3282) Financial Administration's Cashier's office: 512/239-0357 or 512/239-0187 Notice of Change Process: When your NOC is received by the program,the form will be processed as follows: 1. Administrative Review: The form will be reviewed to ensure the request is from the permittee(operator)on the authorization,the permit is active and initial coverage was acknowledged. Each item on the form will be reviewed for a complete response that qualifies for a NOC.In addition,the illb9perator's legal name change must be verified with Texas Secretary of State(if applicable). The address(s)on the form must be verified with the US 'octal service as an address receiving regular mail delivery.Never give an overnight/express mailing address. If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above,the operator may be notified by letter,phone call or email. In some instances as noted at the beginning of the form,the request may simply be returned. 2. NOC Confirmation: An updated Acknowledgment Certificate will be mailed to the operator only if the NOC is to change information provided on the acknowledgment certificate. The original coverage effective date will not change. General Permit(Your Permit) You may view and print your general permit on the TCEQ web site www.tceq.texas.gov. Enter the general permit number as the key word in the search box to locate the specific web page. General Permit Forms The Notice of Intent(NOI),Notice of Termination(NOT),and Notice of Change(NOC)with instructions are available in Adobe Acrobat PDF format on the TCEQ web site www.tceq.texas.gov. Change in Operator An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated entity changes,the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOI must be submitted not later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. Note that the NOT is effective on the postmarked date.It may be necessary to not terminate the existing permit until coverage by the new entity is confirmed. TCEQ Central Registry Core Data Form The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form. Do not send a core data form to TCEQ. You can find the information on the Central Registry web site at www12.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/. You can search by the Regulated Entity(RN),Customer Number(CN)or Name(Permittee),or by your permit number under the search field labeled "Additional ID". The Customer(Permittee)is responsible for providing consistent information to the TCEQ,and for updating all CN and RN data for all associated authorizations as changes occur. For General Permits,a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area for approval to update the CN and RN data in central registry. ehl TCEQ-20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007) Page 1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE NOC FORM .r•, AApphcarit Information(Operator); . _: k .. .1. Provide the current permittee(s)full legal name as on the permit. b. Provide the TCEQ Issued Customer Number(CN)for the entity. Go to http://www12.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/to locate your CN. If the name(s)provided do not match the current permittee name(s),this form will be returned. It is the responsibility of the permittee(s)to comply with the general permit. Note: If a change is being made to the CN and the CN has other TCEQ authorization types,it is the entity's responsibility to update those authorizations at the same time. If an authorization has been cancelled or terminated,the name can not be changed on the permit. Because of this,a new CN may be issued for the new name. 2. Provide the TCEQ Issued Regulated Entity number assigned for this permitted activity. Go to http://wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ to locate your CN. If the site has changed or the information provided indicates a new location,this form will be returned. It is the responsibility of the(permittees)to comply with the general permit. fB R1 UESTED CHANGE TO PEItMITTED;I FORIVIATION4, ,. ,., Check one or more of the available options indicating the information in the form that is to be updated. Provide the updated information in Section 1 for Legal Name Change, Section 2 for Address&Contact Information Change,Section 3 for Regulated Entity Site Information Change,or Section 4 for General Characteristics Change,as applicable. I.LEGAL NAME CHANGE Provide the new legal name. If the entity is a Limited Partnership or Corporation,the name change must be verifiable with Texas Secretary of State. The TX SOS filing number must be provided to verify only a name change occurred. You may contact the SOS at 512/463-5555,for more information related to filing in Texas. If filed in the county where doing business,provide a copy of the legal documents showing the legal name change. Legal name changes of a Corporation and Limited Partnership will be verified with Texas Secretary of State. If the entity is filed as a new entity with a new filing number,then the change cannot be made through a NOC. The permits are not transferable. If the operator changes,the old entity must terminate their permit and the new entity must submit a form for a new permit. - 2.ADDRESS&CONTACT INFORMATION CHANGE - - Indicate the type of address and contact information that has changed from the original NOI or last NOC submitted to TCEQ. If the address and/or contact information is the same for all types,then check each type and enter the information in the fields on the form. If some types have different information,then use the NOC ATTACHMENT 1. The permit number MUST be written on ATTACHMENT 1 to indicate it is a part of the NOC form for the permit being updated. The updates cannot be made without reference to the submitted NOC form. Mailing Address The address MUST BE verifiable with the US Postal Service at www.usps.com.,for regular mail delivery(not overnight express mail). If you find that the address is not verifiable using the USPS web search,please indicate the address is used by the USPS for regular mail delivery. Failure to provide a valid mailing address will delay or prohibit us from updating the permit. Please note that address updates relating to a general permit authorization can ONLY be made through a Notice of Change. Address changes submitted through any other form can not be processed. 3. REGULATED ENTITY(RE)SITE INFORMATION CORRECTION The NOC form is only for use to update or correct information submitted on the original application or last NOC for the authorization. The authorization under a general permit is site specific. If this change is related to a new location,a Notice of Change is not attainable. Provide the updated site name,updated site addresses,and/or corrected latitude and longitude,as applicable to your NOC request. A new physical address for an existing location is usually the result of a newly assigned 911 address for emergencies. If providing a corrected latitude and longitude,enter the latitude and longitude of the site in either degrees,minutes,and seconds or decimal form.For help obtaining the latitude and longitude,go to: www.tceq.state.tx.us/gis/drgview.html or www.terraserver.microsoft.com/advfrnd.aspx. 4.GENERAL CHARACTERISTIC Indicate the change to information originally supplied. For example if the number of acreas of area disturbed has changed,then state:"The number acres of area disturbed has increase to 40 acres." C.Application Contact Provide the name,title and communication information of the person that TCEQ can contact for additional information regarding this application. TCEQ-20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007) Page 2 iyCERTIFICATIONS n., . Fes., �y , , AP t' r 3rtZ l r, 6Y i a y s, The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code(TAC) §305.44. IF YOU ARE A CORPORATION: The regulation that controls who may sign an N OI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code§305.44(a)(1)(see below). A ccording to this code provision,any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate pro cedures. B y signing the NOI or si milar form,you are certifying that such authority has been deleg ated to you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority. IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY: ' The regulation that controls who may sign an N OI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code§305.44(a)(3)(see below). A ccording to this code provision,only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons s uch as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity, it may be beneficial to consult y our city charter,county or city ordinances,or the Texas statute(s)under which your government entity was formed.An NOI or similar document that is signed b y a govemm ent official who is not a rankin g elected official or princip al executive officer d oes not conform to §305.44(a)(3).The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation.By signing the NOI or s imilar form,you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ. If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above,please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at 512/239-0600. 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44. Signatories to Applications. (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation,the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph,a responsible corporate offi cer m eans a pres ident,s ecretary, treasurer,or v ice-president of the corpor ation in charge of a pr incipal business function,or any other person who performs si milar policy or decisi on-making function s for the corpor ation;or the manager of one or more manufacturin g,production,or operating facili ties employing m ore than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expend itures exceeding $25 million(in sec ond-quarter 1980 dollars),if authority to sign docu ments has been assigned or de legated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate pro cedures •overning authority to sign permit or post-closure order applicati ons may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather tan to specific individuals. (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship,the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor,respectively. (3) For a municipality,state,federal,or other public agency,the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph,a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency,or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g.,regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ-20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007) Page 3 TCEQ Office Use Only Notice of Termination (NOT) Permit No.: for Authorizations under RN: ti TPDES General Permit TXR150000 CN: TCEQ S gn�up now for on line NOT at'https Ilwww6 tceq texas.govlsteersl r Get your NOT Coh6rmat on letter immediately after sOPIII ng the an hne What is the permit number to be terminated? Processing will be delayed without the permit number. TXR15 1. What is the Customer Number(CN)issued to this entity? CN 2. What is the full Legal Name of the current permittee? This must be the current permittee of the permit to be terminated. 3. What is the applicant's mailing address as recognized by the US Postal Service? Address: Suite No./Bldg.No./Mail Code: City: State: ZIP Code: Country Mailing Information(if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: 4. Phone No.: ( ) Extension: 5. Fax No.: ( ) E-mail Address: B` REGULATED ENTITY(RE)AiNFORI ATION ON PROJECT OR SITE 1. What is the TCEQ Issued RE Reference Number(RN)? RN 2. Name of Project or Site as currently permitted): ample:phase and name of subdivision or name of project that's unique to the site) :Physical Address of Project or Site as currently permitted: (enter in spaces below) Street Number: Street Name: City: ZIP Code: County(Counties if>1): 4. If no physical address(Street Number&Street Name),provide the written location access description to the site: C REASOI`T FOR TERMINATION Check the reason for termination: D Final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the Operator and all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either been removed,or scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3. Another permitted Operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized,and temporary erosion controls that have been defined in the SWP3 have been transferred to the new Operator. 0 The activity is now authorized under an alternate TPDES permit. 0 The activity never began at this site that is regulated under the general permit. D CERTIFIC AIJON" Typed or printed name Title certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system,or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information,the information submitted is,to the best of my knowledge and belief;true, accurate,and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code§305.44 to sign and submit this document,and can provide documentation in Ailmof of such authorization upon request. Signature: Date: (Use blue ink) TCEQ-20023(02/06/2007) Page 1 (4) Notice of Termination (NOT) for Authorizations under TPDES General Permit TXR150000 General Information and Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION Where to Send the Notice of Intent(NOI): BY REGULAR U.S.MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Stormwater Processing Center(MC228) Stormwater Processing Center(MC228) P.O.Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin,TX 78711-3087 Austin,TX 78753 TCEQ Contact list: Application Processing Questions relating to the status and form requirements: 512/239-3700 or swpermit@tceq.texas.gov Technical Questions relating to the general permit: 512/239-4671 Environmental Law Division: 512/239-0600 Records Management for obtaining copies of forms submitted to TCEQ: 512/239-0900 Information Services for obtaining reports from program data bases(as available): 512/239-DATA(3282) Financial Administration's Cashier's office: 512/239-0357 or 512/239-0187 Notice of Termination Process: A Notice of Termination is effective on the date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ. When your NOT is received by the program,the form will be processed as follows: 1. Administrative Review: The form will be reviewed to confirm the following: • the permit number is provided • the permit is active and has been approved • the entity terminating the permit is the current permittee • the site information matches the original permit record • the form has the required original signature with title and date 2. Notice of Deficiency: If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above,a phone call will be made to the applicant to clear the deficiency. A letter will not be sent to the permittee if unable to process the form. 3. Confirmation of Termination: A Notice of Termination Confirmation letter will be mailed to the operator. General Permit(Your Permit) Coverage under the general permit begins 48 hours after a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. You should have a copy of your general permit when submitting your application. You may view and print your permit for which you are seeking coverage,on the TCEQ web site www.tceo.texas.gov General Permit Forms The Notice of Intent(NOI),Notice of Termination(NOT),and Notice of Change(NOC)with instructions are available in Adobe Acrobat PDF format on the TCEQ web site www.tcea.texas.gov. Change in Operator An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator or owner of the regulated entity changes,the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted not later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. TCEQ Central Registry Core Data Form The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form. Do not send a core data form to TCEQ. After final acknowledgment of coverage under the general permit,the program will assign a Customer Number(CN)and Regulated Entity Number(RN). For Construction Permits,a new RN will be assigned for each Notice of Intent filed with TCEQ,since construction project sites can overlap with other Customers. The RN assigned to your construction project will not be assigned to any other TCEQ authorization. You can find the information on the Central Registry web site at www12.tceq.texas.gov/croub/. You can search by the Regulated Entity(RN),Customer umber(CN)or Name(Permittee),or by your permit number under the search field labeled "Additional ID". Capitalize all letters in the permit number. r0 TCEQ-20023 Instructions(02/06/2007) Page 1 The Customer(Permittee)is responsible for providing consistent information to the TCEQ,and for updating all CN and RN data for all authorzations as changes occur. For General Permits,a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area. Annual Water Quality Fee: This fee is assessed to operators with an active authorization under the general permit on September 1 of each year. TL operator will receive an invoice for payment of the annual fee in November of each year. The payment will be due 30 days from the invoice date. A 5% penalty will be assessed if the payment is received by TCEQ after the due date. Annual fee assessments cannot be waived as long as the authorization under the general permit is active on September 1. It's important for the operator to submit a Notice of Termination(NOT)when coverage under the general permit is no longer required.A NOT is effective on the postmarked date of mailing the form to TCEQ. It is recommended that the NOT be mailed using a method that documents the date mailed and received by TCEQ. •Mailed Payments: You must return your payment with the billing coupon provided with the billing statement. • ePAY Electronic Payment: Go to www6.tceq.texas.gov/epay/ You must enter your account number provided at the top portion of your billing statement. Payment methods include Mastercard,Visa,and electronic check payment(ACH). A transaction over$500 can only be made by ACH. INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE NOT FORM A.OPERATOR(curi•ent_perinittee.) �;:. :« .h 44 �wd 1.TCEQ Issued Customer Number(CN) 2. Legal Name of Operator The operator must be the same entity as previously submitted on the original Notice of Intent for the permit number provided. 3.Operator Mailing Address Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ. Update the address if different than previously submitted in the Notice of Intent or Notice of Change. 4.Phone Number,Fax Number,and E-mail Address Provide updated contact information. _ B.REGULATED ENTITY(RE)INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE '` 1.Regulated Entity Reference Number(RN) 2.Site/Project Name/Regulated Entity Provide the name of the site as previously submitted in the Notice of Intent for the permit number provided. 3.Site/Project(RE)Physical Address Provide the physical address or location access description as previously submitted for the permit number provided. C. REASON FOR TERMINATION Indicate the reason for terminating the permit by checking one of the options. If the reason is not listed then provide an attachment that explains the reason for termination. • Please read your general permit carefully to determine when to terminate your permit. Permits will not be reactivated after submitting a termination form. The termination is effective on the date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ. D."CERTIFICATIONS The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code(TAC) §305.44. IF YOU ARE A CORPORATION: The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code§305.44(a)(1)(see below). According to this code provision,any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures. B y signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority. IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY: The regulation that controls who may sign an N OI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code§305.44(a)(3)(see below). According to this code provision,only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will b e considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity,,it be beneficial to consult y our city charter,county or city ordinances,or the Texas statute(s) under which your government entity was formed.An N similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to TCEQ-20023 Instructions(02/06/2007) Page 2 §305.44(a)(3).The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation.By signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or prin cipal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ. If you have any questions or need addition al information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above,please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at 512/239-0600. 30 Texas Administrative Code _ §305.44. Signatories to Applications. (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation,the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph,a responsible corporate officer m eans a president,secretary, treasurer,or v ice-president of the corpor ation in charge of a principal business function,or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation;or the manager of one or more manufacturing,production,or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding$25 million(in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post-closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship,the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor,respectively. (3) For a municipality,state,federal,or other public agency,the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph,a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency,or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g.,regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ-20023 Instructions(02/06/2007) Page 3 missr � .. AIM mimic SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.E.2. of the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR1 50000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html Operator Name: Contact Name and Phone Number: `ioject Description: Physical address or description of the site's location, estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan: For Small Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II.E.2. (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.2. of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator notified per Part II.F.3. iiiW Ag- (.1116 LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 "SECONDARY OPERA TOR "NOTICE This notice applies to secondary operators of construction sites operating under Part II.E.3. of the TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html !Jisite-Specific TPDES Authorization Number: Operator Name: Contact Name and Phone Number: Project Description: Physical address or description of the site's location, and estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized. Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3): For Large Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II.E.3. (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.3. of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator noted per Part II.F.3. IMINMr mismr- ° LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 "PRIMARY OPERATOR"NOTICE This notice applies to construction sites operating under Part II.E.3. of the TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html Site-Specific TPDES Authorization Number: Operator Name: Contact Name and Phone Number: Project Description: Physical address or description of the site's location, and estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized. Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan: INV Mail Nip" Aiiiil iiamil SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE: LOW POTENTIAL FOR EROSION FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.E.1. of the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites automatically authorized based on low rainfall erosivity. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html ).. Operator Name: Contact Name and Phone Number: Project Description: (Physical address or description of the site's location, estimated start date and projected end date,or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized) For Small Construction Sites Authorized Under Part II.E.1., the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an automatic authorization based on low rainfall erosivity under Part II.E.1. of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. Construction activities at this site shall occur within a time period listed in Appendix A of the TPDES general permit for this county, that period beginning on and ending on . I understand that if construction activities continue past this period, all stormwater runoff must be authorized under a separate provision of the general permit. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator notified per Part II.F.3. CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Descriptions of measures and practices, in response to TPDES General Permit TXR 150000, which shall be used on the Work to eliminate or significantly minimize pollutants in discharges into Surface Water in the State by controlling erosion and sediments at their source. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01550—Stabilized Construction Exit 2. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls C Definitions: 1. Potential Water Pollutant- any substance that could potentially alter the physical, thermal, chemical, or biological quality of the Surface Water in the State, rendering the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans, animal life, vegetation, or property, or to public health, safety or welfare, or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose. 1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this Technical Specification. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices that operate effectively and as specified in the Plans and in this or other Technical Specifications. 07/2006 01566- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION D Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of the limits of construction or dedicated rights-of-way and easements. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. E The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing, hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, waste materials, and contaminated material resulting from erosion and sediment control measures as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.02 EXPOSED SOIL A When soil is exposed as a result of clearing, grading,excavating, stockpiling,or other soil disturbing activities, the Contractor shall implement measures to effectively control erosion and prevent the escape of sediments from the Project Site. B Control measures may include the following practices: 1. Preserve existing vegetation to the extent possible. 2. Construct drainage swales, berms, or sediment basins. 3. Maintain grades to minimize the velocity of sheet flow over disturbed areas and promote evaporation and infiltration of storm water directly into the ground. 4. Install filter fabric fences or barriers, sediment traps, seepage basins, gabions, or storm drain inlet protection devices. 5. Utilize vegetative buffer strips, mulching, or riprap C When the placement of topsoil,bank sand, or other soil material is specified, after an area has been brought to grade and immediately prior to placement, loosen the subgrade discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding to the subsoil. D When all soil disturbing activities have been completed, establish a perennial vegetative cover on all areas that are not paved, covered by permanent structures, or otherwise permanently stabilized. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A Implement control measures to minimize dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on-site and off-site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following measures: 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover. 3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4. Irrigation by water sprinkling. 07/2006 01566-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION #11'' 5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. C Implement dust control measures immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the Project Site. 3.04 DEMOLITION AREAS A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other potential water pollutants shall use methods described in this Section,3.03"Dust Control",to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or potential water pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems by the appropriate use of control measures described in this Section. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.05 SEDIMENT TRACKING A Minimize off-site tracking of sediments and the generation of dust by construction vehicles, keeping the streets clean or construction debris and mud, by implementing one or more of the following control measures: 1. Restrict all ingress and egress to stabilized construction exits. 2. Stabilize areas used for staging, parking, storage or disposal. 3. Stabilize on-site vehicle transportation routes. 4. Remove mud and other debris, washing if necessary, from vehicles prior to entrance onto public roadways from the Project Site. 5. Maintain grade to minimize the occurrence of mud on the Project Site. B Construct stabilized construction areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. C In addition to Stabilized Construction Exits shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean. Water-hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 3.06 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A Control equipment maintenance and repair so that oils,gasoline,grease,solvents,and other potential water pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. B Control measures may include the following practices: 1. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose. 2. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. 07/2006 01566-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3. Clean and inspect maintenance and repair areas daily. 4. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 5. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 6. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 7. Isolate areas of contaminated soil or other materials to facilitate proper removal and disposal. C Where effective control measures are not feasible,equipment shall be taken off-site for maintenance and repair. 3.07 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A Conduct operations in conformance with the plan provided in Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal and utilize such control measures,described in this Section,as may be necessary to eliminate or significantly reduce the discharge of possible water pollutants from the Project Site as a result of waste collection and disposal. B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day. Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.08 WASHING AREAS A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Preventative measures may include the following practices: 1. Designate special areas for washing vehicles. 2. Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. 3. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. B Construct washing areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. 3.09 STORAGE AND USAGE OF POTENTIAL WATER POLLUTANTS A Store and use potential water pollutants such as pesticides, fertilizers, distillate fuels, lubricants, solvents, cements, paints, acids, caustics, and other toxic substances in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines, Material Safety Data Sheets, and with local, state, and federal regulations. 07/2006 01566-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION B Isolate these substances in areas where they are to be stored, opened or used such that they will not cause pollution of runoff from the Project Site. Preventative measures may include the following practices: 1. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 2. Store containers on raised platforms. 3. Place plastic matting,packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 4. Provide protective cover or weather proof enclosure. 5. Minimize accidental spillage. 6. Keep containers tightly closed. 7. Periodically inspect containers for leakage. 8. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 9. Provide berms, filter fabric fences or barriers, or sediment basins. 10. Designate washing areas for containers and other items that have come in contact with potential water pollutants. C Avoid overuse of substances such as pesticides and fertilizers which could produce contaminated runoff. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls, and applicable health regulations. B Control areas where sanitary facilities are located so that sewage or chemicals will not be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems by using one or more of the following measures. 1. Inspect the facilities daily. 2. Service the facilities as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness and prevent overflows. 3. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate 4. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area END OF SECTION 07/2006 01566-5 of 5 SPECIAL PROVISION TO SECTION 01570—TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM SPECIAL PROVISION TO - SECTION 01570—TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM - Replace Section 1.02 Measurement and Payment item C with the following: "A. There is no separate payment for Special Shoring Systems. Steel sheet pildivring is required for the open cut portions of thd2-inch diameter gravity sever associated with the West Oaks Lift Station Abandonment. This a condition of the City'sAgreement with the easement holder. " END OF SECTION SPECIAL PROVISION TO 01570-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B. Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. C. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals D. Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) E. Definitions: 1. Trench. A narrow excavation (in relation to its depth)made below the surface of the ground. In general,the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench(measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. 2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. 3. Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems,sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 5/2013 01570- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM a. Protective System: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. b. Shoring System: A structure, which supports the sides of an excavation, to prevent cave-ins, maintain stable soil conditions, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. c. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Plans. 4. Competent Person- one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot basis, measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for trench safety systems includes payment for manholes and other line structures. B. Unless indicated in as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for shoring systems under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems. C. If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as a separate Bid Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench excavation is on a square foot basis, measured and completed in place. D. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench safety system used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation. E. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost in applicable Sections. F. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement &Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of 5/2013 01570-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Trench Safety Plan to be in accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. Include in the plan, submittal of the contact information for the Competent Person. C. Have Shop Drawings for,trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the Contractor. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations,Trenching,and Shoring,OSHA Standards-29 CFR,Part 1926,Subpart P, as amended,including Final Rule,published in the Federal Register Vol.54,No.209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these Technical Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926.650—652. B. A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P — "Excavations"from the Federal Register Vol. 54,No. 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C. Include in the Trench Safety Program measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause,Section 5.(a)(1),ofthe Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970—20 USC 654 which states,"Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." D. Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Under Texas Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C. TRENCH SAFETY. E. Reference materials, if developed for this Work, will be issued by the Engineer along with the Bid Documents, including the following: 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.05 INDEMNIFICATION 1116'` A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation),judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of 5/2013 01570-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. C. Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA Standards—29 CFR. B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. C. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans. D. Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre- manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA Standards—29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 5/2013 01570-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the Work. END OF SECTION • 5/2013 01570-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B. Installation. C. Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization. B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current, payment will be made by change order. C. Skid-mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post-mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post- mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer, payment will be made by change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post-mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B. Appearance: Project identification signs. shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company. D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre-construction Meeting. . 1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site. 05/2007 01580-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification sign. 3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site. 4. Sign Relocation: As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer. E. Alternate Skid-mounted Sign Construction: Post-mounted signs are preferred, but skid-mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid-mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new. 1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND. 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4. Fasteners: a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer. c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B. Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade, fast-drying, oil-based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. 05/2007 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather-protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D. Colors: Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre-construction Meeting or as described in part 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C. Erect sign level and plumb. D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SECTION 05/2007 01580-3 11 �� .First . '.'.,'.'r....''''.,''-.,,,'.'''t,.':',''d'':.'..„,,,',:-,„„,i-,'','.j.,-...-',(.•.-;'',','::..:.,.'.,.;':-,'''•..'•...,:„,'.,.'--'-•':''•..•„„',':,-,:•:;,'..',':'-'',!.'';'''',''•:,-'':-,''',',;',i,'''..,.''i''.''.''',''-1,"."7.',...!.,1,''',,'.''•;''.:-....f.'''.',,':-:•„,'''':,4•„'„.;-•'''::,''-•'"..:',''7',,•',,.:';"'''„-"i'':.';'•••''',•„.i:',-''',.-..,''''i.„l•,li,'".„:''':''.:'„.•.':''-„.::':',.l'':'.''.';''.:'''':''.',.,`'„•'-''i-,„',',.;'''.''.':':''„'---,...']"...:-.'':,'.,,-.:,'.,,....:f 1.'.:„:,,„':.'::'.„-";.."•',..„„',''''......-,,"''.'..:''.••.:,,'.'••':':,.':E-,,'',:;,-''',„:'.4•'',''-,4,,.:.„,,4.,„•:•',,'.•'.'.''..*•",,f'..,',.'i:„,.'4,'.•1,'',„.r-.,-,„,:l.4,'.'„,:.K,,,-'';,'A,,,,-'''';,-,',,,1„,',1„',i.':,',:,,,M„'',,l.',':,.:„:''„,.:-i',:•'',;'',,7,':,,',•','-.,.;i„,',''...''I','„-.•,;',-'],:'.''..',.'.,':,.j.'.,,,i„'-•-',',,.—.:,.-,'..,„,1..,..;.,..„„,'..„'.„:...„•,-,H:„.•.'..;,•„,'•,.••'„-•.•,„-,.',','.,,:,),.•"'„..,„-„.:',,•,.,,:,„,•,-,,,,..,..„--'.„•..'•'.•':,...,,',';,'•,'.•,•',.,,,,,,',',.„,,,,,'',,.'.,-,,'.:,.'•,,-•.'.,,,-,,'„'„,.,'.,'„,,'m..,.,„„...,,,-....„':,,,.':,,,.4,,.,'::!',-...„,„':-R,',.-.:,.'.:'::.„..„:,..'.-:,,„,„.,E..•.,,',,.';.-„',2,.....•:,„,."'"!k,.:,•0;,:.,,.:',,•.,...„.,..',.-,-,:::,..•„„,,!-:„',-i-...,....',..-',„..:,-.',.,..:i„..•,,,,„1--„..',,,,i.:..,-,,,:A,...'!.,.,,„.:,-,',,,t,:-'.—,,,,.i'-.'„',::1..,„:j,'.:,,'-,,.:4,,.,„..,".,•,,,'Q,'.:':,-',,,..:.,,.„•,:.,,,';,'•,,,-,„'•.„,,,,.,",:„..,,:..;".-„,.,..,..,,•„,-,..1..,,.„!':,',,..,,,i'..-,:„.•.,..,i',.:.•.-,'.,„,i,,4.••:.',,,]..',:,,.'..,,,:.,-,t,,..4,i,•.,',,.a,,..,,„.„.-..,,.,„„'...::..,•:','.„„,1,-„„...6..•:..,,„T:.,.„':j:,,,.;0',,,:••,••„,.••,„,...,,:„;„:..;':,.,i..:.,„„.,,.:.•V„'",,::,„-,i.„...-„„'],.„„.,]..„;.'„j,,.;§.;,,.4.-,:.,,',.i,,„•,.„..i.-:‘.••,-::,.:-.2,.e,:,.,,„,,.-;,-•,.-,,-,,:,•.,ri„,„I,.-.:,„,A•,,..,'i,,.„,,i::.,.,1,S„l'.',,.,'_:1..„,,,.-',..'j,i,,,,..„•..5:.n,.'..,...,--„:,„'i'.,..,'-„,.,,„-„-',,•,-,,,:.i.A,,--',,,l-s..,,.,„.„-.,..,.-..,'-„„,,,.,,"i',-.„..iR..,,1,1„•,„,,,,,,f.0,..„,„l.:.„,-'.::,, i,, - .;'' -'---. '':-:.-•...,.-'... •...._....,...:....-.....'-....-.-,. ...—, Des{goers 6c M705si0uters of Diversified Signs.; '...•...7...,....-,....:..'..„...„...' ..-.._....,,..,„!.._i...-....,-..,•.. .,.,....i.......„..•1..........'.„-•.,...:...........:,,...„. • ,,._.”"•_.,....,..." •„„,-.,,...e, .,, ....•..,....•... ...:_.._..•..........•,.....,.,,.. ..._."_,.,.„ .. 8315 INDUSTRNE PEARIAND TEXAS 775 .... 2816d 281648-4b48FA3C cmr CITY OF PEARLAND .• -LOO- e_.: e ..- , Pns�gn om .':.',,,:'.:,.'..:.:„.., '.—":..•„.,....<.•....:„.• ..,.._...„.'-.,.,..:.- ..".:--,-. ..,-..,0-.....:-..::'.,'•.---;,•:.„..,'....:..-L•-.')•..,.,.,.-.--.'..- ...,.'....-- ,•'.....••..-..-•-,..-•.....,....,,,•.,- '„:,-•:„,:.,'.,',-., .-.......-".-...,....•..-...'...,...:......'..'.•...,''...,.'.-.-.,,'.-„ ..„".„-...,-,,...-'_,.,'..,„....••.••..-,,..•.:. '..,...-.. '..-•.•,.•: „,.- .. ..•'.. ......,.7... ....,.....„...- ,..•,-, ,,.. ...,..„....::...,:••..:,•.• .,,..,..'..:: ,„,i.L1.1!,•.::....! ••.',,._. ,...-.-..."•,..•,c.A ,:,-, ..•.-.,.. .. • ...,. .. P}TOy PROJECT FOR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS I o ear an _, Capital Improvemerit CITYrOF PEARLAND PROJECT NO. 0 ,„, tAPITA ;PRgi cT 501 h 0kOkV4P!;q7 .; 0 ( HEeri CFEDULEI . , JCXX :: cITYISTATE COUNCIL POSITIC+N t WOODY OWENS COUNCIL POSITION 2 SCOTT SHERMAN 3 BUDGET: $XXX,X) !XXX Pea,rland,Texas COUNC IL POSITION 3•zSTEHE SABOE FILEN ME 1 ARCHITECT. X)°°( X)UG(X XX)U. ' CQUN CIL POSITION 4 FELICIA KYLE MAYOR PRO TENS. r- city of pearla0d capJtal improvemer COUNCIL POSITION s KEVIN•COLE CONTRACTOR: CI IY N{$NAGER BILL EISEN _ ASSC CITYMANAGER JON R.BRANSON TiHSUNPetisHEDDtstGNsTi}EP�OPERTYOF WWW cityofpeal'(and•corrtlprojects FlRST-MPREBSIONSIGNADESIGt{INGADISSUBMRiED; ASST.CITY MANAGERS AMIKE HODGE s - 3 fORYOURPERSONAI9SEMCONNECTIONWiTHAPR.O.IECf WEAAtPLANNWGFOpYOLLITISNOT108EIlODFIED COPIED;: HEPROpUCED EJ(NtDRED DISSMIHATED ORSNOWNTOA�IYON. •, OUTSIDEOFYOURDRGMlz ONWRHOUTWRITTENPERMISSi8 OFFINSTIMPRESSIONSHiN&DESIONINC VIOiATIONOFTNEASO D.escr.i ption ? o .... . .- ...1 , .. .,:` ., ,der:'. KF - )(INITIA S)ST'FTIME PRESSHINTOOOIIECTFEESFORARTAND; ....d....''.,..'.'i..•.;:.:,.i..'''.'..',,:.,,'.,,:,.,....,.,t.i.;.-.:i..j..i...'.'...4....,Qf...-...•.7....:'•R....y.-'...I..',"..'C-..-'..-o''!A'.1..-L..'..'',.,.-S..v.:.-..-••..•.:,:.'B.:,:-'-,.,-.•V...:'.,i':..„.1'-1:C-''-''.„":....-:d'......'...:..''l-,„,.,l':.'C.....".'„.i...:..-,„I''-,,,-,..I:„...,.I.!:.-;,-'.4,i:••d'-'•-°.:.-:,,:::,,..;-.,..:...:'-.."'..; FHOMTHECUSTOMER. Single sided 1/2 -MArine;:Grade MDO plywood with;alkyd enamel fmishes.;,; use s COm i E 4 T I a w 120 VOKT�LSCY�2ICAL S�RYICE puter cut premium-vinyl lettering . CLIENT TOPRO,VIDEALLPRIMARY :; Igltal full color print logo $ �' UNLESSOTHERWSESPECIFED N: Install can two.`4"x4':''treated pastas at.:24" minimum depth.. OLLE IT APPI OVAI Current ctty yoga CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material,equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the Owner. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary. to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager. F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks,streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion&Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material;equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for 1111 reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the Owner. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all .� parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager. F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks,streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers'unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for surveyors,and surveys. B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals • 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 1.06 EXAMINATION A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 07/2006 01720- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner-provided survey and indicated on Plans. B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners,prior to starting site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points during construction. C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged; control points. Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control point(s). D Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. E Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. F Any re-staking of control points lost,disturbed,or damaged by Contractor's operations will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense. G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing,disturbed,or damaged monumentation. 1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities required for Measurement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Mounumented Baseline. D Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01720-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 . GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01770—Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible". B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files,racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean,dry,and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original Plans. 6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set, provided by Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION fl 07/2006 01760-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list,with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities ,� from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09 "Substantially Completed". 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work, the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures" b. ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory" c. ASTM D 1633, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders" d. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" rN' e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" J. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" k. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" 1. ASTM C 31,"Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as an Extra Item, no separate payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or structure installation. B If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio:of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 02/2009 02252- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include: 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01 "Materials". 2. Three moisture-density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests in this Section, 1.03B1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design mix testing. 3. Design mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1.04 "Design Requirements". The design mix shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Design sand-cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to a minimum 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633. Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150. B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C 33 and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D 2487. 2. Deleterious material content: a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142. b. Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5.0 percent by ASTM C 123. c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard color by ASTM C 40 ASTM. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Fine aggregate,manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material in Section 02255 - Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The `'") blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined in the mix design report. 02/2009 02252-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D Water shall be potable,free of oils,acids,alkalies,organic matter,or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place sand-cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM D 558, unless otherwise specified on Plans. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand-cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B Do not place or compact sand-cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 "Materials", if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production. Random samples of delivered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in accordance with ASTM 3665. Obtain three individual samples of approximately 12 to 15 lb each from the first,middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into one sample for test purpose. D Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with ASTM D558,Method A,without adjusting moisture content. Samples will be molded at approximately same time material is being used,but no later than 4 hours after water is added to mix. E After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632. 02/2009 02252-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND F Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633, Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours. G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from same sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength will be average of strengths of all specimens molded during one day's production and tested at same age. H Precision and Bias: Test results shall meet recommended guideline for precision in ASTM D 1633 Section 9. I Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum,the following information: 1. Supplier and plant number 2. Time material was batched 3. Time material was sampled 4. Test age (exact hours) 5. Average 48-hour strength 6. Average 7-day strength 7. Specification section number 8. Indication of compliance/non-compliance 9. Mixture identification 10. Truck and ticket numbers 11. The time of molding 12. Moisture content at time of molding 13. Required strength 14. Test method designations 15. Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633 16. Supplier mixture identification 17. Specimen diameter and height, in. 18. Specimen cross-sectional area, sq. in. J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. 3.03 ACCEPTANCE A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if: 1. The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual strength test below 70 psi. 2. All 7-day individual strength tests(average of two specimens)are greater than or equal to 100 psi. B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test(average of two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3.04 Adjustment for Deficient Strength. C The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and replacement at Contractors expense when individual strength test(average of two specimens)has 7-day strength less than 70 psi 02/2009 02252-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi,discontinue (11.6`• shipment to project until plant is capable of producing material,which exceeds 100 psi at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no individual strength tests less than 100 psi. E Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor,Project Manager,and material supplier by facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified strength requirements within 24 hours. F If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength, Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases,three(3)cores shall be taken for each strength test that falls below the values given in 3.03.A. G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered satisfactory if the average of three(3)cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single core is less that 70 psi.Additional testing of cores extracted from locations represented by erratic core strength results will be permitted. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi, then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full. B When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than or equal to 70 psi,material shall be accepted contingent on credit in payment Compute credit by the following formula: Credit per Cubic Yard= $30.00 x 2 (100 psi -Actual psi) 100 C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square inch, then remove and replace cement-sand mixture and paving and other necessary work at no cost to City. END OF SECTION 02/2009 02252-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS Section 02255 BEDDING, BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A reference source for materials used as, embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment,specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications,and their associated material qualification testing requirements. B Source qualifications and handling of these materials. C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical Specifications referencing materials either by Material Classification or by Product Description. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 03300-Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 02910—Topsoil 3. Section 02252—Cement Stabilized Sand E Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" b. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" e. ASTM C 4318; "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" f. ASTM D 1140, "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer the No. 200 (70-urn) Sieve" g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" h. ASTM C 136, "Standard.Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" i. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" 07/2007 02255 - 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. 1. Class I: Well-graded gravels and sands, gravel-sand mixtures, crushed well- graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity index: non-plastic. b. Gradation: D6o/Dlo - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200 sieve-less than or equal to 5 percent. 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines: a. Plasticity index: non-plastic to 4. b. Gradations: • Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. Gradation(GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50 percent. c. Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve -between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index: greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No.200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL). a. Plasticity Indexes: Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line. Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. b. Liquid limit: less than 50. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 5. Class NB: Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 07/2007 02255 -2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1. Materials that are classified as ML,CL-ML,MH,PT,OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture.content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with,for example, lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches,free of roots, waste, debris,trash,organic material,unstable material,non-soil matter,hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials: 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM.0 40. D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II, III, IV, or fat clay(CH), sand,gravel,or a combination,from excavation or borrow,which can be compacted to form stable embankments, and conforming to: 1. Liquid Limit: 65 maximum, ASTM -D4318. 2. Plasticity Index: 0 minimum, 45 maximum, ASTM -D4318. 3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I,II,III,or IV,sand,gravel,or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to: 1. Liquid Limit: 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 2. Plasticity Index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. F Select Fill. Class III clayey gravel or sand or-Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with lime or cement, and conforming to: 07/2007 02255 -3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1. Plasticity Index: 7 minimum,20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 2. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 3. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. G Concrete Fill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 -Topsoil. Bank Sand: Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent. b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. '") K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 07/2007 02255-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS M Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small, smooth,rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 O to 5 N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non-plastic fines. _ ,3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No.4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex- 460-A, Part I. 5. Crushed-stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel,sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt,reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum(calcium sulfate), or debris. 7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E. PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE SIEVE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15" - 8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60 90 90— 100 100 1/2" -25 = 60 - 90— 100 3/8" - 20—55 40 - 70 No. 4 0 - 5 0— 10 0 - 15 No. 8 - 0 5 0 - 5 07/2007 02255 -5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable,provide from other approved source. B Identify off-site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products,furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval,has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is required to change to a different material. D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off-site sources. E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control,and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. C When stockpiling material near the Project Site,use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public streets. 07/2007 02255 -6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. END OF SECTION • 07/2007 02255-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation,trenching,foundation,embedment,and backfill for installation of utilities, storm sewers including manholes, pipeline structures and other associated appurtenances. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350— Submittals 3. Section 01570—Trench Safety System 4. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 5. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 7. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 8. Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 9. Section 02370—Geotextile 10. Section 02220— Site Demolition 11. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications" b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" c. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures" d. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" e. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method" f. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" g. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 5/2013 02318- 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils D. Definitions: 1. Excavation - Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by removal of material. a. Extra Hand Excavation- excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. b. Extra Machine Excavation- excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. c. Special Excavation-excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts, or other structures, not shown on Plans, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions,sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering,to preclude damage to the obstructions. 2. Pipe Foundation-suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Plans, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over- excavations. 3. Pipe Bedding-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 4. Haunching -the material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to spring-line of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 5. Initial Backfill - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from spring-line of pipe(top of haunching)up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 6. Pipe Embedment - the portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. 7. Trench Zone-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. 5/2013 02318-2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 8. Trench Conditions - description of the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill,except where structural trench support is necessary. a. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. b. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. 1) Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. 2) Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. c. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances,such as sloughing,sliding,boiling,heaving or loss of density. 9. Sub-trench - a special case of benched excavation. Sub-trench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a sub-trench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. 10. Trench Dam a placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. 11. Over-Excavation and Backfill - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Plans, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. 12. Foundation Backfill Materials - natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control 5/2013 02318 -3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide.stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. 13. Trench Shield(Trench Box)- a portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench excavation,embedment,and backfill under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for all excavation and backfill associated with the placement and construction of: underground piping,boxes,manholes and associated appurtenances including conduit, or duct work. B. If Special Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place,without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item. 1. Payment for Special Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring, and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes,ducts,or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting,plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes,to allow machine excavation or augering,when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Placement of material from Special Excavation. f. Geo-textile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of material from Special Excavation. g. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Special Excavation. h. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: 5/2013 02318 -4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a: Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. C. If Extra Hand Excavation is allowed,based on the Engineer's direction,and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis,measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Hand Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from Extra Hand Excavation. d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component.: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. D. If Extra Machine Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. - 1. Payment for Extra Machine Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from extra machine excavation. d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Machine Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. 5/2013 02318-5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E. Refer to Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures. No payment will be r-11 made for delays in completion of Work resulting from Extra Item Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre-manufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Plans. C. Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D. Submit field red lines documenting location of Utilities as installed, referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 - Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls. 5/2013 02318-6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES r.\ 1.06 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Special Shoring shall be,in accordance with Section 01570—Trench Safety System, designed by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas,At Contractor's expense. B. Special Shoring shall be designed to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures, pavements and utilities. C. Special Shoring may be a pre-manufactured system or a field fabricated system that meets the requirements of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backf ll and Embankment Material. B.. . Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete,may be.substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer,provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. C. Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02370—Geotextile. D. Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. E. Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand-operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 5/2013 02318-7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Employ a Trench Safety Program as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems. B. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures conform to Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220— Site Demolition, as applicable. D. Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to excavation. E. Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200— Site Preparation F. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation,manhole, or other structures. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Plans, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B. Perform excavation work so that pipe,conduit,and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Plans. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter(O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. NOMINAL MINIMUM TRENCH PIPE SIZE, INCHES WIDTH, INCHES Less than 18 O.D. + 18 18 to 30 O.D. +24 Greater than 30 O.D. + 36 5/2013 02318- 8of15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or,impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms,pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F. Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer,leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting,which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation.material. Before moving supports,place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone,do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield(trench box)is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 5/2013 02318-9of15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 3.03 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B. Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.04 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials,the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place Geotextile,if specified,to prevent particle migration from the in-situ into open- graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. C. Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Plans. PVC & HDPE require cement stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement,or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D. For pipe installation,manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free-fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. 5/2013 02318- 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small-diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H. Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without.bedding. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted spaces,and vibratory-plate compactors or engine-powered jumping jacks in unrestricted spaces. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom,foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment,and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement,stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J. Place trench darns in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.05 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. Backfill placement and compaction shall apply to all soils excavated for the trench especially including any areas that were "benched" or over-excavated in place of trenched shoring. All disturbed soils generated during excavation,whether inside the trench or associated with it, shall be considered to fall under this requirement. 5/2013 02318- 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal n of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. For sewer pipes,use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements,use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches,or Bank Sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete,use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D. For water lines, backfill in trench zone, including auger pits, with Bank Sand, Select Fill, or Random Fill material as specified in this Section. E. For trench excavations under pavement,place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1. Bank Sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the '7 maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement Stabilized Sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3. Select Fill. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. F. For trench excavations outside pavements, a Random Fill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 5/2013 02318 - 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. Fat clays (CH)may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved,the Contractor,at this option and at no additional cost to the Owner,may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.06 MANHOLES,JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Plans. 3.07 FIELD,QUALITY CONTROL . A. Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off-site stockpiles. b: On-site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B. Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials,as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C. Provide excavation and Trench Safety Systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex;101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. 5/2013 02318 - 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E. At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture-density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F. In-place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted embedment and for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted trench zone backfill material. Testing shall be performed for each lift thickness for different backfill material specified in Item 3.05. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in-place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Re-compacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G. Recondition,re-compact,and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For Cement Stabilized Sand with nonconforming density,core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 5/2013 02318- 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re-compact slides,washouts,settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B. Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. D. Coordinate excavation within 15 feet of existing utilities with utility representative. Excavate by hand to locate existing utility, support utility with methods agreed upon by utility representative. All work shall be subsidiary to bid items in Section 00300 Bid Proposal. No additional cost to City. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02318- 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE Section 02370 GEOTEXTILE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Geotextile, also called filter fabric, in applications such as under a granular fill, as a pipe embedment wrap, around the exterior of a tunnel liner,or around the foundations of pipeline structures. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" b. ASTM D 4533, "Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles" - c. ASTM D 4833, "Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products" d. ASTM D 3786, "Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics" e. ASTM D 4751, "Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile" f. ASTM D 4491, "Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item„no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Work requiring geotextile. B If Geotextile is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit the standard manufacturer's catalog sheets and other pertinent information,for approval, prior to installation. 07/2006 02370- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND GEOTEXTILE C Submit installation methods, as a part of the work plan for tunneling or for excavation and backfill for utilities. Obtain approval from Engineer for Geotextile material and the proposed installation method prior to use of the geotextile. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE A Provide a geotextile(filter fabric)designed for use in geotechnical applications which forms a permeable layer or media while retaining the soil matrix. B Use a fabric which meets the physical requirements for Class A Subsurface Drainage installation conditions as defined in AASHTO M288 and as specified in this Section, 2.02 "Properties". 2.02 PROPERTIES A Material: Non-woven, non-biodegradable, fabric consisting only of continuous chain polymer filaments or yarns, at least 85 percent by weight poly-olefins, polyesters or polyamide, formed into a dimensionally stable network. B Chemical Resistance: Inert to commonly encountered chemicals and hydrocarbons over a pH range of 3 to 12. C Physical Resistance: Resistant to mildew and rot, ultraviolet light exposure, insects 7 and rodents. D Minimum Test Values: PROPERTY VALUE (MIN) TEST METHOD Grab strength 180 lbs ASTM D 4632 Trapezoidal Tear Strength 50 lbs ASTM D 4533 Puncture Strength 80 lbs ASTM D 4833 Mullen Burst Strength 290 psi ASTM D 3786 Apparent Opening Size (1) 0.25 mm ASTM D 4751 Permittivity (sec-1) 0.2 ASTM D 4491 (1) Maximum average roll value 3.0 EXECUTION - Notused END OF SECTION 07/2006 02370-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS Section 02415 AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of pipe and casing for sanitary sewer by methods of augering. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01570—Trench Safety System 2. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 3. Section 01350—Submittals 4. Section 01563 —Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 5. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 7. Section 02430—Tunnel Grout 8. Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 9. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Referenced Standards: 1. American Railway Engineering Association (AREA) Manual for Railway Engineering 2. American Association of State. Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C200, Steel Water Pipe- 6 in. (150 mm) and Larger D Definitions: 1. Dry Augering -- installation of steel casing by excavating the soil at the advancing end of casing and transporting the spoil.through the casing by an otherwise uncased auger, while advancing the casing by jacking at the same rate as the auger excavation progresses. 2. Slurry Augering - installation of casing or sewer pipe by first drilling a small diameter pilot hole from auger pit to auger pit,followed by reaming the bore to full diameter by augering with slurry, and installing the casing or pipe by a pull-back or jacking method. 3. Augered Pipe-the Contractor's installed water or sewer pipe in augered hole. 4. Augered Casing with Pipe - the Contractor's installed water or sewer pipe in augered casing. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for augered casing with sewer pipe will be on a linear foot basis measured from end to end of the casing. 07/2006 02415- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS B Payment of augered casing with sewer pipe will be full compensation for all labor, equipment,casing, sewer pipe,materials and supervision for construction complete in place including dewatering,augering,joints,spoil removal,pipe installation,grouting, utility adjustments,testing,and cleanup,and other work necessary for construction as shown on the Plans and as specified. C Measurement of angered sewer pipe will be on a linear foot basis along the axis of the pipe from auger pit to auger pit. D Payment of augered sewer pipe will be full compensation for labor,pipe, equipment, materials, and supervision for construction complete in place including dewatering, jacking,utility adjustments,testing,cleanup,and other work necessary for construction as shown on the Plans and as specified. E No separate payment will be made for auger pits and other excavations under this section. Include cost of excavation, surface restoration, pavement repair, etc., for auger pits or observation pits in Sections related to the open-cut sewer installation portion of the Work. Include cost of trench safety for auger pits or observation pits in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. F Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Review. Submittal shall be made in accordance with Section 01350—Submittals. The Engineer will review submitted plans, details and data for compliance with specifications. Contractor shall not commence work on any items requiring pipe and casing augering work plan, or other submittal until the submittal have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Such review by the Engineer shall not be construed in any way of relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract,shall not be construed by the contractor as an endorsement by the Engineer that such methods are constructable or will work for the specific subsurface soils encountered. Structural designs and other engineered components shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. B Pipe and Casing Augering Operation. 1. Submit for review a Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan with complete drawings and written description identifying details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence of operations to be performed during construction, as required. The drawings and descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer whether the proposed materials and procedures will meet the requirements of this Section. 2. Depending on the Contractor's method of construction, the Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan shall be submitted on the following items: a. Arrangement drawings and technical specifications of the augering '—°) equipment and experience record of the Contractor. b. Method of controlling line and grade of augering operation. 07/2006 02415 -2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS c. Method of spoil and slurry removal, including surface storage and disposal. d. Details of the pipe or casing installation. e. Grouting techniques to be used for filling annular void between casing and sewer pipe,where required, and for filling over excavation,if any, including equipment,pumping and injection procedures,pressure grout types, and mixtures. f. Location and construction of auger pits, including details for all required ground support installation not included in the Trench Safety Plan. g. Groundwater control system per requirements in this section and in accordance with Section 01563—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water, as required by construction method. 3. Casing and pipe fabrication drawings, including joint details. C Trench Safety 1. Shall be in accordance with Section 01570—Trench Safety System. 2. To the extent that excavation for pipe and casing augering involves work not covered by Contractor's Trench Safety Plan, the safety provisions of these excavations shall be addressed in the Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan. D Quality Control Methods. At least 30 days prior to the start of augering,the Contractor shall submit a description of the quality control methods proposed for use in this operation to the Project Manager. The submittal shall include: 1. Supervision. Supervisory control to ensure that work is performed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, and Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan. 2. Line & Grade. Procedures for surveying, controlling and checking line and grade, including field forms. 3. Augering Observation and Monitoring. Procedures for preparing and submitting daily logs of augering operations, including field forms. 4. Products and Materials. A plan for testing and submittal of test results to demonstrate compliance with the specification and Contractor's design criteria for permanent products, material and installations. The plan shall identify applicable standards and procedures for testing and acceptance. 5. Monitoring Settlement. Submit a settlement Monitoring Plan if requested by the Engineer. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02415-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS 1.05 CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING INSTALLATION LOADS A Pipes and casings shall be selected by the Contractor to carry overburden pressure and applicable surcharge and installation loads. B The criteria to be used for truck loading shall be HS-20 vehicle loading distributions in accordance with AASHTO. C The Contractor shall be responsible for the selection of the casing,pipe,and pipe joints to carry the thrust of the jacks or loads due to the pulling mechanism. D The Contractor shall select the diameter of the casing to meet the minimum dimensions defined in the Plans, and to permit practical installation(including skids, pipe spiders and shims, if applicable) and grouting, where required. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Casing shall be provided where shown on Plans or indicated in Technical Specifications and be new, uncoated welded steel pipe, manufactured in accordance with AWWA C200. The design stress in the pipe wall shall be 50 percent of the minimum yield point of the steel or 18,000 psi, whichever is less, when subjected to the loading conditions. The design deflection to be used in determining wall thickness shall not exceed 3 percent of nominal casing pipe size. B Sewer pipe shall be provided in accordance with Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers. The sewer pipe shall be selected by the Contractor and verified by the Contractor's engineer to safely withstand all service loads, including overburden pressures and surcharge loads together with all forces and pressures induced in pipe and joints during installation. C For grouting materials refer to Section 02430—Tunnel Grout. D Where casings are required by Plans,casing insulator width 8 inches for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches; 12 inches for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 1. For welded steel pipe 12 inches and smaller, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model PE, or approved equal. 2. For other pipe materials, use Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C8G-2 or approved equal for pipe sizes up to 12 inches. 3. For all pipe sizes above 12 inches,use Pipeline Seal&Insulator Model C12G- 2 or approved equal. E Casing End Seals: Provide Pipeline Seal & Insulator Model C or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION ^� 07/2006 02415-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS 3.01 DRY AUGERING (CASING ONLY) A Provide horizontal augering equipment of sufficient capacity for the diameter and length of the casing to be installed and the anticipated ground conditions. B Provide heavy-duty jacks of a capacity suitable for forcing the excavating auger and casing through the ground and a suitable jacking frame or backstop. Use operating jacks constructed so that even pressure is applied to all.jacks used. C Provide steerable front section of casing to allow vertical grade adjustments. A water level or other means shall be provided to allow monitoring of the grade elevation of the auger casing. D Set casing to be jacked on guides,properly braced together, to support the section of pipe and direct it to proper line and grade. Place the whole jacking assembly so as to line up with the direction and grade of the pipe. • E In unconsolidated soil formations,bentonite may be used to seal the voids outside the wall and furnish lubrication for the installation of casing. The use of water to assist in lubrication to facilitate the removal of spoil is permitted,however,water jetting of the soil is not allowed when jacking the casing. • F Insofar as practical and depending on the character of the soil encountered during the augering operation, conduct operations without interruption to prevent the pipe from seizing up in the hole before the installation is complete. G Repair casing damaged in augering operations by method acceptable to the Engineer or remove and replace it. 3.02 SLURRY AUGERING A Provide horizontal boring equipment for drilling of pilot hole, slurry augering equipment for excavating the full-sized hole for casing or pipe installation. B Drill a small diameter pilot hole for the entire length of the augered pipe. Check the pilot hole for line and grade at the receiving end to determine if the larger diameter casing hole will comply with this Specification. The pilot hole shall be redrilled if the installed pipe would not meet the specified tolerances. C Auger the large-diameter hole by mechanical means for reaming the pilot hole. The diameter of the augered hole shall be not more than 1 inch greater than the outside diameter of the installed pipe measured from the barrel of the pipe. Place excavated material outside the working pit and dispose of it, as specified in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. Jetting is not permitted. Augered holes which do not meet the specified tolerances shall be grouted. D In unconsolidated soil formations,use a bentonite slurry to maintain a stable hole and furnish lubrication for the installation of.the pipe. Install the pipe or casing in one 07/2006 02415-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS operation with the displacement of cuttings and slurry from the hole in potentially unstable soils to prevent casing and settlement of the ground surface. E Depending on the character of the soil encountered during the augering operation, conduct operations without interruption,insofar as practical,to prevent the pipe from seizing up in the hole before the installation is complete. F Repair casing or sewer pipe damaged in augering operations by method acceptable to the Engineer or remove and replace it. 3.03 AUGER PITS A Contractor's Pipe and Casing Augering Work Plan shall identify the location, size, depth and layout, and ground support design of all augering and observation pits, as well as a schedule of dates that each pit is expected to be open. B Auger pits that are excavated as a part of open-cut sewer construction shall be in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. C Install sheeting,lining,shoring, and bracing required for the protection of the workmen and the public in accordance with Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. 3.04 PIPE IN CASING A Pipes shall be installed in augered casings in accordance with this Section, as applicable. B Bottom of trench adjacent to each end of casing should be graded to provide firm, uniform, and continuous support for carrier pipe. If trench requires some backfill to establish final trench bottom grade, backfill material should be placed in 6-inch lifts • and each layer properly compacted. C Install casing end seals in accordance with manufactures specifications. 3.05 SPACER AND INSULATOR INSTALLATION A Casing spacers and/or insulators should be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Special care should be taken to ensure that all subcomponents are correctly assembled and evenly tightened,and that no damage occurs during tightening or carrier pipe insertion. B Spacing of spacers or insulators should ensure that carrier pipe is adequately supported throughout its length, particularly at ends, to offset settling and possible electrical shorting. End spacer must be within 6 inches of end of casing pipe,regardless of size of casing and carrier pipe or type of spacer used. Casing spacers are designed to withstand much greater loads than can be safely applied to most coatings. Therefore, spacing between spacers depends largely on load bearing capabilities of pipe coating and flexibility of pipe. 07/2006 02415-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND AUGERING PIPE OR CASING FOR SEWERS 1. Spacing shall be as shown on Plans with maximum distance between spacers to be 10 feet for pipe sizes 4 to 14 inches and 8 feet for pipe sizes 16 to 30 inches. 2. For ductile iron pipe, flanged pipe, or bell-and-spigot pipe, spacers should be • installed within one foot on each side of bell or flange and one in center of joint when 18- to 20-foot-long joints are used. 3. If casing or carrier pipe is angled,bent, or dented, spacing should be reduced. C Where metallic carrier pipe is to be placed in metallic casing, provide electric insulating type spacers to ensure no contact between carrier pipe and casing. 3.06 TOLERANCES A Acceptance criteria for Augered Casing, as defined in this Section, 1.01D,shall be±6 inches in horizontal alignment from theoretical at any point between manholes, including the receiving end, and±1-1/2 inches in elevation from the theoretical. B Acceptance criteria for Augered Pipe, as defined in this Section, 1.01D, shall be ±6 inches in horizontal alignment from theoretical at any point between manholes, including the receiving end, and±1/8 inch in elevation from the theoretical. C If a deviation exceeds these tolerances,the Contractor may be required to re-auger the casing or sewer pipe at no additional cost to the City, including any backfilling or grouting of the abandoned hole. Any redesign of the sewer and manholes made necessary by out-of-tolerance casing or sewer pipe shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The installed pipe must be capable of meeting the design flow and velocities for a full pipe condition. Contractor is responsible for final selection of casing diameter to assure these tolerances. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Sewer pipes installed under this Section shall be tested under the provisions of the applicable Technical Specification for the type of sewer pipe installed. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all pipe and casing augering in good condition until completion of Work. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02415-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Section 02530 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gravity sanitary sewers and appurtenances, including cleanouts, stacks, service connections, and reconnections. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 02415 —Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers 2. Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures 3. Section 01350—Submittals 4. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 5. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 6. Section 01570—Trench Safety System 7. Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 8. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 9. Section 02220 Site Demolition 10. Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises C. Reference Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 1784,"Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds" b. ASTM F 477,"Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe" c. ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings" d. ASTM F 679, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings" e. ASTM F 949, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings" f. ASTM D 794,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter" g. ASTM D 2241,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series)" h. ASTM D 3212,"Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" 05/2013 02530- 1 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS i. ASTM D 3139,"Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" j. ASTM D 2444, "Standard Test Method for Determination for the Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight)" k. ASTM F 714, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter" 1. ASTM D 2657, "Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining and Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings" m. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" n. ASTM D 3350, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials" o. ASTM D 3681, "Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition" p. ASTM D 4161, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" q. ASTM D 3262, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Sewer Pipe" r. ASTM D 3754, "Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Sewer and Industrial Pressure Pipe" s. ASTM D 618, "Standard Practice for Conditioning Plastics for Testing" t. ASTM C 828, "Standard Test Method for Low-Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines" u. ASTM C 924, "Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method" v. ASTM F 1417, "Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air" 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C 900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4"— 12"for Water Distribution b. AWWA C 905 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters, 14in. Through 36 in. 3. Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) a. PPI TR3,"Policies and Procedures for Developing Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Pressure Design Basis (PDB), Strength Design Basis (SDB), and Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings for Thermoplastic Piping Materials or Pipe" 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 05/2013 02530-2 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 5. Texas Administrative Code (TAC) 1.02. _ MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement of pipe installed at depths 8-feet and less by open cut method is on a linear foot basis,measured and complete in place. Measurement will be taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to center line of manholes, except for pipe in casing or augered installation. B. Payment includes sewer pipe, excavation, bedding, backfill and special backfill, shoring, earthwork, connections to existing manholes and pipe, stacks, cleanouts, accessories, inspection and testing. Depths beyond 8' will be paid by 2 vertical feet increments. C. Refer to Section 02415 —Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers for measurement and payment of augered sewer pipe. D. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS _ A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit inspection reports,testing reports, and video tape of television inspections as directed by Engineer. C. Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for Gravity Sanitary Sewer construction. Plan operations to minimize disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications. Gravity Sanitary Sewer shall be watertight both in pipe-to-pipe joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections. Perform testing in accordance with this Section and Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. B. Regulatory Requirements. 1. Install Gravity Sanitary Sewer to meet the minimum separation distance from any potable water line,as scheduled below. The separation distance is defined as the distance between the outside of the water pipe and the outside of the sewer pipe. When possible, install new Gravity Sanitary Sewers no closer to water lines than 9 feet in all directions. Where this separation distance cannot 05/2013 02530-3 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS be achieved,new Gravity Sanitary Sewers shall be installed as specified in this � Section. 2. Make notification to the Engineer if water lines are uncovered during Gravity Sanitary Sewer installation where the minimum separation distance cannot be maintained. 3. Lay Gravity Sanitary Sewers lines in straight alignment and grade. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect pipe and fittings upon arrival of materials at the Project Site. B. Handle and store pipe materials and fittings to protect them from damage due to impact, shock, shear, or free fall. Do not drag pipe and fittings along the ground. Do not roll pipe unrestrained from delivery trucks. C. Use mechanical means to move or handle pipe. Employ acceptable clamps, rope or slings around the outside barrel of pipe and fittings. Do not use hooks,bars, or other devices in contact with the interior surface of the pipe to lift or move lined pipe 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GASKET MATERIAL FOR USE IN POTENTIALLY CONTAMINATED AREAS A. Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following Gasket Material for the noted contaminants: CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer 05/2013 02530-4 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of'pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4° F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout,free,of voids,cracks,inclusions,and other defects,uniform as commercially practical in color,density,and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. All pipe used for gravity sanitary sewer shall be green. C. Gaskets: 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477. When no contaminant is identified,use elastomeric factory-installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. D. Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non-toxic, non-objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non-supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. E. PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipe shall be green in color and shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: 05/2013 • 02530-5 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS WALL PRODUCT ASTM SDR(MAX.)/ DIAMETER TYPE MANUFACTURER STIFFNESS SIZE OPTIONS DESIGNATION (MIN.) RANGE J M P D 3034 SDR 26/PS 115 6"to 15" i P e C e r t a F679 SDR 26/PS 115 18"to48" i n T e e d C a AWWA C900 DR 18/N/A*** 4"to 12" n T e x C a r 1 0 n AWWA C905 DR 18/N/A*** 14"to 36" D i a m 0 n ----, d ' 05/2013 02530-6 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS C o n A F949 N/A/50psi 12"to36" 2 0 0 • 0 * *. E T I 1 t�' F794 N/A/46psi 12"to48" a R i b L a m s 0 n F794 N/A/46psi 21"to48" V y 1 0 n * Allowed to be used where there are no service taps. ** Allowed to be used to a maximum depth of 10' only. ***For water-sewer separation requirements unless specifically noted in Bid Schedule. 05/2013 02530-7 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS F. When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F 679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. G. For Gravity Sanitary Sewers up to 12 inch diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. H. Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477,or ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477, shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory- assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444. I. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sanitary sewer bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle-type tees,wye fittings, or solvent welds are not acceptable. 2.03 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE(HDPE)SOLID AND PROFILE WALL PIPE A. Provide HDPE pipe as follows and only when listed as a Bid Item: WALL PRODUCT ASTM PIPE DIAMETER TYPE MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION STIFFNESS RANGE (MIN) (INCHES) Solid Wall Drisco 1000 Drisco 8600 Quail Pipe Approved F 714 115 psi 8 to 10 Poly Pipe Plexco B. Solid wall pipe shall be produced with plain end construction for heat joining (butt fusion) conforming to ASTM D 2657. Utilize controlled temperatures and pressures for joining to produce a fused leak-free joint. C. Pipe and Fittings: High density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the requirements of Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34, as defined in ASTM D1248. Material meeting the requirements of cell classification in accordance with ASTM D 3350 are also suitable for making pipe products under these specifications. D. Gaskets: 1. Use gaskets meeting requirement of ASTM F 477. Use gasket molded into a '—) circular form or extruded to the proper section and then spliced into circular form. When no contaminant is identified, use gaskets of a properly cured, 05/2013 02530- 8 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS high-grade elastomeric compound. The basic polymer shall be natural rubber, synthetic elastomer, or a blend of both. E. Lubricant. Use a lubricant for assembly of gasketed joints which has no detrimental effect on the gasket or on the pipe, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Furnish pipe and fittings that are homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks,holes,foreign inclusions,or other injurious defects. Provide pipe as uniform as commercially practical in color, opacity, density, and other physical properties. 2.04 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE A. Manufacturers. 1. Pre-approved manufacturer for centrifugally cast fiberglass pipe is Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. B. Materials: 1. Resin Systems: The manufacturer shall use only polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this particular application. The historical data Om, shall have been collected from applications of a composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed product. 2. Glass Reinforcements: The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. 3. Fillers: Silica sand or other suitable materials may be used. 4. Additives: Resin additives,such as pigments,dyes,and other coloring agents, if used, shall in no way be detrimental to the performance of the product nor shall they impair visual inspection of the finished products. 5. Rubber Gaskets: Supply from an approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM F 477, when no contaminant is identified and suitable for the service intended. Gaskets shall either be affixed to the pipe by means of a suitable adhesive or shall be installed in such a manner so as to prevent the gasket from rolling out of the pre-cut groove in the pipe or sleeve coupling. 6. The internal liner resin shall be suitable for service as sewer pipe,and shall be highly resistant to exposure to sulfuric acid as produced by biological activity from hydrogen sulfide gases. Pipe shall meet or exceed requirements of ASTM D 3681. 05/2013 02530-9 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS C. Pipes: fl 1. Furnish pipes in the diameters specified and within the tolerances specified below. 2. Manufacture pipe by the centrifugal casting process to result in a dense, nonporous, corrosion-resistant, consistent composite structure to meet the operating conditions as shown on the Plans. 3. Do not use stiffening ribs or rings. D. Couplings: Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets as the sole means to maintain joint watertightness. The joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D4161. E. Fittings: Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, and other fittings shall be capable of withstanding operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass fiber reinforced overlays. F. Manhole Connections: Provide a water stop flange (wall pipe) for connection to a cast-in-place manhole base or other structure. G. Grout Ports: Provide grout ports in the wall of pipe when required. Provide plugs of 316 stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant material compatible with the pipe. Grout port plugs shall be designed and installed to meet the test pressure of the pipe. H. Dimensions: 1. Diameters: The actual outside diameter of the pipes shall be in accordance with Table 3 of ASTM D 3262 for Gravity Sanitary Sewers, or ASTM D 3754 for force mains. 2. Lengths: The pipe standard length will be approximately 20 feet. A maximum of 10 percent of the lengths, excluding special order pipes,may be supplied in random lengths. 3. Wall Thickness: The minimum average wall thickness shall be the stated design thickness. The minimum single point thickness shall not be less than 90 percent of the stated design thickness. 4. End Squareness: Pipe ends shall be square to the pipe axis. 5. Tolerance of Fittings: The tolerance of the angle of an elbow and the angle between the main and leg of a wye or tee shall be plus or minus 2 degrees. The tolerance on the laying length of a fitting shall be plus or minus 2 inches. 05/2013 02530- 10 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Stiffness Classes: 1. Stiffness class of FRP pipe shall satisfy design requirements, but shall not be less than 46 psi, when used in direct bury operation; 36 psi, when installed within a primary tunnel liner. 2. Stiffness class of FRP in a pipe jacking operation shall be governed either by the ring deflection limitations or by a pipe design providing longitudinal strength required by the jacking method and shall satisfy design requirements stated below. Submit design calculations as required in Paragraph 1.05, Submittals. a. Pipe stress calculations based on jacking loads shall be provided by the pipe supplier. b. Ring deflection calculations shall conform to design requirements of30 TAC Chapter 317.20 pertaining to flexible pipe used in Gravity Sanitary Sewers. The pipe deflection calculations shall ensure that predicted deflection will be less than 5 percent under long-term loading conditions (soil prism load) for the highest density of soil overburden and surcharge loads. Deflection on calculations shall be prepared using long-term (drained) values for soil parameters contained in the geotechnical investigation report for the Project, or other site-specific data obtained by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer. J. Testing: 1. Pipes shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 3262 or ASTM D 3754, as applicable, except that the factory hydrostatic pressure testing is not required. 2. Joints: Coupling joints shall be qualified per the tests of Section 7 of ASTM D 4161. K. Packaging, Handling, and Shipping: 1. Packing, handling, and shipping, should be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. L. Installation: 1. Install pipe and fittings in accordance with requirements of this Section. 2. The manufacturer must supply a suitable qualified field service representative to be present periodically during the installation of pipe. 3. Pipe Bedding: Conform to requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 05/2013 02530- 11 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 4. Pipe Handling: Use textile slings. 5. Jointing: a. Clean ends of pipe and coupling components. b. Check pipe ends and couplings for damage. Correct any damage found. c. Coupling grooves must be completely free of dirt. d. Apply joint lubricant to pipe ends and rubber seals of coupling. Use only lubricants approved by the pipe manufacturer. e. Use suitable auxiliary equipment, such as a wire rope puller, to pull joints together. f. Do not exceed forces recommended by the manufacturer for coupling pipe. If excessive force is required,remove coupling,determine source of problem, and correct it. g. In the process of jointing the pipe, do not allow the deflection angle to exceed the deflection permitted by the manufacturer. 6. If pressure grouting of the pipe is conducted as part of a pipe jacked tunnel installation,seal the grout holes with liner resin to a thickness equal to the pipe liner thickness, or with a threaded plug for that purpose. 7. Tests: Conform to requirements of this Section. 2.05 INSPECTIONS A. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Such inspection shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications. B. Manufacturer's Notification to Customer. Should the Engineer wish to witness the manufacture of specific pipes, the manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the production of those specific pipes will take place. C. Failure to Inspect. Approval of the products or tests is not implied by the Engineer's decision not to inspect the manufacturing,testing, or finished pipes. 05/2013 02530- 12 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 2.06 TEST METHODS A. Conditioning. Conditioning of samples prior to and during tests are subject to approval by the Engineer. When referee tests are required,condition the specimens in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM D 618 at 73.4 degrees F plus or minus 3.6 degrees F (23 degrees C plus or minus 2 degrees C) and 50 percent relative humidity plus or minus 5 percent relative humidity for not less than 40 hours prior to test. Conduct tests under the same conditions of temperature and humidity unless otherwise specified. B. Flattening. Flatten three specimens of pipe, prepared in accordance with Paragraph 2.05A,in a suitable press until the internal diameter has been reduced to 40 percent of the original inside diameter of the pipe. The rate of loading shall be uniform and at 2- inches per minute. The test specimens, when examined under normal light and with the unaided eye,shall show no evidence of splitting,cracking,breaking,or separation of the pipe walls or bracing profiles. C. Joint Tightness. Test for joint tightness in accordance with ASTM D 3212, except replace the shear load transfer bars and supports with 6 inch wide support blocks that can be either flat or contoured to conform to the pipe's outer contour. D. Purpose of Tests. The flattening and the joint tightness tests are not intended to be routine quality control tests, but rather to qualify pipe to a specified level of performance. 2.07 MARKING A. Mark each standard and random length of pipe in compliance with these Specifications with the following information: 1. Pipe size 2. Pipe"class 3. Production code 4.. Material designation 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems. B. Install and operate dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in conformance with requirements of Section 02220— Site Demolition, as applicable. 05/2013 02530- 13 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3.02 DIVERSION PUMPING ,"") A. Install and operate required bulkheads, plugs, piping, and diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow. Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and procedures from the Engineer. B. Design piping,joints and accessories to withstand twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi, whichever is greater. C. No sewage shall be diverted into any area outside of the sanitary sewer. D. In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify the Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the TCEQ and the Environmental Protection Agency by the Engineer. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Acceptance testing of sanitary sewers including: 1. Visual inspection of sewer pipes 2. Mandrel testing for flexible sewer pipes. 3. Leakage testing of sewer pipes. 4. Leakage testing of manholes. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Gravity sanitary sewers are required to have a straight alignment and uniform grade between manholes. 2. Flexible pipe,including"semi-rigid"pipe,is required to show no more than 5 percent deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of a line segment but prior to final acceptance using a standard mandrel to verify that installed pipe is within specified deflection tolerances. 3. Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration. a. The total exfiltration,as determined by a hydrostatic head test,shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater elevation, whichever is greater. b. When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of 05/2013 02530- 14 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS pipe per 24 hours..Groundwater elevation must be at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole. c. Refer to Table 2530-1,Water Test Allowable Leakage,at the end of the Section,for measuring leakage in sewers. Perform leakage testing to verify that leakage criteria are met. 4. Perform air testing in accordance with requirements of this Section and the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission requirements. Refer to Table 02530-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, Table 02530-3,Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test,and Table 02530-4, Vacuum Test Time Table, at the end of this Section. C. Gravity Sanitary Sewer Quality Assurance: 1. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. 2. Provide testing reports and video tape of television inspection as directed by Engineer. 3. Upon completion of tape reviews by Engineer, Contractor will be notified regarding final acceptance of the sewer segment. D. Sequencing and Scheduling: 1. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed sewer remains untested at any one time. 2. Coordinate testing schedules with Engineer. Perform testing under observation of Engineer. E. Deflection Mandrel: 1. Mandrel Sizing. The rigid mandrel shall have an outside diameter(O.D.)equal to 95 percent of the inside diameter(I.D.) of the pipe. The inside diameter of the pipe, for the purpose of determining the outside diameter of the mandrel, shall be the average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and the average inside diameter for I.D. controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. 2. Mandrel Design. The rigid mandrel shall be constructed of a metal or a rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. The mandrel shall have nine or more"runners" or"legs"as long as the total number of legs is an odd number. The barrel section of the mandrel shall have a length of at least 75 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow a reduction in 05/2013 -02530- 15 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS mandrel diameter during testing. A proving ring shall be provided and used for modifying each size mandrel. 3. Proving Ring. Furnish a"proving ring"with each mandrel. Fabricate the ring of 1/2 inch thick, 3-inch-wide bar steel to a diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter. 4. Mandrel Dimensions (5 percent allowance). Average inside diameter and minimum mandrel diameter are specified in Table 02530-5,Pipe vs. Mandrel Diameter,at the end of this Section. Mandrels for higher strength,thicker wall pipe or other pipe not listed in the table may be used when approved by the Engineer. F. Exfiltration Test: 1. Water Meter: Obtain a transient water meter from the City for use when water for testing will be taken from the City system. Conform to City requirements for water meter use. 2. Test Equipment: a. Pipe plugs. b. Pipe risers where the manhole cone is less than 2 feet above highest point in pipe or service lead. G. Infiltration Test: 1. Test Equipment: a. Calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir. b. Pipe plugs. H. Low Pressure Air Test: 1. Minimum Requirement for Equipment: a. Control panel. b. Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel. c. Pneumatic plugs: Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested; capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing. d. Air hoses from control panel to: 1) Air supply. 2) Pneumatic plugs. 3) Sealed line for pressuring. 4) Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure. 2. Testing Pneumatic Plugs: Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground. Pressurize plugs to 25 psig;then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig. Plugs are acceptable if they remain in place against the test pressure without external aids. 05/2013 02530- 16 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY.SEWERS Ground Water Determination: 1. Equipment: Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination. J. Visual Inspection: 1. Check pipe alignment visually by flashing a light between structures. Verify if alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced. In case of misalignment or damaged pipe, remove and re-lay or replace pipe segment. K. Mandrel Testing: 1. Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi-rigid pipe to confirm pipe has no more than 5 percent deflection. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D 3034. Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of line segment, but prior to final acceptance testing of the line segment. 2. Pull the approved mandrel by hand through sewer sections. Replace any section of sewer not passing the mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for stubs. 3. Retest repaired or replaced sewer sections. L. Leakage Testing: 1. Test Options: a: Test Gravity Sanitary Sewer pipes for leakage by either exfiltration or infiltration methods, as appropriate, or with low pressure air testing. b. Test new or rehabilitated sanitary sewer manholes with water or low pressure air. Manholes tested with low pressure air shall undergo a physical inspection prior to testing. c. Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment, and prior to tie-in of service connections. d. If no installed piezometer is within 500 feet of the sewer segment, Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometer for this purpose. 2. Compensating for Ground Water Pressure: a. Where ground water exists,install a pipe nipple at the same time sewer line is placed. Use a 1/2-inch capped pipe nipple approximately 10 inches long. Make the installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole. 05/2013 02530- 17 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS b. Immediately before performing line acceptance test,remove cap,clear pipe nipple with air pressure,and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. n Support tube vertically and allow water to rise in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height in feet of water over invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2.3 feet/psi to determine the ground water pressure to be used in line testing. 3. Exfiltration test: a. Determine ground water elevation. b. Plug sewer in downstream manhole. c. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. d. Install riser pipe in outgoing pipe of upstream manhole if highest point in service lead (house service) is less than 2 feet below bottom of manhole cone. e. Fill sewer pipe and manhole or pipe riser,if used,with water to a point 2-1/2 feet above highest point in sewer pipe, house lead, or ground water table, whichever is highest. f. Allow water to stabilize for one to two hours. Take water level reading to determine drop of water surface, in inches, over a one-hour period, and calculate water loss (1 inch of water in 4 feet diameter manhole equals 8.22 gallons) or measure the quantity of water required to keep water at same level. Loss shall not exceed that calculated from allowable leakage according to Table 02530-1 at the end of this Section. 4. Infiltration test: Ground water elevation must be not less than 2.0 feet above highest point of sewer pipe or service lead (house service). a. Determine ground water elevation. b. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. c. Insert calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir in pipe on downstream manhole. d. Allow water to rise and flow over weir until it stabilizes. e. Take five readings of accumulated volume over a period of 2 hours and use average for infiltration. The average must not exceed that calculated for 2 hours from allowable leakage according to the Table 02530-1 at the end of this Section. 05/2013 02530- 18 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 5. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 828,ASTM C 924, or ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less than that listed in Table 02530-2. a. Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to lines less than 36- inch average inside diameter. b. Lines 36-inch average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at each joint. The minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch during a joint test shall be 10 seconds, regardless of pipe size. c.. For pipe sections less than 36-inch average inside diameter: 1) Determine ground water level. 2) Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and allow 2 hours to saturate concrete. Then drain and plug concrete pipe. 3) After a manhole-to-manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been sliplined and prior to any service lines being connected to new liner, plug liner at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. 4) Pressurize pipe to 4.0 psig. Increase pressure 1.0 psi for each 2.3 feet of ground water over highest point in system. Allow pressure to stabilize for 2 to 4 minutes. Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground water table). Refer to Table 02530-2 at the end of this Section. 5) To determine air loss, measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2.5 psig. The time must exceed that listed in the Table 02530-2 at the end of this Section for pipe diameter and length. For sliplining, use diameter of carrier pipe. 6. Retest: Any section of pipe which fails to meet requirements shall be repaired and retested. M. Test Criteria Tables 1. Exfiltration and Infiltration Water Tests: Refer to Table 02530-1,Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this Section. 2. Low Pressure Air Test: 05/2013 02530- 19 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS a. Times in Table 02530-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, at the end of this Section, are based on the equation from TCEQ Design Criteria for Sewerage Systems: 317.2(a)(4)(B). T= 0.0850(D)(K)/(Q) Where: T = Time for pressure to drop 1.0 pounds per square inch gauge in seconds K = 0.000419 DL, but not less than 1.0 D = Average inside diameter in inches L = Length of line of same pipe size in feet Q = Rate of loss, 0.0015 ft3/min./sq. ft. internal surface b. Since a K value of less than 1.0 shall not be used,there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as given in Table 02732-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test. Notes: 1. When two sizes of pipe are involved, the time shall be computed by the ratio of lengths involved. 2. Line with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. 3. Lines with an average inside diameter greater than 36 inches must be air tested for leakage at each joint 4. If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing. 5. For joint test, the pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized,the minimum times allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds. N. Leakage Testing for Manholes. 1. After completion of manhole construction, wall sealing, or rehabilitation,but prior to backfilling, test manholes for water tightness using hydrostatic or vacuum testing procedures. 2. Plug influent and effluent lines, including service lines, with suitably-sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and installation recommendations. Place plugs a minimum of 6 inches outside of manhole 05/2013 02530-20 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS walls. Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged if lines entering .4\ manhole have not been backfilled. 3. Vacuum testing: a. Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole and adjust for proper seal on straight top section of manhole structure. Following manufacturer's instructions and safety precautions, inflate sealing element to the recommended maximum inflation pressure; do not over-inflate. b. Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury (Hg), disconnect pump,and monitor vacuum for the time period specified in Table 02530-4, Vacuum Test Time Table. c. If the drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over the specified time period tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 4. Hydrostatic exfiltration testing shall be performed as follows: a. Seal wastewater lines coming into the manhole with an internal pipe plug. Then fill the manhole with water and maintain it full for at least one hour. b. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0.025 gallons per foot diameter per foot of manhole depth per hour. c. If water loss exceeds amount tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.04 BACKFILL A. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Backfill the trench in specified lifts only after pipe installation is approved by the Engineer. 3.05 CLEAN UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. 05/2013 02530-21 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain gravity sanitary sewer installations in good condition until completion of the work. TABLE 02530-1 WATER TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE DIAMETER OF VOLUME PER INCH OF DEPTH ALLOWANCE LEAKAGE* RISER OR STACK IN INCHES INCH GALLONS PIPE SIZE IN GALLONS/MINUTE INCHES PER 100 FT. 1 0.7854 .0034 6 0.0039 2 3.1416 .0136 8 0.0053 2.5 4.9087 .0212 10 0.0066 3 7.0686 .0306 12 0.0079 4 12.5664 .0306 15 0.0099 5 19.6350 .0544 18 0.0118 6 28.2743 .1224 21 0.0138 8 50.2655 .2176 24 0.0518 27 0.0177 30 0.0197 36 0.0237 42 0.0276 For other diameters,multiply square of diameters by value for 1" Equivalent to 50 gallons per inch inside diameter diameter per mile per 24 hours * Allowable leakage rate shall be reduced to 10 gallons per inch of inside diameter per mile per 24 hours, when sewer is identified as located within the 25-year flood plain. 05/2013 02530-22 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS TABLE 02530-2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3.5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG Length Time SPECIFICATION TIME FOR LENGTH(L)SHOWN(MIN:SEC) Pipe Min. for for Diam Time Min. Longer (in) (min:sec) Time Length 100 ft 150 ft 200 ft 250 ft 300 ft 350 ft 400 ft 450 ft 500 ft 550 ft 600 ft (ft) (sec) 6 5:40 398 0.8548 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:25 7:07 7:50 8:33 8 7:33 298 1.5196 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24 12:40 13:36 15:12 10 9:27 239 2.3743 9:27 9:27 9:27 9:54 11:52 13:51 15:50 17:48 19:47 21:46 23:45 12 11:20 199 3.4190 11:20 11:20 11:20 14:15 17:06 19:57 22:48 25:39 28:30 31:20 34:11 15 14:10 159 5.3423 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:16 26:43 31:10 35:37 40:04 44:31 48:58 53:25 18 17:00 133 7.6928 17:00 19:14 25:39 32:03 38:28 44:52 51:17 57:42 64:06 70:31 76:56 21 19:50 114 10.4708 19:50 26:11 34:54 43:38 52:21 61:05 69:48 78:32 87:15 95:59 104:42 24 22:40 99 13.6762 22:48 34:11 45:35 56:59 68:23 79:47 91:10 102:34 113:58 125:22 136:46 27 25:30 88 17.3089 28:51 43:16 57:42 72:07 86:33 100:58 115:24 129:49 144:14 158:40 173:05 30 28:20 80 21.3690 35:37 53:37 71:14 89:02 106:51 124:39 142:28 160:16 178:05 195:53 213:41 33 31:10 72 25.8565 43:06 64:38 86:11 107:44 129:17 150:50 172:23 193:55 215:28 237:01 258:34 • TABLE 02530-3 MINIMUM TESTING TIMES FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST PIPE MINIMUM LENGTH FOR TIME FOR DIAMETER TIME MINIMUM TIME LONGER LENGTH (INCHES) (SECONDS) (FEET) (SECONDS) 6 340 398 0.855 (L) 8 454 298 1.520 (L) 10 567 239 2.374 (L) 12 680 199 3.419 (L) 15 850 159 5.342 (L) 18 1020 133 7.693 (L) 21 1190 114 10.471 (L) 24 1360 100 13.676 (L) 27 1530 88 17.309 (L) 30 1700 80 21.369 (L) 33 1870 72 25.856 (L) 05/2013 02530-23 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS TABLE 02530-4 fl VACUUM TEST TIME TABLE TIME IN SECONDS BY PIPE DIAMETER DEPTH IN FEET 48" 60" 72" 4 10 13 16 8 20 26 32 12 30 39 48 16 40 52 64 20 50 65 80 24 60 78 96 * 5.0 6.5 8.0 *Add T times for each additional 2-foot depth. (The values listed above have been extrapolated from ASTM C 924-85) fl .7) ) 05/2013 02530-24 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS TABLE 02530-5 PIPE VS. MANDREL DIAMETER NOMINAL AVERAGE MATERIAL AND SIZE I.D. MINIMUM MANDREL WALL CONSTRUCTION (INCHES) (INCHES) DIAMETER(INCHES) PVC-Solid(SDR 26) 6 5 764 5.476 8 7.715 7.329 10 9.646 9.162 PVC-Solid(SDR 35) 12 11.737 11.150 15 14.374 13.655 18 17.629 16.748 21 20.783 19.744 24 23.381 22.120 27 26.351 25.033 PVC-Profile(ASTM F 794) 12 11.740 11.153 15 14.370 13.652 18 17.650 16.768 21 20.750 19.713 24 23.500 22.325 27 26.500 25.175 30 29.500 28.025 36 35.500 33.725 42 41.500 39.425 48 47.500 45.125 HDPE-Profile 18 18.000 17.100 21 21.000 19.950 _ 24 24.000 22.800 27 27.000 25.650 30 30.000 28.500 36 36.000 34.200 42 42.000 39.900 48 48.000 45.600 54 54.000 51.300 60 60.000 57.000 Fiberglass-Centrifugally Cast 12 12.85 11.822 (Class SN 46) 18 18.66 17.727 20 20.68 19.646 24 24.72 23.484 30 30.68 29.146 36 36.74 34.903 42 42.70 40.565 48 48.76 46.322 54 54.82 52.079 60 60.38 57.361 END OF SECTION 05/2013 02530-25 of 25 CITY OF PEARLAND. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS Section 02531 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of service stubs on new sanitary sewers serving areas where sanitary sewer service did not previously exist. B Reconnection of existing service connections along parallel, replacement, or rehabilitated sanitary sewers. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4.. Section 01570—Trench Safety System 5. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 6. Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 8. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 1784, "Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds" b. ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings" c. ASTM D 3212, "Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for single, near-side service leads is on a per each basis, complete in place. B Measurement for double, near-side service leads is on a per each basis, completed in place. C Measurement for single,far-side service leads is on a per each basis,complete in place. D Measurement for double, far-side service leads is on a per each basis, complete in place. 02/2008 02531 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS E Payment for service leads includes service connections, couplings, clean-outs, adapters, disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation, backfill, and testing. F Measurement for sanitary sewer stacks up to 3 vertical feet is on a per each basis, complete in place. Payment includes riser pipe, service connections,couplings,clean- outs, adapters, disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation, backfill, and testing. G Measurement for extra depth sanitary sewer stacks greater than 3 vertical feet is on a vertical foot basis from the top of the receiving sewer to the invert of the service connection, measured and complete in place. Payment includes excavation, pipe, bedding, and backfill for that portion of the stack in excess of 3 feet. H Measurement for sanitary sewer service reconnections with stacks located within 5 feet of the sanitary sewer main centerline shall be per each reconnection,complete in place. I Measurement for sanitary sewer service reconnections without stacks located within 5 feet of the sanitary sewer main centerline shall be per each reconnection, complete in place. J Payment for sanitary sewer service reconnections includes include service connections, couplings, clean-outs, adapters disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new "—*) service, fittings, excavation, backfill, and testing. K Augered pipe for service leads will be paid as provided in Section 02415 —Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewer. L One or more connections discharging into a common point are considered one service connection. The Contractor shall not add service reconnections without approval of the Engineer. The Engineer may require reconnections to be moved or relocated to avoid having more than two single family units per reconnection. M Measurement for abandonment of service connection is on a per each basis. No additional payment will be made for abandonment of service connection unless excavation is required beyond new or replacement sewer or service lead trench zone. No separate payment will be made for excavation of sanitary sewer services within the new or replacement sewer trench. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product data for each pipe product, fitting, coupling and adapter. C Submit field red lines documenting location of sanitary sewer stubs and reconnections as installed,referenced to survey Control Points,under the provisions of Section 01760 02/2008 02531 -2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS �, OR RECONNECTIONS E — Project Record Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. Record the exact distance from each service connection to the nearest - downstream manhole. - 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PVC SERVICE CONNECTION A As stubouts, use PVC sewer pipe, 4-inch through 10-inch, conforming to ASTM D 1784 and ASTM D 3034, with a cell classification of 12454-B. The SDR (ratio of diameter to wall thickness) shall be 26 for pipe 10 inches in diameter or less. B PVC pipe shall be gasket jointed with gasket conforming to ASTM D3212. C Provide service connection pipe in sizes shown on the Plans. For reconnection of existing services,.select service connection pipe diameter to match existing service (1111 diameter. D Provide a 6-inch service connection when more than one service discharges into a single pipe. E Connect service pipes to new parallel or replacement sewer mains with prefabricated, full-bodied tee or wye fittings conforming to specifications for the sewer main pipe material as specified in other Sections for all sewers up to 18 inches in diameter. F Where new sewers are installed using pipe augering or tunneling, or where the new sewer is greater than 18 inches in diameter, use Fowler "Inserta-Tee" to connect the service to the new sewer main. 2.02 PIPE SADDLES A Use pipe saddles only on rehabilitated sanitary sewer mains. Comply with Paragraph 2.01E for new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains. 02/2008 02531 -3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 2.03 COUPLINGS AND ADAPTERS A For connection between new PVC pipe stubout and existing service; 4-, 6-, or 8-inch diameter, use flexible adapter coupling consisting of a neoprene gasket and stainless steel shear ring, with 1/2-inch stainless steel band clamps: 1. Fernco Pipe Connectors, Inc., Series 1055 with shear ring SR-8; 2. Band Seal by Mission Rubber Co., Inc.; 3. Approved equal. B For connection between new PVC pipe stub out and new service,use rubber-gasketed adapter coupling: 1. GPK Products, Inc., IPS & Sewer Adapter. 2. Approved Equal. 2.04 STACKS A Provide stacks for service connections wherever the crown of the sewer is 8 feet or more below finished grade. B Construct stacks of the same material as the sanitary sewer and as shown on the Plans. C Provide stacks of the same nominal diameter at the sanitary service line. 2.05 CLEAN-OUTS A Install clean-outs at property line on each service connection as shown in detail on the Plans. 2.06 PLUGS AND CAPS A Seal the upstream end of unconnected sewer service stubs with rubber gasketed plugs or caps of the same pipe type and size. Provide plugs or caps by GPK Products,Inc., or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Accurately field locate service connections, whether in service or not, as pipe laying progresses from downstream to upstream. B Properly disconnect existing connections from the sewer and reconnect to the new sewer, as described in this Section. C Reconnect service connections, including those that go to unoccupied or abandoned buildings, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Plug the service connection at the R.O.W. for vacant lots. 02/2008 02531 -4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS (.1111 D Connect services 8 inches in diameter and larger to the sewer by construction of a manhole. 3.02 PREPARATION A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety System. B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C Provide a minimum of 48 hours notice to customers whose sanitary sewer service will potentially be interrupted. - D Schedule Work so that reconnection of service lines can be completed within 24 hours after disconnection. E Where sewers are existing,field locate existing service connections,whether in service or not. Use existing service locations for reconnection of service lines to new liner or new sanitary sewer main. F For new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains, complete testing and acceptance of downstream sewers as applicable. 3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.04 RECONNECTION ON NEW SEWER A Install the new service connection on the new sanitary sewer main for each service connection. B Remove and replace cracked, offset or leaking service line for up to 5 feet, measured horizontally, from the centerline of the new sanitary sewer main. C Make up the connection between the new main and the existing service line using PVC sewer pipe and approved couplings, as shown on the Plans. D Test service connections before backfilling. E Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the new sanitary sewer main at this location, and as shown on the Plans. Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 02/2008 02531 -5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LEADS OR RECONNECTIONS 3.05 INSTALLATION OF NEW SERVICE LEADS A Install the new service connections on the new sanitary sewer main for each service connection. Provide the length of stub indicated on the Plans. Install plug or cap on the upstream end of the service stub as needed. B Test service connections before backfilling. C Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the new sanitary sewer main at this location, and as shown on the Plans. Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Test service reconnections and service stubs. Follow applicable procedures given in Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers. 3.07 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain all installations good condition until completion of Work. B Replace installations by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. C Do not allow sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. END OF SECTION 02/2008 02531 -6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE Section 02534 PVC PIPE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution in nominal diameters 4 inches through 16 inches. B. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 inches through 48 inches. C. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains in nominal diameters 4 inches through 36 inches. D. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350— Submittals 2. Section 02634—Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 3. Section 02533 —Sanitary Sewage Force Mains 4. Section 02512—Polyethylene Wrap 5. Section 02510—Water Mains 6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 7. Section 02731 —Sanitary Sewage Force Mains 8. Section 02630— Storm Sewers - 9. Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities E. Referenced Standards: 1. American Water Works Association(AWWA) - a. AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4"— 12" for Water Distribution. b. AWWA C905 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters, 14in. Through 36 in. c. AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron Fittings for Water. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 1784,"Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds" b. ASTM F 477,"Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe" 05/2013 02534- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE c. ASTM D 3139,"Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" d. ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings" e. ASTM F 949, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings" f. ASTM D 794,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter" g. ASTM F 679, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings" h. ASTM D 2241,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series)" i. ASTM D 3212,"Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals" j. ASTM D 2444, "Standard Test Method for Determination for the Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight)" k. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" 1. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications" 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) a. ANSI A21.10 Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings, 2 thru 48 in./Water. b. ANSI A21.11 Rubber Gasket Joints Cast and Ductile Iron Press Pipe. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Water Mains, Gravity Sanitary Sewer, and Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit Shop Drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. 05/2013 02534-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C900 or AWWA C905 for pressure pipe applications,or the appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B. Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C900 or AWWA C905 and this Section. C. When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to the Engineer for review. Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor or Supplier. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout,free of voids,cracks,inclusions,and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C. For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains,provide self-extinguishing PVC pipe that bears Underwriters'Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty to Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines. D. Gaskets: 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477. Use elastomeric factory- installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. 05/2013 02534-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer E. Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non-toxic, non-objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non-supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A. Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWAC900, Class 150, DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameters. B. Pipe 16-inch: AWWA C905; Class 235; DR 18; nominal 20 foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameter. C. Joints: ASTM D 3139; push-on type joints in integral bell or separate sleeve couplings. Do not use socket type or solvent weld type joints. D. Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints. Do not exceed maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for review by the Engineer. E. Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C900, AWWA C905, ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110); at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. 2.03 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A21.10, ductile iron; ANSI A21.11 single rubber gasket push-on type joint; minimum 150 psi pressure rating. B. Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02634—Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.04 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE A. PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: 05/2013 02534-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE WALL PRODUCT ASTM SDR(MAX.)/ DIAMETER TYPE MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION STIFFNESS(MIN.) SIZE RANGE Solid J-M Pipe Approved D3034 SDR 26/PS 115 6"to 15" CertainTeed Approved F679 SDR 26/PS 115 18"to 48" Can-Tex Approved AWWA C900 DR 18/N/A*** 4"to 12" Carlon Diamond Approved AWWA C905 DR 18/N/A*** 14"to 36" Profile* Contech A-2000** Only when F949 N/A/50 psi 12"to 36" included in the ETI Ultra-Rib Bid Schedule F794 N/A/46 psi 12"to 48" Lamson Vylon F794 N/A/46 psi 21"to 48" * Allowed to be used where there.are no service taps. ** Allowed to be used to maximum depth of 10' only. *** For water-seer separation requirements unless specifically noted in Bid Schedule. B. When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F679,except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C. For_sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated pipe,conforming to ASTM D_2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D. Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477. E. ASTM D 3139 and, ASTM F 477 shall be,provided. Gaskets shall be factory- assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444. F. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle-type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable. 2.05 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements,for water service pipe,and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02533 — Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B. Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell-and-spigot,containing a bonded-in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477. In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer,or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13,for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. 05/2013 02534-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE C. Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per this Section,2.03 "Bends and Fittings for PVC Pressure Pipe", except furnish all fittings with one of the following internal linings: 1. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248,heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting,as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe "Polybond", or U.S. Pipe "Polyline". 2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum)polyurethane, Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, Inc. 3. Nominal 40 mils(35 mils minimum)ceramic epoxy,Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. D. Exterior Protection: Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required by Section 02512—Polyethylene Wrap. E. Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with this Section, 2.02E. F. Manufacturers: Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are: 1. J &M Manufacturing Company, Inc. `''' 2. CertainTeed Corporation 3. Diamond Plastics Corporation 4. Carlon Company 5. North American Pipe Corporation (NAPCO) 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02510—Water Mains, Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers, Section 02731 —Sanitary Sewage Force Mains,and Section 02630— Storm Sewers. B. Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer's recommendations. ,.,",,, 05/2013 02534-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE C. Water service pipe 12 inches in diameter and smaller: Installed to clear utility lines and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property line grade of street, unless otherwise required by Plans. D. For water service,exclude use of PVC within 200 feet(along the public right-of-way) of underground storage tanks or in undeveloped commercial acreage. Underground storage tanks are primarily located on service stations but can exist at other commercial establishments. E. Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. F. Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION 05/2013 02534-7 of 7 SPECIAL PROVISION TO SECTION 02542—CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES SPECIAL PROVISION TO SECTION 02542—CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES Delete section 2.09 (A)(1)(f)in its entirely. EMACO liner will not be an acceptable corrosion resistant manhole liner for this project. END OF SECTION SPECIAL PROVISION TO 02542-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES Section 02542 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre-Cast Concrete Manholes for sanitary. B. Pre-Cast and Cast-in-Place Manholes for storm sewer. C. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter-vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. D. Ring grates. E. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and-Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350— Submittals 3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete 5. Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 7. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 8. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises F. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 478,"Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections" b. ASTM C 443,"Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,Using Rubber Gaskets" c. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" d. ASTM C 923, "Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,Pipes and Laterals" e. ASTM C 1107,"Standard Specification for Packaged Dry,Hydraulic- Cement Grout (Nonshrink)" f. ASTM A•48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" g. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" h. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort" 05/2013 02542- 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 3. American Water Works Association(AWWA) 4. American Welding Society(AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 5. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) a. Chapter 217.55 "Minimum Clear Opening" G. Definitions: 1. Shallow Depth Manholes-manholes having a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 2. Normal Depth Manholes-manholes having a depth of greater than 4 feet and up to 8 feet measured from top of cover to sewer invert. 3. Extra Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 8 feet measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 4. Corrosion Resistant Manholes- concrete manholes incorporating additional material, such as liners or coatings, which make them more resistant to corrosion than typical concrete manholes. 5. Standard Manholes Drops- drops of up to 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 6. Extra Depth Manhole Drops- drops in excess of 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for Normal Depth Manholes and/or Normal Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. B. Measurement for Shallow Depth Manholes and/or Shallow Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes shall be per each. C. Measurement for Extra Depth Manholes and/or Extra Depth Corrosion Resistant Manholes is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. D. Payment for Manholes under this Section shall be for complete installation including riser, frames, grates, adjustment rings, stainless steel inflow preventers, cut-in work, '—) covers,penetrations,other appurtenances,and be in accordance with Section 01200— Measurement and Payment Procedures. 05/2013 02542-2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES E. Measurement for Standard Manhole Drops shall be per each. F. Measurement for Extra Depth Manhole Drops is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of Drop greater than 3 feet. G. Payment for Drops under this Section shall be for assembly components,encasement, other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. H. Payment for Air Release Manhole with Valves and Fittings installed is on a unit price basis for each manhole with air release valves,fittings and appurtenances installed and in accordance with Section 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work needed to make manholes structurally sound, improve flow, prevent entrance of inflow or groundwater, prevent entrance of soil or debris, and provide protection against hydrogen sulfide gas attack. B. Manufacturer's Product Support. 1. Through the Contractor,manufacturers of wall sealing or lining systems shall submit to Engineer'for review and approval a detailed description of the • proposed coating installation process. Describe surface preparation, independent laboratory test results, mix design procedures and method of controlling uniform thickness. - 2. A representative employed by the manufacturer and having technical training in epoxy or cementitious liner shall be named and available for consultation by telephone during business hours and on site upon 48 hours notice. 3. Manufacturer's representative on concrete lining systems shall provide technical assistance to applicators to ensure proper usage of dispensing equipment and accurate proportions of admixtures. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. C. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabricating drops. 05/2013 02542-3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 4. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs. 5. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 6. Shop Drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement,jointing methods, materials and dimensions. 7. Certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in this Section, 2.03E, "Design Loading Criteria". 8. Product data, materials and procedures for corrosion resistant liner and coatings, if required. For coating and resistant liner systems requiring 10-yr manufacturer warranty, submit specific coating system including product, thickness, and application for Engineer's approval. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre-mix(bag)concrete,if used for channel inverts and benches. D. Installer Qualifications: Installers of liners and wall repair systems shall submit qualifications to Engineer at least 14 days prior to start of any material application. 17 Submittal shall consist of: 1. Manufacturer's approved equipment list, by name and model number for application of product and contractor's equipment list showing approved equipment available for use in product application. 2. List of contractor's personnel who have satisfactorily completed manufacturer's training in product application within previous two years. Include date of certification for each person. E. Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete shall conform to requirements in Section 03300 - Cast-In Place Concrete. B. Minimum concrete compressive strength of 4000 psi. 05/2013 02542-4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES C. Reinforcing Steel shall conform to requirement in Se ction 03300-Cast-In Place Concrete. D. Mortar shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 270,Type S using Portland cement. 2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Use manhole sections_and base sections conforming to ASTM C 478. Use base riser section with integral floors,unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections meeting material requirements of ASTM C 478. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B. Construct barrels for precast manholes from 48-inch diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Plans. Use various lengths of manhole sections in combination to provide the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth as shown and loading conditions as described in this Section,2.03E,"Design Load Criteria",but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C. Provide cone tops to receive 30-inch cast iron frames and covers, unless indicated otherwise. Use tops designed to support an AASHTO H-20 loading. D. Where the Plans indicate that manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser-sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric. The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. E. Design Loading Criteria: The manhole walls,transition slabs,cone tops,and manhole base slab shall be designed by the manufacturer to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Plans and the following design criteria: 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at-rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf, with soil pressure acting on empty manhole. 4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf, with manhole filled with liquid from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure. 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. 05/2013 02542-5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 6. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 7. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. F. Form joints between sections with 0-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443. G. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. H. Do not use brick masonry in construction of sanitary sewer manholes. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, grates, rings, covers, and stainless steel inflow preventers conforming to requirements of this Section and the City of Pearland Standard Construction Details. 2.04 DROPS A. Drops shall conform to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. 2.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Use resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: a. Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: a. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion-resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, coated with minimum 16 mm fusion-bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C-213. 4. All precast openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. B. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast-in-place manhole base are specified or shown on the Plans, use polyethylene-isoprene water-stop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, Press-Seal WS Series, or equal. 05/2013 02542-6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES C. Storm sewer pipe connections: 1. Connections acceptable for sanitary sewers. 2. Line pipe grouted in place with mortar. Rehabilitate. 2.06 WALL CLEANING MATERIAL A. Cleaners: Detergent or muriatic acid capable of removing dirt, grease, oil and other matter which would prevent a good bond of sealing material to wall. Refer to sealing material manufacturer's recommendations. 2.07 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.08 WALL REPAIR MATERIALS A. Hydraulic Cements:Use a blend,of cement powders or hydraulic cement to stop active leaks in the manhole structure. . B. Quickset Mortar: Use a quickset mortar to repair wide cracks, holes or disintegrated mortar. 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Provide one of the following as indicated on the Plans: 1. Precast cylindrical Portland cement concrete sanitary sewer manhole sections, base sections, and cone sections.with one of the following factory applied internal coatings or approved,equal: a. NeoPoxyTM NPR-5300 Series "PureEpoxy" spray on epoxy liner and other required fillers/sealants per manufacturer's recommendations: b. NeoPoxy NPR-3501 high tensile elongation epoxy elastomeric gout and-sealant. c. NeoPoxy NPR-5305 trowelable epoxy filler, grout and sealant, d. Chemical and cementitious rapid set hydraulic grouts such as Strong-Plug, Strong-Seal QSR, Quadex Hyperform and Quadex Hydro-Plug, or other equivalents pre-approved by the engineer. 05/2013 02542-7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES e. NeoPoxy P-88 ultraviolet light resistant topcoat. • f. EMACO liner(contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). g. Raven liner(contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). h. SewperCoat 100% Calcium aluminate by KerneosTM Aluminate Technologies. 2. Type I Coating: The manufacturer of these applied products shall provide a minimum 10-year material and labor warranty. A 10-year manufacturer warranty shall be applicable for the following sanitary sewer manholes: a. Manholes that receive force main discharge. b. Manholes within the lift/pump station site including last manhole before wet well. c. Manholes with 5 feet diameter and larger or manholes that receive discharge from 15" or larger diameter gravity sewer. d. Manholes as determined by City Engineer. 3. Type II Coating: All other sanitary sewer manholes shall be coated with minimum 125 mil thick coating of products specified in Section 2.09.1.a-d,or approved equal. 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. 2.11 NON-SHRINK GROUT A. For non-shrink grout,use prepackaged, inorganic,flowable,non-gas-liberating,non- metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water. It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. n 05/2013 02542-8of15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.12 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to City of Pearland Standard Construction Details and shall be ASTM A 48, Class 30. Provide locking covers if indicated on Plans. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Plans. D. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 2.13 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.14 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Plans,provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by East Jordan Iron Works, or approval equal. B. Where personnel entry is anticipated, minimum clear openings of 30-inches is required. 2.15 FABRICATED.RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615. B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 2.16 INFLOW PREVENTERS A. Provide stainless steel inflow preventers with air release vents on all sanitary sewer manholes. 05/2013 02542-9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade,when scarified and re-compacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density,the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary or storm sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless approved by the Engineer. 3.02 PLACEMENT OF PRECAST MANHOLES A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Plans. B. Place manholes at points of change of alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and end of sewer. 3.03 . MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS. A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick(minimum) foundation of cement stabilized sand or a concrete foundation slab. Compact cement-sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered,the subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over- excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving,a pile- supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Plans, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the Engineer. 3.04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Install precast or steel adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat-top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support manhole frame. C. Seal any lifting holes with non-shrink grout. 05/2013 02542- 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES D. Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLE A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure that no concrete,cement stabilized sand,fill,or other rigid material is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the interior or exterior of the manhole. If necessary,fill the space with a compressible material to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector. All pipe openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. C. Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer, install precast manhole base with factory installed Fernco type connections and pipe stubouts at least two (2) feet outside manhole wall. Manhole shall be cut-in to existing pipe. No "horseshoe" or"dog house"type connections will be permitted. D. Do not construct joints on sanitary sewer pipe within wall sections of manholes. Use approved connection material. E. Construct pipe stubs with resilient connectors for future connections at locations and with material indicated on Plans. Install approved stub plugs at interior of manhole. F. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe-manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum; 1-1/2 inch per foot maximum. 2. . Depth.of bench to invert: Pipes smaller than 15-inches: one-half largest pipe diameter Pipes 15 to 24-inches: three-fourths the largest pipe diameter Pipes larger than 24-inches: equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. B. Form invert channels with class A concrete if not t integral with manhole base. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 05/2013 02542- 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.07 DROPS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct Drops with same materials used in main pipe unless otherwise indicated on Plans or approved by the Engineer. Install a Drop when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 30-inches above the invert of the manhole. All drops must be interior drops. B. Terminate encasement of blind drops a minimum of 5 inches below top of bell and not less than 12 inches above top of next lower bell. Install approved plug at bell. 3.08 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover is 3/8 inch below the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the manhole top with non-shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex-based bonding agent to concrete surfaces to be joined with non-shrink grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. B. For manholes in unpaved areas,top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Plans. In unpaved areas,encase the manhole frame in mortar or non-shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. 3.09 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use embedment zone backfill material,as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill,as specified for the adjacent utilities,above the embedment zone backfill. B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the spring-line of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. 3.10 MANHOLE WALL CLEANING A. The floor and interior walls of the manhole shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free of all foreign materials including dirt, grit, roots, oils, grease, sludge, incompatible existing coatings,waxes,form release,curing compounds,efflorescence,sealers,salts, or other contaminants which may affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. 05/2013 02542- 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1. High pressure water blasting with a minimum of 3,500 psi shall be used to clean free all foreign material within the manhole 2. When grease and oil are present within the manhole,an approved detergent or muriatic acid shall be used integrally with the high pressure cleaning water. 3. All materials resulting from the cleaning of the manhole shall be removed prior to application of the coating. 4. All loose grout, ledges, steps and protruding ledges shall be removed to provide an even surface prior to application of coating. B. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. C. No separate pay shall be made for this item. Include cost for sealing in the unit price for manholes. D. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at all times on site to answer questions and approve manhole preparation work prior to lining. 3.11 MANHOLE WALL SEALING A. Seal active leaks in the manhole structure by using non-shrink grout. B. Remove loose or defective wall material. Wipe or brush surface clean prior to the application of hydraulic cement C. Drill weep holes at bottom of manhole walls to relieve hydrostatic pressure to stop leaks. Plug pressure relief holes after leaks are stopped using hydraulic cement materials. Lead wool may also be used to plug large leaks. D. Repair wide cracks,or holes with quickset mortars. Follow manufacturer's application procedures. E. Shape manhole inverts before wall sealing work. Apply concrete to cleaned manhole benches as specified in Section 03300. F. After all active leaks have been stopped, clean and prepare walls for application of selected liner material. G. Properly apply the sealing compound to provide the minimum required uniform coating to the wall surface. H. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. 05/2013 02542- 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES I. Strictly follow product manufacturer's published technical specifications and recommendations for surface preparation, application and proportioning. _ 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers. Vacuum test shall be completed prior to coating of the manhole. 3.13 INSPECTION A. After manhole wall sealing has been completed, visually inspect the manhole in the presence of Engineer. Check for cleanliness and for elimination of active leaks. B. At completion of manhole construction, assist Engineer in verifying installation of minimum coating thickness of concrete liner. Test several points on the manhole wall. Repair verification points prior to final acceptance for payment. C. During application of corrosion resistant liner, a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414, shall be used. Measurements shall be taken, documented and attested by the Contractor for submission to the Owner. D. At completion of manhole construction, assist Engineer in inspection of installation. 3.14 TESTING A. After the coating product(s)have set in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, all surfaces shall be inspected for holidays with high-voltage holiday detection equipment. Reference NACE RPO 188-99 for performing holiday detection. All detected holidays shall be marked and repaired by abrading the coating surface with grit disk paper or other hand tooling method. After abrading and cleaning,additional coating can be hand applied to the repair area. All touch-up/repair procedures shall follow the coating manufacturer's recommendations. Documentation on areas tested, results and repairs made shall be provided to Owner by Contractor. B. Visual inspection shall be made by the Project Engineer and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the finished coating shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth herein by Contractor. 3.15 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises. 'Th 05/2013 02542- 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.16 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Protect Manholes from damage until subsequent work has been accepted. B. Repair or replace damaged elements of Manholes at no additional cost to the Owner. C. In unpaved areas,provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. END OF SECTION 05/2013 02542- 15 of 15 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES SECTION 02571 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Repairing and resurfacing streets, driveways, sidewalks, curbs and gutters, and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or damaged during construction. 1. Parking areas, service drives, driveways,and sidewalks: Replace with material equal to or better than existing or as indicated on Drawings. 2. Street pavements and curbs,curbs and gutters:Match general pavement type and provide subgrade,base, and surface materials as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in this Section. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Refer to Section 01020 - Measurement and Payment for other unit price procedures. B. Pavement repair for concrete, asphalt, and gravel pavements shall be measured by the square yard, and shall include pavement,base, and subgrade repair. 1.03 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A. Remove and replace areas of-non-conforming Portland cement concrete or asphaltic concrete pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent, or that fail specified tests, unless accepted by Engineer. 1.04 UNIT PRICE ADJUSTMENT A. For non-conforming pavement,accepted by the Engineer,unit price adjustments shall be made for actual in-place depth determined by cores.as follows: 1. Adjusted Unit Price shall be ratio of average thickness as determined by cores to thickness bid upon, times unit price bid. 2. Adjustment:shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent of unit price. No adjustments in price will be made for excess thickness. 1.05 SUBMITTALS . A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit test results or other data confirming that materials meet the specified requirements for: 1. Fill, backfill and subgrade materials ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-1 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 2. Base course materials 3. Asphalt materials and mix designs 4. Concrete materials and mix design 5. Joint material. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBGRADE A. Provide fill and backfill materials beyond the limits of the utility trench as indicated on the Drawings and conforming to the following classifications. The classifications follow Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D2487. Use soils with dual designation according to ASTM D2487 according to the least restrictive class. 1. Class I: Well graded sands and gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, crushed well graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW) a. Plasticity Index-Nonplastic. b. Gradation- D6o/Dio - greater than 4 percent passing No. 200 Sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent. 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty sands and gravels, little to moderate fines (GM, GP, SP, SM). a. Plasticity Index: Nonplastic to 4 percent. ,..� b. Gradation: percent passing No.200 Sieve-less than 5 percent(GP, SP). c. Gradation: percent passing No. 200 Sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent (GM, SM). 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands,poorly graded mixtures of sand,gravel,and clay (GC, SC). a. Plasticity Index: greater than 7. b. Gradation: percent passing No. 200 Sieve between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Backfill Material: Conform to requirements of Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials. 5. Lime Stabilized Subgrade: Lime for subgrade stabilization shall conform to the following: a. Type A-Hydrated lime: Dry material consisting essentially of calcium hydroxide or mixture of calcium hydroxide and an allowable percentage of calcium oxide and magnesium hydroxide. b. Type B - Commercial lime slurry: Liquid mixture consisting essentially of lime solids and water in slurry form. Water or liquid portion shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity to be injurious or objectionable for purpose intended. c. Lime shall conform to following requirements: ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-2 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES Chemical Composition Type A Type B Active lime content, %by weight Ca(OH)2+ CaO 90.0 mini 87.0 min(2) Unhydrated lime content, % by weight CaO 5.0 max - - - Free water content, %by weight H2O 5.0 max - - - Sizing Wet Sieve,as%by weight residue retained: No. 6 0.2 max 0.2 max(2) No. 30 4.0 max 4.0 max(2) Dry sieve,as%by weight residue retained: 1-inch --- --- %-inch --- --- Notes: (1) Maximum 5.0 percent by weight CaO shall be allowed in determining total active lime content. (2) Maximum solids content of slurry d. Lime slurry may be delivered to the job site as commercial lime, or may be prepared at the job site by using hydrated lime or quicklime. The slurry shall be free of liquids other than water and shall be of a consistency that can be handled and uniformly applied without difficulty. 6. Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class. B (2000 psi) concrete as specified in Section 03300—Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2.02 BASE COURSE MATERIALS A. Crushed Stone Flexible Base Course Materials 1. Crushed Stone: Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements: a. Durable particles of crusher-run broken limestone, sandstone, or granite obtained from an approved source. b. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. 2. Soil Binder: Material passing the No. -40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. a. Maximum Liquid Limit: 40 b. Maximum Plasticity Index: 12 ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-3 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES c. Maximum Lineal Shrinkage: 7 (when calculated from volumetric shrinkage at liquid limit). B. Mixed Materials shall have a minimum compressive strength of 35 psi at 0 psi lateral pressure and 175 psi at 15 psi lateral pressure using triaxial testing procedures. Mixed materials shall be graded as follows: Sieve Percent Retained 1 3/4-inch 0 to 10 No. 4 45 to 75 No. 40 60 to 85 2.03 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE A. Coarse Aggregate: Gravel,crushed stone or a combination of the two,that is retained on No. 10 sieve,uniform in quality throughout and free from dirt,organic or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion loss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. B. Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings or combination of both passing No. 10 sieve. Use aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound,durable stone particles free from loatns or other injurious foreign matter. Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Confirm a _ _ Plasticity Index of not more than 6 for fine aggregate passing the No. 40 sieve when tested by Tex-106-E. The sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F. C. Composite Aggregate: Conform to following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C136. Gradation of Composite Aggregate Sieve Size Percent Passing 1/2-inch 100 3/8-inch 85 to 100 #4 50 to 70 #10 32 to 42 #40 11 to 26 #80 4 to 14 #200 l to 8 D. Asphaltic Material: Moisture-free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F. Material shall not be cracked. City Engineer will approve grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project and shall meet the following requirements: AC-10 AC-20 ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-4 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES Test Min Max Min Max Viscosity, (140°F)poises 800 1,200 1,600+ Viscosity, (275°F)-cs - 150 --- 210 --- Penetration, (77°F), 100 g, 5 sec. . _ 70 --- 40 --- Flash Point, COC, (°F). 425 --- 450 --- Solubility in trichloroethylene, % 99.0 --- 99.0 --- Tests on residues from thin film oven tests Min Max Min Max Viscosity, (140°F) stokes --- 4,000 --- 8,000 Ductility, (77°F), 5 cms per min 50 --- 20 --- Spot tests Negative for all grades E. Prime Coat 1. Cutback Asphalt Prime Coat. Moisture-free homogeneous material(MC-30 or MC-70)which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F and which meets the following requirements: MC-30 MC-70 Type—Grade Properties Min Max Min Max till Water,percent --- 0.2 --- 0.2 Flash Point, TOC, °F 100 --- 100 --- Kinematic Viscosity at 140°F, cst 30 60 70 140 MC-30 MC-70 Min Max Min Max Distillate expressed as percent by volume of total distillate to 680°F to 437°F --- 25 --- 20 to 500°F 40 70 20 60 to 600°F 75 93 65 90 Residue from 680°F Distillation,volume,% 50 --- 55 --- Tests on Distillation Residue: Penetration at 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. 120 250 120 250 Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min. cms 100* --- 100* --- Solubility in Trichloroethylene, % , 99 --- 99 --- Spot Test All Negative *If penetration of residue is more than 200 and ductility at 77 degrees F is less than 100 r`"` cm, material will be acceptable if its ductility at 60 degrees F is more than 100. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-5 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 2. Emulsified Petroleum Resin Prime Coat(EPR-1 Prime): Slow curing emulsion ."') of petroleum resin and asphalt cement conforming to the following requirements. For use,EPR-1 may be diluted with water up to a maximum of three parts water to one part EPR-1 in order to achieve the desired concentration of residual resin/asphalt and facilitate application. Properties Min. Max. Furol Viscosity at 77°F, sec 14 40 Residue by Evaporation, %by weight 60 --- Sieve Test, % --- 0.1 Particle Charge Test Positive Tests on the Distillation Residue: Flash Point, COC (°F) 400 --- Kinematic Viscosity @ 140°F (cst) 190 350 F. Tack Coat 1. Cutback Asphalt Tack Coat Moisture-free homogeneous asphalt material (RC-250) which will not foam when heated to 347°F and which meets the following requirements: Properties Min. Max. Water, percent --- 0.2 Flash Point, TOC, (°F) 80 --- Kinematic Viscosity at 140°F, cst 250 400 Distillate: Expressed as percent by volume of total distillate to 680°F: to 437°F 40 75 to 500°F 65 90 to 600°F 85 --- Residue from 680°F Distillation, Volume,percent 70 --- Tests on Distillation Residue: Penetration at 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. 100 150 Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min. ems 100 --- Solubility in Trichoroethylene 99 --- Spot Test All Negative 2. Emulsified Tack Coat ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-6 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES Homogeneous material which shows no separation of asphalt after mixing and shall meet the viscosity requirements at any time within 30 days after delivery. Emulsion material (SS-1) for tack coat shall meet the following: Properties Min. Max. Furol Viscosity at 77°F, sec. 30 100 Residue by Distillation, % 60 --- Oil Portion of Distillate, % --- 2 Sieve Test, % --- 0.1 Miscibility (Standard Test) Passing Passing Cement Mixing, % --- 0.2 Storage Stability, 1 Day, % --- 1 Test on Residue: Penetration at 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec 120 160 Solubility in Trichloroethylene,% 97.5 --- Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min, cms 100 --- G. Asphalt Concrete Pavement Mixes. Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test or certify test on the proposed mixes have been performed on similar materials in accordance with Tex-126-E or Tex-204-F and Tex-208-F. Density and Stability Requirements: HVEEM Stability Percent Percent Density Min. Max. Optimum Not Less Than 94.5 97.5 96 35 1. Proportions for Asphaltic Material: Provide 4 to 8 percent of mixture by weight. Aggregate by weight shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of fine dust,clay-like particles or silt present when tested in accordance with Tex-217-F, Part II. 2.04 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Use new billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, ASTM A767, or ASTM A775, grade 60, or as shown on drawings. Use deformed bars except where smooth bars are specified. When placed in work, keep steel free of dirt, scale, loose or flaky rust, paint, oil or other harmful materials. 2. Where shown,use welded wire fabric with wire conforming to ASTM A185 or ASTM A884. Supply the gage and spacing shown, with longitudinal and transverse wires electrically welded together at points of intersection with welds strong enough not to be broken during handling or placing. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-7 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 3. Wire: ASTM A82. Use 16-1/2 gage minimum for tie wire, unless otherwise indicated. 2.05 JOINT MATERIALS A. Board Expansion Joint Material: Filler board of selected stock. Use wood of density and type as follows: 1. Clear, all-heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight. 2. Clear, all-heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot,after being oven dried to constant weight. B. Preformed Expansion Joint Material: Bituminous fiber and bituminous mastic composition material conforming to ASTM D994 and ASTM D1751. C. Joint Sealing Compound: Hot-poured rubber-asphalt compound conforming to ASTM D3405. D. Load Transmission Devices: 1. Smooth, steel dowel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. When indicated on Drawings, encase one end of dowel bar in approved cap having '—) inside diameter 1/16 inch greater than diameter of dowel bar. 2. Deformed steel tie bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. E. Metal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly: Employ metal supports of approved shape and size that will secure reinforcing steel and joint assembly in correct position during placing and finishing of concrete. 2.06 SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY MATERIALS A. Sand bed shall be bank run sand, classified as SW, SP, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487, with the following: 1. Less than 0.5 percent clay lumps (ASTM C142). 2. Less than 5.0 percent lightweight pieces (ASTM C123). 3. Organic impurities, color no darker than standard color(ASTM C40). 4. Plasticity index of 4 or less per ASTM D4318. B. Portland cement concrete shall conform to requirements for Portland cement concrete paving in this Section. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-8 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES C. Asphaltic concrete shall conform to requirements for asphaltic concrete paving in this Section. D. Gravel paving shall conform to the requirements of Class II backfill in this section but with a gradation to match the gravel surface being replaced. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT A. Alternate equipment and methods,other than those required by this section,may be used provided the Contractor demonstrates that equal or better results will be obtained. Maintain equipment for preparing subgrade and for finishing and compacting pavement in good working order. 3.02 SUBGRADE A. Preparation 1. Verify backfill of new utilities is complete, in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2. Correct subgrade deviations of plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section or in 16- foot length by loosening, adding, or removing material, reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. 3. Prepare sufficient subgrade in advance of base course operations. B. Unstabilized Subgrade. Replace and compact unstabilized subgrade in accordance with the requirements for compaction, tolerance, testing and protection of lime stabilized subgrade. C. Lime Stabilized Subgrade 1. Scarify or excavate to bottom elevations to receive stabilized subgrade as indicated on the drawings. Remove material or windrow to expose secondary grade. Correct wet or unstable material below secondary grade by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting. Obtain uniform stability. 2. Lime Slurry Application a. Mix hydrated lime with water to form a slurry of the solids content specified. Commercial lime slurry shall have dry solids content as specified. b. Apply slurry with a distributor truck equipped with an agitator to keep lime and water in a consistent mixture. Make successive passes over measured section of roadway to attain proper moisture and lime content. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-9 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES Limit spreading to an area where preliminary mixing operations can be completed on the same working day. c. Apply so that dry subgrade will contain a minimum lime content of 5 percent by weight of dry subgrade unless otherwise instructed by Testing Laboratory. 3. Preliminary Mixing a. Do not mix and place material when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. b. Use approved single-pass or multiple-pass rotary speed mixers to mix soil, lime, and water to required depth. Obtain a homogeneous friable mixture free of clods and lumps. c. Mix and pulverize until all material passes a 1-3/4 inch sieve;a minimum of 85 percent, excluding nonslacking fractions, passes a 3/4 inch sieve; and a minimum of 60 percent excluding nonslacking fractions pass a No. 4 sieve. d._ Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. e. Seal subgrade as a precaution against heavy rainfall by rolling lightly with light pneumatic rollers. £ Cure soil-lime material for 1 to 4 days. Keep subgrade moist during cure. 4. Compaction a. Aerate or sprinkle to attain optimum moisture content. Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. b. Start compaction immediately after final mixing, unless approved by Engineer. c. Spread and compact in two or more approximately equal layers where total compacted thickness is to be greater than 8 inches. d. Compact with approved heavy pneumatic or vibrating rollers, or a combination of tamping rollers and light pneumatic rollers. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until entire depth is uniformly compacted. n ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-10 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES e. Do not allow stabilized materials to mix with underlying material. Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and recompacting. f. Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D698, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: (1). Areas to receive pavement without subsequent base course: Minimum density of 98 percent of maximum dry density. (2). Areas to receive subsequent base course: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. g. Seal with approved light pneumatic tired rollers: Prevent surface hairline cracking. Rework and recompact at areas where hairline cracking develops. 5. Curing a. Moist cure for a minimum of 3 days before placing base or surface course. Time may be adjusted as approved by Engineer. Subgrade may ... .. be opened to_traffic after 2 days if adequate strength has been attained to prevent damage. Restrict traffic to light pneumatic rollers or vehicles weighing less than 10 tons. b. Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. Roll with light pneumatic roller to keep surface knit together. c. Place base, surface, or seal course within 14 days after final mixing and compaction unless prior approval is obtained from Engineer. D. Backfill Material. Where indicated on the Drawings,provide cement stabilized subgrade in accordance with Section 02255. E. Tolerances 1. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. 2. Top of compacted surface: plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section,or in 16-foot length. F. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-11 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 2. A minimum of one core will be made at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of subgrade to determine in-place depth. For areas less than 500 square yards,the Engineer may waive the in-place depth test provided the Contractor can demonstrate by measurement the thickness of the subgrade stabilized. 3. Contractor may obtain and pay for additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth,place and compact addition material at no cost to the Owner. 4. Compaction testing will be performing in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017 at random locations near depth determination tests. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no cost to the City. 5. Fill test sections with new compacted lime stabilized subgrade. G. Protection 1. Maintain subgrade to lines and grades and in good condition until placement of base or surface course. 2. Repair defects immediately by replacing material to full depth. 3.03 BASE COURSE A. Placement 1. Spread and shape base in lifts to compacted thickness not to exceed 6 inches. Complete spreading,shaping,and compacting on same day material is deposited. 2. Place base so that projecting reinforcing steel from curbs or pavement remain at approximate center of base or pavement as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Start compaction operations as soon as possible after placement. Use sheep foot, steel, or pneumatic rollers or other equipment, as approved. 4. Maintain moisture between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture. 5. Compact to 95 percent of Modified Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D1557, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 6. Finish to grade and compact lift before placing any successive lift. 7. Maintain shape by grading throughout operation. 8. Provide total thickness indicated on Drawings. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-12 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES B. Tolerances 1. Completed base surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. 2. Top surface of embankment: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section, or in 16- foot length. C. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. A minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base or at least once per location of base placement to determine in-place depth. For areas of less than 500 square yards, the Engineer may waive the depth core test, provided the contractor can demonstrate by measurement the thickness of the base. 3. Contractor may obtain and pay for additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth,place and compact additional material at no additional cost to • the Owner. • 4 Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM 3017 at a random location near each depth determination. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements. 5. Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted crushed stone flexible base. D. Protection 1. Sprinkle to prevent excessive loss of moisture. 2. Restrict construction traffic on finished base to equipment required to complete the work. 3.04 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Preparation 1. Thoroughly clean base course surface of loose material by brooming prior to application of tack coat. 2. Prepare sufficient base in advance of paving for efficient operations. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-13 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES B. General Prime Coat Application 1. Apply prime coat with approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor or other approved equipment. Distribute prime coat evenly and smoothly under pressure necessary for proper distribution. 2. Keep all storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in handling asphaltic materials clean and in good operating conditions. Conduct operations so that asphaltic material does not become contaminated. 3. If yield of asphaltic material appears to be in error,recalibrate distributor prior to continuing Work. 4. Maintain the surface until Work is accepted by Owner. 5. No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied prime coat until authorized by Engineer. C. Cutback Asphalt Prime Coat Application 1. Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. 2. Do not place prime coat when air temperature is below 60 degrees F and falling. Materials may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 50 degrees F and rising. 3. Distribute at rate of 0.25 to 0.35 gallons per square yard. 4. Provide facilities for determining temperature of asphaltic material in heating equipment and in distributor, for determining rate of application, and for obtaining uniformity at junction of two distributor loads. Provide and maintain in good working order, recording thermometer at storage heating unit. 5. Temperature of application shall be based on temperature-viscosity relationship that will permit application of asphalt with viscosity of 100 to 125 centistokes. Maintain asphalt within 15 degrees F of temperature required to meet viscosity. Selected temperature shall be within following range. Prime Coat Type Minimum (F) Maximum (F) MC-30 70 150 MC-70 125 175 6. Do not allow temperature of MC-30 to exceed 175 degrees F at any time. ,.,*1 7. Do not allow temperature of MC-70 to exceed 200 degrees F at any time. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-14 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES D. Emulsified Prime Coat Application 1. Do not place prime coat when air temperature is below 36 degrees F and falling. 2. Distribute at rate of 0.15 to 0.25 gallons per square yard. E. Tack Coat Application 1. Apply tack coat uniformly by use of approved distributor at rate not to exceed 0.05 gallons per square yard of surface. Where the asphaltic concrete mixture will adhere to the surface on which it is placed without the use of a tack coat,the tack coat may be eliminated if approved by the Engineer. 2. Paint contact surfaces of curbs and structures and joints with thin uniform coat of tack coat. 3. Application: a. Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. b. Do not place tack coat when air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. Materials may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 degrees F and rising. c. Temperature of tack coat shall be between 125 degrees F and 180 degrees F when applied. d. Do not heat tack coat above 200 degrees F at any time. 4. Tack Coat Protection. No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied tack coat until authorized by Engineer. F. Placement of Asphaltic Concrete 1. Do not place asphaltic mixture when air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. Mixture may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 degrees F and rising. 2. Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250 degrees F and 325 degrees F when laid. 3. For large areas, spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track-mounted finish machine to place base course directly on subgrade or base as shown on the Drawings. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-15 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 4. In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical,spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor. Use wood or steel forms, rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section. Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily. Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 5. Surface Course Material: Surface course 2 inches or less in thickness may be spread in one lift. Spread lifts in such manner that, when compacted, finished course will be smooth, of uniform density, and will be to section,line and grade as shown. 6. Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. 7. When new asphalt is laid against existing or old asphalt, existing or old asphalt shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. G. Compaction of Asphaltic Concrete 1. Begin rolling while pavement is still hot and as soon as it will bear roller without undue displacement or hair cracking. Keep wheels properly moistened with water to prevent adhesion of surface mixture. Do not use excessive water. 2. Compress surface thoroughly and uniformly,first with power-driven,3-wheel,or tandem rollers weighing from 8 to 10 tons. Obtain subsequent compression by starting at side and rolling longitudinally toward center of pavement,overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half width of rear wheels. Make alternate trips slightly different in length. Continue rolling until no further compression can be obtained and rolling marks are eliminated. Complete rolling before mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. 3. Use tandem roller for final rolling. Double coverage with approved pneumatic roller on asphaltic concrete surface is acceptable after flat wheel and tandem rolling has been completed. 4. Along walls,curbs,headers and similar structures,and in locations not accessible to rollers, compact mixture thoroughly with lightly oiled tamps. 5. Compact binder course and surface course to density not less than 93 percent of the maximum possible density of voidless mixture composed of same materials in like proportions. H. Tolerances ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-16 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES r' 1. Furnish templates for checking surface in finished sections. Maximum deflection of templates, when supported at center, shall not exceed 1/8 inch. 2. Completed surface, when tested with 10-foot straightedge laid parallel to centerline of pavement, shall show no deviation in excess of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Correct any surface not meeting this requirement. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. Minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1000 feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of pavement or at least once per location of pavement placement to determine in-place depth and density. For areas less than 500 square yards the Engineer may waive the in-place depth test provided the Contractor can demonstrate by measurement the thickness of the pavement placed. 3. In-place density will be determined in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227- F from cores or sections of asphaltic base located near each depth determination. Other methods of determining in-place density, which correlate satisfactorily •• • with results obtained from roadway specimens,may be used when approved by Engineer. 4. Contractor may obtain and pay for three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. In-place depth at these locations shall be average depth of four cores. 5. Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted asphaltic pavement. J. Protection 1. Do not open pavement to traffic until 12 hours after completion of rolling, or as shown on Drawings. 2. Maintain asphaltic concrete pavement in good condition until completion of Work. 3. Repair defects immediately by replacing asphaltic concrete pavement to full depth. 3.05 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING A. Preparation 1. Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade.before placing forms, reinforcing or concrete. After forms have been set to proper grade and ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-17 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES alignment, use subgrade planer to shape subgrade to its final cross section. Check contour of subgrade with template. 2. Remove subgrade that will not support loaded form. Replace and compact subgrade to required density. B. Concrete Paving Equipment 1. Subgrade Planer and Template: a. For large areas,use subgrade planer with adjustable cutting blades to trim subgrade to exact section shown on Drawings. Select planer mounted on rollers which ride on forms. Planer frame must have sufficient weight so that it will remain on form at all times, and have such strength and rigidity that,under tests made by changing support from wheels to center, planer will not develop deflection of more than 1/8 inch. Tractors used to pull planer shall not produce ruts or indentations in subgrade. When slip form method of paving is used,operate subgrade planer on prepared track grade or have it controlled by electronic sensor system operated from string line to establish horizontal alignment and elevation of subbase. b. For restricted areas,where planer is impractical,prepare the subgrade by mechanical tampers and other equipment as approved by the Engineer. c. Provide template for checking contour of subgrade. Template shall be long enough to rest upon side forms and have such strength and rigidity that,when supported at center,maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Fit template with accurately adjustable rods projecting downward at 1-foot intervals. Adjust these rods to gauge cross sections of slab bottom when template is resting on side forms. 2. Machine Finisher: For large areas,provide a power-driven,transverse finishing machine designed and operated to strike off and consolidate concrete. Machine shall have two screeds accurately adjusted to crown of pavement and with frame equipped to ride on forms. Use finishing machine with rubber tires if it operates on concrete pavement. 3. Hand Finishing: For restricted areas, provide mechanical strike and tamping template 2 feet longer than width of pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Also,provide two bridges to ride on forms and span pavement for finishing expansion and dummy joints. Provide floats and necessary edging and finishing tools. 4. Burlap Drag for Finishing Slab: Furnish four plies of 10-ounce burlap material fastened to bridge to form continuous strip of burlap full width of pavement. The 3-foot width of burlap material shall be in contact with pavement surface. Keep '"1 burlap drags clean and free of encrusted mortar. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-18 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 5. Vibrators: For large areas,furnish mechanically operated synchronized vibrators mounted on tamping bar which rides on forms and hand-manipulated mechanical vibrators. Furnish vibrators with frequency of vibration to provide maximum consolidation of`concrete without segregation. For restricted areas, hand operated vibrators may be utilized. 6. Traveling Form Paver: Approved traveling form paver may be used in lieu of construction methods employing forms, consolidating, finishing and floating equipment. Requirements of this specification for subgrade, pavement tolerances, pavement depth, alignments, consolidation, finishing and workmanship shall be met. If traveling form,paver does not provide concrete paving that meets the compaction, finish and tolerance requirements of this specification, its use shall be immediately discontinued when so ordered by Engineer and conventional methods shall be used. a. Equip traveling paver with longitudinal transangular finishing float adjustable to crown and grade. Float shall be long enough to extend across pavement to side forms or edge of slab. b. Insure that continuous deposit of concrete can be made at paver to minimize starting and stopping. Use conventional means of paving locations inaccessible to traveling paver,or having horizontal or vertical . curvature that traveling paver cannot negotiate. c. Where Drawings require tie bars for adjacent paving, securely tie and support bars to prevent displacement. Tie bars may be installed with approved mechanical bar inserter mounted on traveling-form paver. Replace any pavement in which tie bars assume final position other than that shown on Drawings, unless corrective alternates are authorized in writing by Engineer. C. Forms 1. Side Forms: Use metal forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness is not greater than 1 inch, and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form,or by grouting under form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. Forms shall be approved by Engineer. Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200-foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in-place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement, impact and vibration of ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 - 02571-19 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section,when tested with straight edge,shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways,wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. 2. Form Setting: Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with rocks or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. Provide supply of forms that will be adequate for orderly and continuous placing of concrete. For large areas,set forms and check grade for at least 300 feet ahead of placement or as approved by Engineer. Adjacent slabs may be used instead of forms, provided that concrete is well protected from possible damage by finishing equipment. These adjacent slabs shall not be used for forms until concrete has aged at least 7 days. D. Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assemblies 1. Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely as indicated on Drawings. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. 2. Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations,and rigidly secure parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to centerline of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards,joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar. Where indicated on the drawings, drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required, to provide rigid pavement sections. E. Placement 1. Place concrete only when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. 2. Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-20 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 3. Concrete slump during placement shall be 1 to 4 inches, except when using traveling-form paver slump shall be maximum of 2 inches. 4. Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or base in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. At end of day or in case of unavoidable interruption of more than 30 minutes, place transverse construction joint at point of stopping work. Remove and replace sections less than 10 feet long. 5. Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. F. Compaction 1. Consolidate the concrete using mechanical vibrators. Extend a vibratory unit across the pavement,not quite touching side forms. Space individual vibrators at close enough intervals to vibrate and consolidate entire width of pavement uniformly. Mount mechanical vibrators to avoid contact with forms, reinforcement, transverse or longitudinal joints. 2. Furnish enough hand-manipulated mechanical vibrators for proper consolidation of concrete along forms, at joints and in areas not covered by mechanically controlled vibrators. G. Finishing 1. Finish concrete pavement with power-driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. a. . Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screening, use hand-operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade. b. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal (111 float to level surface. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-21 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 2. On narrow strips and transitions,finish concrete pavement by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike-off screed. Move strike-off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing,maintaining screed in contact with forms,and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. 3. After completion of straightedge operation, make first pass of burlap drag as soon as construction operations permit and before water sheen has disappeared from surface. Follow with as many passes as required to produce desired texture depth. Permit no unnecessary delays between passes. Keep drag wet,clean and free from encrusted mortar during use. H. Joints and Joint Sealing 1. Placement a. When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. b. If the limit of removal of existing concrete or asphaltic pavement does not fall on existing joint, saw cut existing pavement minimum of 1-1/2 inches deep to provide straight, smooth joint surface without chipping, spalling or cracks. 2. Construction Joints. Place transverse construction joint wherever concrete placement must be stopped for more than 30 minutes. Place longitudinal construction joints at interior edges of pavement lanes using No. 6 deformed tie bars, 30 inches long and spaced 18 inches on centers. 3. Expansion Joints. Place 3/4-inch expansion joints at radius points of curb returns for cross street intersections, or as located in adjacent pavement but no further than 60 feet apart. Use no boards shorter than 6 feet. When pavement is 24 feet or narrower,use not more than 2 lengths of board. Secure pieces to form straight joint. Shape board filler accurately to cross section of concrete slab. Use load transmission devices of type and size shown on Drawings. Seal with joint sealing compound. 4. Contraction Joints. Place contraction joints at same locations as in adjacent pavement or at spaces indicated on Drawings. Place smoothed,painted and oiled dowels accurately and normal to joint. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 5. Longitudinal Weakened Plane Joints. Place longitudinal weakened plane joints at spaces indicated on Drawings. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 6. Sawed Joints ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-22 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES a. Contractor may use -sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. b. Concrete Saw: Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order. Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement. 7. Joints for Curb, Curb and Gutter. Place 3/4-inch preformed expansion joints through curb and gutters at locations of expansion and contraction joints in pavement; at end of radius returns at street intersections and driveways; and at curb inlets. Maximum spacing shall be 120-foot centers. 8. " Joints for Concrete Sidewalks. Provide 3/4-inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 along and across sidewalk at back of curbs, at intersections with driveways, steps, and walls; and across walk at intervals not to exceed 36 feet. Provide expansion joint material conforming to ASTM D994 for small radius curves and around fire hydrants and utility poles. Extend the expansion joint material full depth of the slab. 9. Joints for Concrete Driveways. Provide 3/4-inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways,and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab. 10. Joint Sealing a. Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F and less than 85 degrees F,and weather is not foggy or rainy. b. Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by Engineer. c. Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. Use concrete grooving machine or power-operated wire brush and other equipment ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-23 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro- or abrasive-cleaning ) machines, as required to produce satisfactory results. d. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that,upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. 11. Protection a. Maintain joints in good condition until completion of Work. b. Replace damaged joints material with new material. Concrete Curing. Conform to requirements of Section 03300—Cast-In-Place Concrete. J. Tolerances. Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10-foot straightedge parallel to center of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Do not permit ordinates measured from face of straight edge to surface of pavement to exceed 1/16 inch per foot from nearest point of contact. Maximum ordinate with 10-foot straightedge shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Grind spots in excess of requirements of this paragraph to meet surface test requirements. Restore texture by grooving concrete to meet surface finishing specifications. K. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. Flexural Strength Test Specimens: Four test specimens for flexural strength test will be made for each 150 cubic yards or less of pavement that is placed in one day. Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. For failed 7-day tests, remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be made, cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C78 (using simple beam with third point loading). Minimum flexural strength (modulus of rupture) shall be 500 pounds per square inch at 7 days and 600 pounds per square inch at 28 days. 3. Yield test will be made in accordance with ASTM C138 for cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard,reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. ^1 ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-24 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 4. Minimum of one 4-inch core to measure in-place depth will be taken at random locations per 1000 feet per lane or 500 square yards of pavement or at least once per location of pavement placement. Each core may be tested for 28-day compressive strength according to methods of ASTM C42. The 28-day compressive strength of each core tested shall be a minimum of 3000 pounds per square inch. Compressive strength shall not be utilized to satisfy the flexural strength requirements. 5. For areas less than 500 square yards,the Engineer may waive the in-place depth test provided the Contractor can demonstrate by measurement the thickness of the pavement placed. Compressive strength cylinders may be made as indicated in Section 03300 — Cast-in-Place Concrete if the core for in place depth determination is not required. 6. Contractor may obtain and pay for three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in-place depths. In-place depth at these locations shall be average depth of four cores. 7. Fill cores and density test sections with new concrete paving or non-shrink grout. L. Protection 1. - - _Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. 2. To provide access at driveways, city street intersections, esplanades, and other locations approved by Engineer; Contractor may use high-early-strength cement or place an additional 2 inches of concrete pavement on untreated subgrade in lieu of specified concrete pavement depth on stabilized base or lime treated subgrade. Additional depths of concrete placement shall be paid for under original specified concrete depth. 3. On those sections of pavement to be opened to traffic,seal joints,clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of pavement to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for the Work. 4. Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. 5. Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth. 3.06 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Restore pavement markings to match those existing or as indicated on the Drawings and details. 3.07 SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-25 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES A. Replacement 1. Replace sidewalks and driveways which are removed or damaged during construction with paving of the same type and with thickness and width equivalent to one removed or damaged. Asphaltic concrete and Portland cement concrete shall meet the requirements of this Section. 2. Provide replaced and new sidewalks with wheelchair ramps if sidewalk intersects curb at street or driveway intersection. B. Preparation and Placement 1. Identify and protect utilities which are to remain. 2. Protect living trees, other plant growth, and features designated to remain. 3. Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside lines of sidewalk or driveway. Shape to the line, grade, and cross section. For soils with plasticity index above 40 percent, stabilize soil with lime. Compact subgrade to minimum of 90 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. 4. For concrete surface,immediately after subgrade is prepared,cover with 2-inch- thick compacted sand bed. Place concrete as indicated below. 5. For asphaltic concrete surface,place and compact directly on prepared subgrade. 6. For gravel surface,place and compact gravel directly on prepared subgrade. C. Concrete Placement 1. Forms: Straight, unwarped wood or metal forms with nominal 4-inch depth. Securely stake forms to line and grade, and maintain in true position during concrete placement. 2. Reinforcement: Install 6 x 6, W2.9 x W2.9 welded wire fabric or No. 3 reinforcing steel bars on 18-inch centers longitudinally and transversely. Lay longitudinal bars in walk continuously,except through expansion joints. Support reinforcement in manner to maintain reinforcement in center of slab vertically during placement. 3. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints in accordance with Section. 4. Colored concrete: Where indicated on the drawings, apply coloring agent in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 5. Place concrete in forms to specified depth and tamp thoroughly with "jitterbug" tamp, or other acceptable method. Bring mortar to surface. ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-26 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 6. Strike off to smooth finish with wood strike board. Finish smoothly with wood hand float. Brush across sidewalk lightly with fine-haired brush. 7. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, mark off joints 1/8 inch deep, at spacing equal to width of walk. Use joint tool equal in width to edging tool. 8. Finish edges with tool having 1/4-inch radius. 9. After concrete has set sufficiently,refill space along sides of sidewalk to top of walk with suitable material. Tamp fill firm and solid. D. Protection 1. Maintain sidewalks and driveway in good condition until completion of Work. 2. Replace sidewalks and driveway subsequently damaged by Contractor's operations. END OF SECTION ARKK Special Specification 2/17/2014 02571-27 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS,AND COVERS Section 02603 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS,AND COVERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. B. Ring grates. C. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals D. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" b. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" c. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) a. AASHTO M 306, "Drainage, Sewage, Utility, and Related Castings" 3. American Welding Society (AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ) a. Chapter 217.55 "Minimum Clear Opening" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for frames, grates, rings, covers, and seals under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B. If frames,grates,rings,covers,and seals are included as a Bid Items,measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 5/2013 02603 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS,AND COVERS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Provide copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. Manufacturer shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. or approved equal. C. Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames,grates,rings and covers shall conform to ASTM A 48, Class 35B and AASHTO M 306. Provide locking covers if indicated on Plans. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading ,—.) without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Plans. D. Castings shall be 75% post-consumer recycled material, clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 2.02 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Plans,provide stainless steel inflow preventers and watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole Frames and Covers, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by East Jordan Iron Works, or approval equal. 5/2013 02603 -2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS,AND COVERS B. Where personnel entry is anticipated,minimum clear opening of 30-inches is required. 2.04 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615. B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 2.05 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All installations that have an elevation difference between the final elevation of the manhole cover and the surrounding finished grade greater than 18 inches will be required to be hinged, lift assist gasketed ring and cover. ""'') B. Install castings according to approved Shop Drawings, instructions given in related Sections, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. C. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep castings plumb, level, true and free of rack. Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. D. Ring grates shall be fabricated in accordance with Plans and shall be set in mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02603 -3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS Section 02635 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A New steel pipe and fittings for water mains, pumping facilities, and casings. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 02636-Polyurethane Coatings on Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe 3. Section 02510-Water Mains C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 36, "Standard Specification for Carbon structural Steel" b. ASTM A 570, "Standard Practice for Roof System Assemblies Employing Steel Deck, Performed Roof Insulation, and Bituminous Built-Up Roofing" c. ASTM A 53, "Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless" d. ASTM A 135,"Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe" e. ASTM A 139, "Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (arc)- Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over)" f. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" h. ASTM D 512, "Standard Test Method for Chloride Ion in Water" i. ASTM D 1293, "Standard Test Method for pH of Water" j. ASTM D 4541, "Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers" 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C200 Steel Water Pipe—6 in. and Larger b. AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe c. AWWA Ml 1 Steel Water Pipe: A Guide for Design and Installation, Fourth Edition d. AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service—Sizes 4 in. Through 144 in. e. AWWA C214 Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines f. AWWA C210 Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Special Sections,Connections,and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines 02/2008 02635 - 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS g. AWWA C205 Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe—4 in. and Larger—Shop Applied h. AWWA C602 Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines in Place-4 in. and Larger i. AWWA C209 Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 4. National Sanitation Foundation (NFS) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for steel pipe and fittings under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for water mains, pumping facilities and casings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings for aerial crossings and water plant/facilities. Include design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade,laying dimensions,lining and coating systems,proposed welding procedures,fabrication,fitting,flange,and special details. ,.Th C Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Plans. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Provide manufacturer's certifications that all pipe and fittings have been hydrostatically tested at factory in accordance with AWWA C200, Section 3.4. B Provide manufacturer's affidavits that polyurethane coatings,linings and tape coatings comply with applicable requirements of this Section and that coatings were applied and allowed to cure at a temperature 5 degrees above the dew point. C Provide manufacturer's affidavits that mortar coatings and linings comply with applicable requirements of this Section and that linings were applied and allowed to cure at a temperature above 32 degrees F. D Prior to work being started, provide proof of certification of qualification for all welders employed for type of work,procedures and positions involved. Qualifications shall be in accordance with AWWA C206. E Production of pipe and fittings prior to review by the Engineer shall be at Contractor's risk. 02/2008 02635-2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL PIPE A Provide steel pipe designed and manufactured in.conformance with AWWA C200 and AWWA M11 except as modified herein. Steel shall be minimum of ASTM A 36, ASTM A 570 Grade 36, ASTM A 53 Grade B, ASTM A 135 Grade B, or ASTM A 139 Grade B. B Minimum Allowable Steel-Wall Thickness: In accordance with following table for HS-20 live loads and depths of bury of up to 16 feet and AWWA C200 new uncoated welded steel. CASING PIPE (ENCASEMENT SLEEVES) CASING MINIMUM WALL APPROXIMATE WEIGHT PIPE SIZE PER O.D. THICKNESS LINEAR FOOT UNCOATED 8" 8.625" 0.219" 19.64 10" 10.75" 0.219" 24.60 12" 12.75" 0.219" 29.28 14" 14.00" 0.219" 32.00 16" 16.00" 0.219" 36.86 20" 20.00" 0.250" 52.73 24" 24.00" 0.250" 63.41 30" 30.00" 0.250" 79.43 C Provide pipe sections in lengths of no less than 20 feet except as required for special fittings or closure sections. D Fittings: Factory forged for sizes 4 inches through 24 inches; long radius bends; beveled ends for field butt welding; wall thickness: equal to or greater than pipe to which fittings is to be welded; unless otherwise shown on the Plans. E Joints: 1. Standard field joint for steel pipe; including casings: AWWA C206. a. Single-welded, lap joint. b. Double-welded, butt joint. 2. Provide mechanically coupled or flanged joints where required for valves and fittings, and as shown on Plans. Flanges: AWWA C207, Class D; same diameter and drilling as Class 125 cast iron flanges, ASA B16.1. Maintain electrically isolated flanged joints between steel and cast iron by using epoxy- 02/2008 02635-3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS coated bolts, nuts, washers and insulating type gasket unless otherwise approved by Engineer. F Make curves and bends by use of beveled joints unless otherwise indicated on Plans. Contractor may submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for consideration by the Engineer. If other methods are deemed satisfactory,install at no additional cost to Owner. G Provide shop coated and shop lined steel pipe with minimum of one coat of shop applied primer approved for use in potable water transmission on all exposed steel surfaces. Primer for tape coated steel pipe to be used for field-applied coatings shall have no less than 5 percent solids. Provide primer compatible with coating system and in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations. H Standard or Special Sections: Within 1/8 inch + of specified or theoretical lengths. Flanges: Square with pipe with bolt holes straddling both horizontal and vertical axis. Provide 1/2-inch gap between pipe ends where pipe is to be coupled with sleeve couplings. 2.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEMS FOR BURIED STEEL PIPE A General: Supplied with either tape coatings as specified herein. 1. Tape Coating: AWWA C214; 80-mil, shop-applied,Polyken YG-III,Tek-Rap Yard-Rap, or equal, except as modified herein. Components: primer,one 20- mil layer of inner-layer tape for corrosion protection and two 30-mil layers of outer-layer tape for mechanical protection. Primer: compatible with tape coating, supplied by coating-system manufacturer. Provide pipe with shop coatings cut back from joint ends to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. Taper successive tape layers by 1-inch staggers to facilitate field wrapping of joints. Cut back approximately 4 to 4-1/2 inches to facilitate welding. Inner and outer tape widths: DIAMETER TAPE WIDTH 4"-6" 6" 8" — 12" 9" 14" — 16" 12" 18"—24" 18" 2.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE IN TUNNEL, CASING OR AUGER HOLES A Provide exterior coating system of pipe in augered holes or casing, without annular grout, as specified in Section 02636—Polyurethane Coatings on Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe. No additional exterior coating is required for mortar coated pipe. 02/2008 02635-4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.04 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED ABOVEGROUND (OR EXPOSED) A Provide a 3-coat epoxy/polyurethane coating system as designated below. Surface Preparation SSPC SP10 Near White Blast Clean 2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile Prime Coat ACRO 4422 Inhibitive Epoxy Primer, or approved equal 2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT Intermediate Coat ACRO 4460 Chemical Resistant Epoxy, or approved equal 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT Finish Coat ACRO 4428 Polyurethane, or approved equal 1.5 to 2.0 mils DFT B Total minimum allowable dry film thickness for system: 10 mils. C All materials shall be from same manufacturer. 2.05 INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS FOR STEEL PIPE A General: Supply steel pipe with either epoxy lining or shop applied cement mortar lining, capable of conveying water at temperatures not greater than 140°F.All linings shall conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NFS) Standard 61 and certified by an organization accredited by ANSI. Unless otherwise noted, coat all exposed (wetted) steel parts of flanges,blind flanges, bolts, access manhole covers, etc., with epoxy lining, as specified herein. B . Epoxy Lining: AWWA C210 - White, or approved equal for shop and field joint applied, except as modified herein. 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-10(64);Near White Blast Clean;2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile. 2. Prime Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy-Buff;4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 3. Intermediate Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy- Buff: 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 4. Finish Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy-White 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or approved equal. 5. Minimum allowable dry film system thickness: 12.0 mils. 6. Maximum allowable dry film system thickness: 18.0 mils. 7. Minimum field adhesion: 700 psi. 8. Dry film thicknesses for approved alternate products in accordance with the product manufacturer's recommendations. 9. The lining system may consist of three or more coats of the same approved alternate epoxy lining without the use of a separate primer. 02/2008 02635-5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 10. Provide materials from the same manufacturer. C Shop Applied Cement Mortar Lining: AWWA C205; shop-applied, cement mortar linings, except as specified herein 3/8 inch minimum thickness for pipe diameters 24 inches and smaller.Pipe with cut back lining from joint ends no more than 2 inches to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. 2.06 MORTAR FOR EXTERIOR JOINTS A Cement Mortar: One part cement to two parts of fine, sharp clean sand; mix with water to a consistency of thick cream. B Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type H. C Sand: 1. Inside joints: AWWA C602; fine graded natural sand. 2. Outside joints: ASTM C 33; natural sand with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve. D Water: total dissolved solids less than 1000 mg/1;ASTM D 512 chloride ions less than 100 mg/1 for slurry and mortar cure; ASTM D 1293 pH greater than 6.5. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02510—Water Mains except as modified herein. 3.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR BURIED STEEL PIPE A Tape Coating System: 1. Inspect pipe, prior to shipment, for holidays and damage to coating. Perform electrical holiday test of minimum of 6,000 volts with a 60 cycle current audio detector. If test indicates no holidays and outer wrap(s) is torn, remove damaged layers of outer wrap by carefully cutting with sharp razor-type utility knife. Wash with Xylol area to be patched and at least 4 inches of undamaged tape where hand-applied tape wrap will overlap. AWWA C209 cold-applied tape; compatible with tape-wrapping system applied for each layer of outer- wrap tape that has been removed. If damaged area shows holiday when tested, remove outer layers and expose inner wrap. Prime exposed area and overlaps with light coat of primer. Emily press into place patch of inner wrap of sufficient size to extend 4 inches from holidays in all directions. Holiday test patch to verify that it is installed satisfactorily. Retrim outer layer of tape to expose first wrap of outer-wrap tape sufficiently to allow minimum lap of 2 inches in all directions. Wash exposed outer wrap tape with Xylol and prime. Apply two layers of AWWA C209 outer wrap with 35 mils minimum thickness. 02/2008 02635 -6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 2. Regardless of results of electrical holiday test,bubbles in tape coating system are'not allowed. Cut out bubbles and patch as detailed above. 3. Field repairs and applications of coatings: AWWA C209 around joint cutbacks except as modified herein. Field-welded joints: clean shop-primed ends of weld splatter, damaged primer and rust to achieve required surface • preparation prior to field repair of linings and coatings. a. Immediately prior to placing joint in trench, remove shop-applied primer by abrasive blasting,solvent or other method as approved by the Engineer. Avoid damage to adjacent existing coatings. Clean surfaces to achieve surface preparation at least equivalent to SSPC SP6 in accordance with AWWA C209. Solvent: environmentally safe and compatible with coating-system primer. b. Apply primer immediately prior to application of first layer of tape to achieve maximum bond. Apply tape while primer is still "tacky"with 3-inch minimum overlap over shop-applied coating. 4. Do not expose tape coatings to harmful ultraviolet light for more than 90 days. Discard (remove) and replace outer layer of tape coating when exposure exceeds 90 days. In case of factory applied coatings,remove joint from site for removal and reapplication of outer layer of tape coatings. B At Owner's option,coating system and application may be tested and inspected at plant site in accordance with AWWA C214. C Cement Mortar Coating: AWWA C205; 1-inch minimum thickness; cut back from joint ends no more than 2 inches to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. 3.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED ABOVEGROUND, IN VAULTS, TUNNELS OR CASINGS, AND INTERNAL LINING FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS A Cement Mortar Lining: AWWA C205; 1/2-inch minimum thickness; cut back from joint ends to facilitate joining and welding of pipe. B Safety: Paints,coatings,and linings specified herein are hazardous materials. Vapors may be toxic or explosive. Protective equipment, approved by appropriate regulatory agency, is mandatory for all personnel involved in painting, coating, and lining operations. C Workmanship: 1. Application: By qualified and experienced workers who are knowledgeable in surface preparation and application of high-performance industrial coatings. 2. Paint Application Procedures: SSPC Good Painting Practices, Volume 1. D Surface Preparation: 1. Prepare all surfaces for painting with abrasive blasting. 2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that detrimental amounts of dust or other contaminants do not fall on wet, newly-painted surfaces. Protect surfaces not intended to be painted from effects of cleaning and painting operations. 02/2008 02635-7 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. Prior to blasting, clean surfaces to be coated or lined of grease, oil and dirt by steaming or detergent cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP1. 4. Metal and Weld Preparation: Remove all surface defects such as gouges,pits, welding and torch-cut slag, welding flux and spatter by grinding to 1/4-inch minimum radius. 5. Abrasive Material: a. Blast only as much steel as can be coated same day of blasting. b. Use sharp, angular, properly-graded abrasive capable of producing depth of profile specified herein. Transport abrasive to jobsite in moisture-proof bags or airtight bulk containers. Copper slag abrasives are not acceptable. c. After abrasive blast cleaning, verify surface profile with replica tape such as Tes-Tex Coarse or Extra Coarse Press-O-Film Tape, or approved equal. Furnish tapes to Owner for filing and future reference. d. Do not blast if metal surface may become wet before priming commences, or when metal surface is less than 5 degrees F above dew point. 6. Remove all dust and abrasive residue from freshly blasted surfaces by brushing or blowing with clean, dry air. E Coating and Lining Application: 1. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply coatings or linings when metal temperature is less than 50 degrees F;when ambient temperature is less than 5 degrees F above dew point; when expected weather conditions are such that ambient temperature will drop below 40 degrees F within 6 hours after application of coating;or when relative humidity is above 85 percent. Measure relative humidity and dew point by use of sling psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Department of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometric Tables. Provide dehumidifiers for all field-applied coatings and linings to maintain proper humidity levels. 2. Application Procedures: a. Apply coatings and linings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of this Section. Provide a finish free of runs, sags, curtains, pinholes, orange peel, fish eyes, excessive overspray or de-laminations. b. Thin materials only with manufacturer's recommended thinners. Thin only amount required to adjust viscosity for temperature variations, proper atomization and flow-out. Mix material components using mechanical mixers. c. Discard catalyzed materials remaining at end of day. 3. Apply primer immediately after surface has been cleaned. Thoroughly dry pipe before primer is applied. Apply succeeding coats before contamination of under surface occurs. 4. Allow each coat of paint either to dry or cure amount of time recommended by coating or lining manufacturer before successive coats of paint are applied. Apply all successive coats of paint within recoat threshold time as 02/2008 02635- 8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS recommended by coating or lining manufacturer on printed technical data sheets or through written communications. 3.04 INSPECTION A Procure services of an independent testing laboratory or inspection service, approved by the Engineer, to perform tests on all portions of coating and lining applications. Laboratory shall supply services of NACE Certified Coatings Inspectors having Level III Certification for all coating and linings,inspection work. Include cost of such testing in contract unit price bid for water main. Furnish copies of all test reports to the Engineer for review. If defective coatings or lining are revealed,cost of repair and testing of repair will be paid for by Contractor. The Engineer shall have full and final decision as to suitability of all coatings and linings tested. B For all field applied coatings and linings,including joints,notify Owner sufficiently in advance of work so that Owner can perform examination of and acceptance of surface preparation and application of each coat prior to application of next coat. Furnish appropriate test data to Owner verifying compliance with requirements of this Section of each coat prior to proceeding with next coat. Recoat or repair runs, overspray, roughness and/or abrasives in coating, or other indications of improper application in accordance with coating or lining manufacturer's and the Engineer's instructions. C Repairs, surface preparation and painting will be subject to inspection by Owner. Guidelines published by Steel Structures Painting Council will be used as basis for acceptance or rejection of cleaning, painting or coating application. SSPC VIS 1, Pictoral Surface, along with single-probe magnetic pull-off type dry film thickness gages, electrical holiday detectors,and standard wet film thickness gages will be used to determine acceptability of paint applications. D Check film thickness with nondestructive magnetic pull-off gage such as Mikrotest Model DFG-100 or electronic thickness gage. National Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plates will be used to verify accuracy of thickness gage. Determine maximum and minimum thickness in accordance with SSPC PA2 for frequency and method. Evaluate each length of pipe under SSPC PA2. Consider each field joint area separate and discrete for purpose of DFT measurements. Perform five spot DFT measurements on each field joint area (15 individual readings). Check thickness of each individual coat as well as thickness of overall system with respect to compliance with this Section. Failure to meet either overall system thickness requirements or requirements of component coats shall be cause for rejection and recoat or repair of entire joint or length of pipe. E Holiday Test: 1. Begin inspection after coating has sufficiently cured, usually one to five days. (Consult coating manufacturer for specific curing schedule.) 2. Use high-voltage d-c holiday detector such as D.E. Stearns Company Model 14/20 or Tinker & Rasor Model AP/W. Use 1600 volts, plus or minus 100 volts. Use brass brush type electrode. 02/2008 .02635-9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. Ground high-voltage d-c holiday detector to metal being inspected. Earth-type ,..1 ground tape is not acceptable. Mark detected defects with white chalk,repair and reinspect. 4. Adhesion Tests: ASTM D 4541; pull-off testing using an Elcometer Model 106 Fixed Alignment Adhesion Tester. Adhesion testing may be directed by the Engineer on any length of pipe or joint which exceeds maximum coating thickness limitations specified in this Section. 3.05 COATINGS AND LININGS INSPECTION A Owner reserves right to inspect or acquire service of independent third-party inspector who is fully knowledgeable of, and qualified to inspect, surface preparation and application of high-performance coatings to inspect any and all phases of all coatings and linings work,whether field or shop applied. Contractor responsible for application and performance of coating and lining whether or not Owner provides such inspection. END OF SECTION 02/2008 02635 - 10 of 10 MANHOLE REHABILITATION SECTION 02764 MANHOLE REHABILITATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Repair, rehabilitation, or replacement of deteriorated, leaking, or structurally unsound manholes and converted lift station basins. 1. Stopping Leaks by repair and sealing of the concrete and/or masonry bench, channel, invert, pipe inlets, walls, cone, chimney and frame of all manholes to include removal of unsound materials, preparation, chemical grouting, structural grouting,patching,plugging and sealing compounds. 2. Surface preparation, and installing of Structural Linings, Corrosion Protection Coating, and/or Flexible Corrosion Protection Lining, to include protection of surfaces not to be treated, touch-up, clean-up and appurtenant work all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and this Specification. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work needed to make manholes structurally sound, improve flow, prevent entrance of inflow or groundwater, prevent entrance of soil or debris, and provide protection against hydrogen sulfide gas attack. B. Manufacturer's Product Support - When requested by the Engineer, provide a representative employed by the manufacturer having technical training in admixture and manhole wall liner available for consultation on site with 48 hours' notice. The manufacturer's representative shall submit a written report within one week of each site visit summarizing observations, recommendations with special notes about corrective actions, and photo(s). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain all chemical grouting materials from a single manufacturer. B. Installation shall be completed by firms and individuals trained in methods of installation by the manufacturer with at least five years of experience. C. Personnel shall have confined space entry certification. ARKK Special Specification—13-018 02764-1 MANHOLE REHABILITATION D. Field verification shall be completed by the contractor prior to commencement of work. E. Contractor shall verify the finished thickness of each rehabilitation method prior to starting the next layer and upon completion of the work. The Engineer may obtain core samples at his discretion. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Product Data: Submit product data, including surface preparation instructions and application instructions, from manufacturer of wall repair materials, hydraulic cements, quickset mortars, specialized sealants, and grouts. C. Installer Qualifications. Installers of liners and wall repair systems shall submit qualifications to Engineer at least 14 days prior to start of any material application. Submittal shall consist of: 1. Manufacturer's approved equipment list, by name and model number for application of product and contractor's equipment list showing approved equipment available for use in product application. 2. List of contractor's personnel who have satisfactorily completed manufacturer's training in product application within previous two years. Include date of certification for each person. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Manholes Containing Mechanical or Electrical Equipment: 1. Drawings may not show locations of flow monitoring equipment. If a manhole contains any mechanical hardware or electrical flow monitoring equipment immediately notify Engineer. 2. Reschedule work in such manholes until equipment has been removed by Owner and further instructions are given. 3. Do not subject manholes with mechanical hardware or electrical equipment to diversion/bypass pumping. 4. Damage to installed equipment, due to negligence of Contractor, will be repaired by Owner and cost of repairs charged to Contractor. B. Field Location of Manholes, Cleanouts, Inlets, and End of Lines: 1. Contractor is responsible for locating and uncovering all manholes, cleanouts, and end of lines. If difficulty is encountered in locating a manhole, cleanout, or end of line covered by ground or pavement, notify Engineer in writing and await instructions. n ARKK Special Specification—13-018 02764-2 MANHOLE REHABILITATION 2. Manholes may be located within project limits which are not part of the system being rehabilitated. Properly identify manholes before starting cleaning and sealing operations. 1.07 SALVAGE A. Manhole covers and frames, inlet grates and frames, and adjusting rings from abandoned manholes and inlets remain the property of the Owner. Deliver salvaged items to locations designated by Engineer. 1.08 MATERIAL HANDLING, DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Materials shall be delivered in the original unopened containers. Each container shall be clearly labeled with the following: 1) Product name 2) Manufacturers name 3) Component designation 4) Product mix ratio 5) Health and safety information B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle the materials which prevent damage. The contractor shall promptly inspect delivered materials for damage. C. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL CLEANING MATERIAL A. High Pressure Water: 3500-psi minimum force. B. Cleaners: Detergent or muriatic acid capable of removing dirt, grease, oil and other matter which would prevent a good bond of sealing material to wall. Refer to sealing material manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 WALL REPAIR MATERIALS A. Hydraulic Cements: Use a blend of cement powders or hydraulic cement to stop active leaks in the manhole structure that meet the following: 1. Compressive strength of 5500 psi in 28-days 2. Tensile strength of 650 psi in 28-days 3. Bond strength of 880 psi in 28 days ARKK Special Specification—13-018 02764-3 MANHOLE REHABILITATION B. Quickset Mortar: Use a quickset mortar to repair wide cracks, holes or disintegrated mortar. 2.03 STRUCTURAL REPAIR AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 100% CALCIUM ALUMINATE LINER 1. This method consists of spray applying a 100% Fused Calcium Aluminate (mortar + aggregate) cementitious mix to the manhole walls and benches on the existing manholes resulting in a monolithic liner having a minimum thickness of 1-inch or to the thickness as designed on the bid proposal. The mix(es) shall be batched in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Adding water to facilitate application at the nozzle will not be allowed. 2. Provide pre-approved cementitious structural rehabilitation liner material for use as a liner for manhole and to repair and reform manhole benches and inverts. Use a pre-approved cementitious structural rehabilitation material which developed a minimum compressive strength of 5,500 psi at 24 hours as tested per the provisions of ASTM C109. Follow manufacturer's recommended batching and mixing instructions. 3. Select manhole wall liner material from the following list of preapproved products: a. SewperCoat PG by Kerneos, Inc. with a 10-year warranty from the manufacturer. 4. The materials to be utilized in the lining of manhole shall be designed and manufactured to withstand the severe effects of hydrogen sulfide in a wastewater environment. Manufacturer of corrosion protection products shall have long proven experience in the production of the lining products utilized and shall have satisfactory installation record. 5. The materials shall be applied by an approved manufacturer's certified applicator and must have undergone training by the manufacturer. Equipment for installation of lining materials shall be high quality grade and be as recommended by the manufacturer. 6. The Contractor shall have manufacturer's representative present on site during the installation of corrosion resistant barrier. 2.04 BENCH FORMING/REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use corrosion resistant concrete containing microsilica admixtures to repair and reform manhole benches and inverts. ARKK Special Specification—13-018 02764-4 MANHOLE REHABILITATION 2.05 MANHOLE COVER; FRAME AND INSERTS A. See Details on Plan Drawings. B. Provide manhole inserts including new dish, gasket and relief valves. Select appropriate watertight inserts to fit walls and frames of manholes. 1. Supply inserts as manufactured by Southwestern Packing and Seals, or an approved equal. 2. Inserts shall be stamped with the words, "Property of(Owner's Name)". 3. Provide a frame-to-manhole seal as manufactured by Cretex, or approved equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Provide barricades and warning lights and signs for excavations created by manhole or cleanout removal. B. Do not allow sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. 3.02 BYPASS PUMPING A. Install and operate diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow in accordance with requirements of the appropriate Section. Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and procedures from Engineer. B. Design all piping,joints and accessories to withstand twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi, whichever is greater. C. In the event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the TCEQ and Environmental Protection Agency. 3.03 MANHOLE WALL CLEANING A. The floor and interior walls of the manhole shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free of all foreign materials including dirt, grit, roots, oils, grease, sludge, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts, or other contaminants which may affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. 1. High pressure water blasting with a minimum of 3500 psi shall be used to clean free all foreign material within the manhole. ARKK Special Specification—13-018 02764-5 MANHOLE REHABILITATION 2. When grease and oil are present within the manhole, an approved fl detergent or muriatic acid shall be used integrally with the high pressure cleaning water. 3. All materials resulting from the cleaning of the manhole.shall be removed prior to application of the cement based coating. 4. All loose or defective brick, grout, ledges, steps and protruding ledges shall be removed to provide an even surface prior to application of coating. B. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. C. No separate pay shall be made for this item. Include cost for sealing in the unit price for manhole liner. D. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at all times on site to answer questions and approve manhole preparation work prior to lining. 3.04 MANHOLE WALL SEALING A. Seal active leaks in the manhole structure by using a blend of cement powder or hydraulic cement. B. Remove loose or defective wall material. Wipe or brush surface clean prior to the application of hydraulic cements. C. Drill weep holes at bottom of manhole walls to relieve hydrostatic pressure to stop leaks. Plug pressure relief holes after leaks are stopped using hydraulic cement materials. Lead wool may also be used to plug large leaks. D. Repair wide cracks, holes, or disintegrated mortar with quickset mortars. Follow manufacturer's application procedures. E. Reshape manhole inverts before wall sealing work. Apply concrete to cleaned manhole benches. F. After all active leaks have been stopped, clean and prepare walls for application of selected liner material. G. Properly apply the sealing compound to provide the minimum required uniform coating to the wall surface. H. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. ARKK Special Specification—13-018 02764-6 MANHOLE REHABILITATION I. Strictly follow product manufacturer's published technical specifications and recommendations for surface preparation, application and proportioning. 3.05 WALL LINER A. Apply liner to a thickness of as specified on the bid form using a steel trowel to provide a smooth, even surface. Finish and cure concrete per manufacturer's requirements. B. Liner material may be applied using spray application methods. Use steel trowel to provide a smooth, even surface before final set. C. The Contractor shall make provisions in his unit price bid for each structure to maintain dry conditions for the liner application and subsequent curing as per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.06 MANHOLE BENCHES/INVERTS A. Remove obstructions and loose materials from benches prior to shaping the invert. Form a smooth, U-shaped invert having a minimum depth of one-half pipe diameter and channel it across the floor of the manhole using a quickset mortar. Control flow to allow sufficient setting time for material used. B. Make finished benches smooth and without defects which would allow for accumulation of debris. 3.07 MANHOLE COVERS AND FRAMES A. Adjust manhole frames and covers found above or below grade and reset loose frames. Make adjustments with concrete rings or approved materials. Set frames in a full bed of non-shrink grout and adjust to surrounding grade as specified in the pertinent section. Protect bottoms of manhole from debris or soil during adjustment. B. For new sanitary sewer manholes subject to loading or differential movement at manhole frames, and for all rehabilitated manholes, install manhole chimney seals to prevent inflow between manhole frames and masonry chimneys. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inform Engineer immediately if materials being used are not producing required results or need modification. Engineer has the right to stop use of any material at any time. ARKK Special Specification—13-018 02764-7 MANHOLE REHABILITATION 3.09 INSPECTION A. After manhole wall sealing or manhole rehabilitation has been completed, visually inspect the manhole in the presence of Engineer. Check for cleanliness and for elimination of active leaks. B. At completion of manhole rehabilitation assist Engineer in verifying installation of minimum coating thickness of concrete liner. Test several points on the manhole wall. Repair verification points prior to final acceptance for payment. C. During application of corrosion resistant liner, a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414, shall be used. Measurements shall be taken, documented and attested by the Contractor for submission to the Owner. D. At completion of manhole rehabilitation, assist Engineer in inspection of installation, sealing and grouting of fiberglass liner. 3.10 TESTING A. Refer to Section 02530 Gravity Sanitary Sewers for manhole testing requirements. B. A vacuum Manhole Tester, in lieu of infiltration test, may be used if criteria and equipment are approved by Engineer. '") C. After the coating product(s) have set in accordance with manufacturer instructions, all surfaces shall be inspected for holidays with high-voltage holiday detection equipment. Reference NACE RPO 188-99 for performing holiday detection. All detected holidays shall be marked and repaired by abrading the coating surface with grit disk paper or other hand tooling method. After abrading and cleaning, additional coating can be hand applied to the repair area. All touch- up/repair procedures shall follow the coating manufacturer's recommendations. Documentation on areas tested, results and repairs made shall be provided to Owner by Contractor. D. Visual inspection shall be made by the Project Engineer and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the finished coating shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth herein by Contractor. END OF SECTION ARKK Special Specification—13-018 02764-8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS er Section 02775 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.0 GENERAL • 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Driveways. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement C. Referenced Standards: - 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" b. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" c. ASTM C 260 d. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" e. ASTM D 994, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type)" f. ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) g. ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot-Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" h. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" i. ASTM .0 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" j. ASTM C 143, "Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete" k. ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" 1. ASTM C 171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete" m. ASTM C 309, "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane- Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" n. ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 5/2013 02775- 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7 A. Measurement for concrete driveways is on square yard basis and includes removal of existing driveway, driveway curbs, select fill subgrade and reinforcement dowels. B. Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete driveways,joints and curing material. No payment will be made for work in areas where driveway has been removed for contractor's convenience. C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. Include proportions and actual compressive strength obtained from design mixes at required test ages. C. Submit product data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for approval. D. Submit samples of dowel cup, metal supports, and deformed metal strip for approval. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Conform to material and proportion requirements for concrete of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. B. Reinforcing Steel: Conform to material requirements for reinforcing steel of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. Use No. 4 reinforcing bars. C. Subgrade Materials: Conform to subgrade material requirements of Section 02335 - Subgrade. D. Joints: Conform to concrete joint requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 5/2013 02775-2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support imposed loads and meets compaction requirements. • B. Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. When removing existing concrete, all sawcuts shall be full depth unless otherwise approved by City. B. Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms, reinforcing steel or concrete. C. Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside lines of driveway. Shape to line, grade and cross section. Place compacted select fill as needed to bring grade up. Select fill shall be compacted to minimum of 95% maximum dry density at optimal or above optimal moisture content as per ASTM D698. Stabilize top 8" of subgrade with lime in accordance with Section 02335 - Subgrade. Compact subgrade to minimum of 90 percent maximum dry density at optimum to 3 percent above optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D 698. No separate pay for this requirement. This work shall be subsidiary to driveway square yard unit pricing. 3.03 FORMS A. Side Forms: Use clean forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths greater or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch, and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form, or by grouting under form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. All forms shall be approved by the Engineer. Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200 foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in-place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement, impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of 5/2013 02775-3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms of ; good grade and quality may be used. B. Form Setting: 1. Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations. 3.04 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES A. Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them securely. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed. Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be positively supported before pour begins. B. Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete. Accurately cut header boards, joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar. Drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required, to provide rigid pavement sections. 3.05 PLACEMENT A. Place concrete only in rain-free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 90 degrees F. B. Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. C. Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 4 inches. 5/2013 02775-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D. Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. E. Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. 3.06 FINISHING A. Finish concrete driveway with power-driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. 1. Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screeding, use hand-operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade. 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike - - . .-- template forward in -direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing. Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. B. On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete driveway by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike-off screed. Move strike-off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing, maintaining screed in contact with forms, and maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. ' C. While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting to produce a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having sweeping longitudinal motion. 3.07 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A. When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. B. Contractor may use sawed joints as an'alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 5/2013 02775-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. C. Concrete Saw: Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one'standby saw in good working order. Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement. D. Provide 3/4 inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab. Where dowels are used, wrap or sleeve one end. E. Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F but less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy. F. Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer. Use concrete grooving machine or power-operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, -blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. G. Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. H. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. I. Install the first expansion joint at Right-of-Way. The expansion joint shall be spaced at intervals same as the width of driveway. Expansion joint shall be placed at half of the width of the driveway if the width of driveway exceeds 20'. 3.08 CONCRETE CURING A. Concrete driveway shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. B. Where curing requires use of water, curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 5/2013 02775-6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS C. Cotton Mat Curing: 40, 1. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, completely cover surface with cotton mats, thoroughly saturated before application, in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. 2. Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when lightly compressed, water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. D. Liquid Membrand-Forming Compounds: 1. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, apply liquid membrane-forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10 foot straightedge parallel and longitudinal to center of driveway. Correct any depressions and all high spots. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 3.11 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Restore pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City of Pearland Standard Details and the Engineer's requirements. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. B. On those sections of driveway to be opened to traffic, seal joints, clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of driveway to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. C. Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. 5/2013 02775-7 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D. Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth and limits as directed by Project Manager. Replace nonconforming work at no additional cost to City. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02775-8 of 8 BYPASS PUMPING SECTION 02790 BYPASS PUMPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Use of by-pass pumping to prevent surcharging and maintain un-interrupted flow through sewage collection system while allowing Contractor to provide reliable sewer service to the sanitary sewer users at all times and to isolate sewer line manholes and/or sewer line segments designated for cleaning, rehabilitation, and television inspection operations. Includes installation and operation of bulkheads, plugs, hoses, piping and pumps to maintain sewage flow and prevent backup and overflow. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment for work performed under this item, unless stated in the bid proposal. Include cost of same in contract price bid for items of work which it is a component. B. Bypass pumping shall be shall be utilized and shall include but not limited to the following instances. 1. Maintaining flow in the existing sanitary sewer during the duration of the cleaning television inspection(pre and post) and rehabilitation operations. 2. Maintaining rehabilitation/compaction service to all residential and commercial areas during the duration of construction operations. 3. Construction/rehabilitation of proposed manholes. 4. Cleaning and television inspection of the newly constructed or rehabilitated main. 5. Facilitate connections to existing lines or structures. 6. Cleaning and television inspection to verify service connections. 7. Bypass pumping to remove manholes and/or structures. 8. Bypass pumping to facilitate testing. 9. Any bypass pumping required to accomplish the work as necessary regardless of the sequencing and phasing. C. Measurement and payment for the installation and operation of bypass pumping system to facilitate the construction of the proposed improvements and accomplish various tasks including but not limited to items stated above (See Item 'A') shall be incidental to the project cost and shall include all equipment, materials and labor necessary to prevent backup or overflow. It shall include the pumping systems, all pipe, hoses, stand by pumps, connections and any other ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 02790-1 BYPASS PUMPING appurtenances necessary to operate the system 24 hours a day during the duration of the proposed improvements. D. The Contractor shall submit a by-pass pumping plan to the Engineer for review and concurrence prior to commencing rehabilitation operations in any given area. PART2 MATERIALS 2.01 PUMPS A. Use electrical powered pumps having a minimum pumping capacity as required. 2.02 PIPING,JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES A. All piping,joints and accessories shall be designed to withstand at least twice the maximum system pressure or a minimum of 50 psi which ever is greater and be leak free. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURES AND METHODS A. Prior to beginning sewer cleaning, rehabilitation and television inspection operations demonstrate pumping system is in good working order. B. Prior to isolating sewer manhole and/or line segment for beginning work have all materials, equipment and labor necessary to complete sewer on job site. C. Locate pumping suction and discharge lines so as not to cause undue interference with the use of streets, private driveways entrances or residences. D. All piping,joints and accessories shall be designed to withstand at least twice the maximum system pressure or a minimum of 50 psi whichever is greater. E. Plug off and pump down sewer manhole or line segment in designated area. Maintain sanitary sewer system so that surcharging does not occur. F. Complete sewer cleaning, rehabilitation and television inspection operations as quickly as possible. G. An experienced operator shall be on site at all times to monitor the operation, adjust pump speed, valves, etc. H. Furnish all labor, materials, supervision and equipment necessary for maintaining the pumping system in continuous proper working order for the duration of cleaning, rehabilitation and television inspection operations. Obtain approval of discharge location for diversion pumping system prior to commencing work. Under no condition will raw sewage be allowed to discharge ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 02790-2 BYPASS PUMPING in open ditches, streets or storm sewer systems nor in any way that would create unsanitary conditions or interfere unduly with the use of streets, private driveways entrances or residences. Whenever flows in a sewer line are blocked, plugged or bypassed, sufficient precautions must be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage. Ensure that sewer line cleaning, rehabilitation and television inspection and/or by-pass operations do not cause flooding or damage to public or private property being served by the sewer lines involved in the repair. The Contractor is responsible for having additional stand by pumps in the event of failure of any pumps. In the event sewage accidentally drains into the drainage system or street, the Contractor shall immediately stop the overflow, notify the Engineer and cleanup and disinfect the spillage to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1. In the event the sewage is spilled onto public or private property, the Contractor shall wash down, clean up and disinfect the spillage to the private owner's/Engineer's satisfaction. 2. Overflow/spillage shall be reported to the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) by the Contractor within 24 hours. J. When diversion pumping operations are complete, piping shall be drained into the sanitary sewer prior to disassembly. (111116 END OF SECTION ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 02790-3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO SECTION 02820—WOOD FENCES AND GATES SPECIAL PROVISION TO SECTION 02820—WOOD FENCES AND GATES Replace Section 1.02 Measurement and Payment items A, B, C, and D with the following: "A. There is no separate payment for Wood Fences and Gates. END OF SECTION SPECIAL PROVISION TO 02820-1 CITY OF PEARLAND WOOD FENCES AND GATES Section 02820 WOOD FENCES AND GATES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Fence framework, material components, and accessories. B Excavation for post bases, concrete foundation for posts, and installation of gates. 1. Manual gates and related hardware. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350-Submittals D Referenced Standards: 1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. American Association of State Highway and' Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for fencing shall be on a linear foot basis for type and height noted, measured and complete in place. B Measurement for gates shall be per each, complete in place. C Payment includes all labor and materials required to complete installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Shop Drawings: Indicate plan layout, spacing of components, post foundation dimensions, hardware anchorage, and specific description of material components. C Product Data: Provide data on material components including posts, rails, bracing, accessories, fittings, and hardware. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Fence height shall be as indicated on Plans or as noted to match height of existing. B Line post spacing shall not exceed 10 feet, or as shown on Plans. 07/2006 02820- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WOOD FENCES AND GATES C Provide bracing as appropriate for structural integrity. D Concrete posts in the ground at a depth of, at least, 1/2 the height of the fence. E The diameter of the post hole shall be, at least, 11 times that of the post, or as shown on Plans. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A Company specializing in installation of the products specified in this Section with minimum three years experience. 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS A When the Work entails replacement of fence structures, the products shall match or exceed the quality of existing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install fence in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer and these Technical Specifications. B Use a Class B concrete base or better to set posts into the ground. Allow concrete to cure for at least 7 days before attaching remainder of fence. C Where type of material applies,use standard fence stretching equipment to stretch the fencing before tying it to the rails and posts. Repeat the stretching and tying operations about every 100 feet. Use bottom tension wire where specified on Plans. D Erect gates so they swing or slide in the appropriate direction. Provide gate stops as required. Secure hardware, adjust, and leave in perfect working order. Adjust hinges and diagonal bracing so that gates will hang level. Adjust rollers and guides of sliding gates so that gates are level. E Accommodate contour of ground as indicated on Plans. F Where new fence joins an existing fence, set a corner post and brace post at the junction, or tie in as directed on Plans. G Nuts and bolts shall be in conformance with ASTM-A307 and shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M232. 07/2006 02820-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WOOD FENCES AND GATES H Other hardware indicated on Plans shall be in accordance with ASTM Standards. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02820-3 of 3 SPECIAL PROVISION TO SECTION 02821 —CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES SPECIAL PROVISION TO SECTION 02821 —CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES Replace Section 1.02 Measurement and Payment items A, B, C, and D with the following: "A. There is no separate payment for Chain Link Fences and Gates." END OF SECTION SPECIAL PROVISION TO 02821-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES Section 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 1.0 GENERAL • 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Fence framework, fabric, and accessories. B Excavation for post bases, concrete foundation for posts and center drop for gates. 1. Manual gates and related hardware. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals D Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 570, "Standard Practice for Roof System Assemblies Employing Steel Deck, Performed Roof Insulation, and Bituminous Built-Up Roofing" b. ASTM A 1011, "Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low Alloy and High- Strength Low Alloy with Improved Formability" c. ASTM A 307, "Standard Specification 'for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for fencing shall be on a linear foot basis for height noted,measured and complete in place. B. Measurement for gates shall be per each, complete in place. C Payment for chain link fences and gates includes all labor and materials required to complete installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 07/2006 02821 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES B Shop Drawings: Indicate plan layout, spacing of components, post foundation ,..� dimensions, hardware anchorage, and schedule of components. C Product Data: Provide data on fabric, posts, accessories, fittings and hardware that indicates that items match or exceed the quality of existing. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Fence Height shall be as indicated on Plans or as noted to match height of existing. B Extension arms for barbed wire shall match existing. C Line Post Spacing shall not exceed 10 feet, or as shown on Plans. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years experience. 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED FENCING A Fence fabric shall be No. 9 steel wire, hot galvanized after weaving, to match or exceed existing. B Framework shall be hot-dipped galvanized with a minimum coating of 2 ounces/sf,or one ounce/sf plus 30 micrograms/square inch chromate conversion coating. C Line posts shall be 2" and conform to ASTM A 570 Grade 45 steel or ASTM A 569, cold rolled steel. All posts shall have spherical plugs. D End corner, angle, and pull posts shall be 2 1//2" and conform to ASTM A 570 Grade 45 steel or ASTM A 569 for steel pipe. E Top rails shall be 1.65 x 1.25 inch formed C-section; or 1.6 inch round ASTM A 569, 1.35 lbs/ft; or one 5/8 inch outside diameter steel pipe,2.27 lbs/ft. Top rails shall pass through openings provided for that purpose in post tops. F Fabric ties shall be hog rings, galvanized steel wire not less than 9-ga with a zinc coating of not less than 1.2 ounces/sf. G Bolts and nuts shall be in conformance with ASTM A 307 and shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M232. 07/2006 02821 -2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES H Install horizontal braces fabricated of one 5/8 inch,2.271b copper bearing steel pipe at all corner, gate, and end posts. I All posts to have malleable iron top caps. J Bottom tension wire shall be#7 gauge wire. K Gates shall be either swing or slide as shown on the plans. Swing gates shall be hinged to swing 90 degrees from closed to open or hinged to swing 180 degrees from close to open. Slide gates shall be roller type with no vertical obstructions. All gate leaves shall have intermediate members and diagonal stress rods as required for rigid construction and shall be free from sag or twist. All gates shall be fitted with vertical extension arms or shall have frame end number extended to carry barbed wire. Gate posts for gates shall be 4-inch, 9.1 lb pipe. Gate frames shall be made of 2-inch outside diameter, castings. Fabric shall be the same as for the fence. Gates shall have malleable iron ball and socket hinges, catches, stops and padlocks with 3 keys each. Posts for single gates shall be the same as end posts. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install chain link fence in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer and these Specifications. B Install line fence posts at not more than l Oft centers and concreted at least 36 inches x 12" diameter into the ground in a Class B concrete base. Allow concrete to cure for at least 7 days before erecting remainder of fence. Fasten fabric to line posts with wire ties spaced about 14 inches apart and to top rail spaced about 24 inches apart. C Use standard chain link fence stretching equipment to stretch the fabric before tying it to the rails and posts. Repeat the stretching and tying operations about every 100 feet. D Erect gates so they swing or slide in the appropriate direction. Provide gate stops as required. Secure hardware, adjust, and leave in perfect working order. Adjust hinges and diagonal bracing so that gates will hang level. Adjust rollers and guides of sliding gates so that gates are level. E At small natural or drainage ditches where it is not practical for the fence to conform to the contour of the ground, span the opening below the fence with wire fastened to stakes of required length. The finished fence shall be plumb, taut, true to line and ground contour. When directed, stake down the chain link fence at several points between posts. 07/2006 02821 -3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES F Where new fence joins an existing fence, set a corner post and brace post at the junction and brace as directed. If the connection is made at other than the corner of the new fence the last span of the old fence shall contain a brace. END OF SECTION n fl 07/2006 02821 -4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL Section 02910 TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL - 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, and planting. B References to Technical Specifications:. 1. Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 5. Section 02200—Site Preparation 6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for topsoil under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which topsoil is a component. B. If topsoil is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing,Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations :under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 07/2006 02910- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: 1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50 3. Plasticity index: 10 or less. 4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the#280 sieve. B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil,clay lumps,weeds,non-soil materials and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots,stumps,and stones larger than 2 inches. C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND SOTCKPILING A Conform to topsoil stripping and stockpiling requirements of Section 02200 — Site Preparation. 3.03 PLACEMENT A Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566-Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations. B For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing surface material to a minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Plans. Remove any vegetation and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil. C Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over cement stabilized sand used as bedding and backfill material. D For areas to receive bushes or trees,excavate existing material and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Plans. 07/2006 02910-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL E Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain topsoil until a vegetative cover is established. B Repair areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02910-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING Section 02922 SODDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed during construction and not paved or designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350—Submittals 3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls 4. Section 02910—Topsoil 5. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises C Definitions: 1. Lawn= ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed. 2. Sod-blocks, squares, strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for vegetative planting. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility or paving. B If sodding is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures. C No payment shall be-made for-sodding of:restoration areas disturbed by Contractor • outside the limits of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this Section. C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 07/2006 02922- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910—Topsoil. B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials. C Fertilizer: Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash; or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric acid, and 10 percent potash. D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. All insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas E Water: Potable, available on-site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use n private resident's water. 2.02 SOD A Species: Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dactyloides), or St. Augustine to match existing or as directed. B Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed; not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses; good texture, free from obnoxious grasses, roots, stones and foreign materials. C Size: 12 inch wide strips,uniform in thickness(2 inch minimum with clean-cut edges. D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass being a normal, green color. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. Do not start work during inclement or impending inclement weather. Perform Sodding only when weather and soil conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement. 07/2006 02922-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING • B After the areas to receive sod are brought to grade, rake out any foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer. D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. E Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before sodding. F Spread 2-inch (±1") layer of Bank Sand over prepared topsoil. G Prior to placing sod,rake areas smooth,free from unsightly variations,bumps,ridges, or depressions, and completely free from stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. H Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 lbs/1000 SF. Apply after raking soil surface and not more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil. Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer. 3.02 APPLICATION A Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting. B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering. Submit type of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to construction. _ 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintenance Period: 1. Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed and continue for a 30-day period from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Re-sod unacceptable areas. 3. Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge, replace unacceptable materials, and perform other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice to ensure normal, vigorous and healthy growth. All disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. 4. Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection. B Watering: 1. Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3 weeks after area is sodded. 07/2006 02922-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING 2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time ,.,,) unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. 3. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is in frozen condition. 4. Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water with minimum evaporation. C Mowing: 1. Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 inches. 2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches. 3. Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. 4. Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be mowed with a light-weight rotary type mower. The sod shall be mowed only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition. 5. Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing. D Fertilizer and Pest Control: 1. Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square feet or as recommended by manufacturer. Fertilizer shall not be placed until 2 weeks after placement of sod. 2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss. 3. Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4. Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by treatment manufacturer. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain sod in good condition until 30 days after Substantial Completion. B Replace sod damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02922-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-in-place concrete building frame members,floors,shear walls,foundation walls, and supported slabs, vaults, manholes and wet.wells. B. Cast-in-place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such as slabs on grade,small vaults,site-cast bases for precast units,cast-in-place manholes,including headwalls and miscellaneous small structures. C. Floors and slabs on grade. D. Concrete seal slabs. E. Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, including joint sealants. F. Design, construction, erection, and removal of structural concrete formwork. G. Equipment pads, light pole base, thrust blocks. H. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3. Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings 4. Section 03600 - Structural Grout 5. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete 6. Section 03100—Concrete Formwork 7. Section 01440—Inspection Services 8. Section 01460—Testing Laboratory Services I. Reference Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 4. American Welding Society(AWS) 5. Wire Reinforcement Institute (WRI) 6. Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis 5/2013 03300- 1 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for cast-in-place concrete is on lump-sum basis for each aforementioned item as bid. Payment includes related work performed on these items in accordance with related sections of these Technical Specifications. B. Measurement for extra cast-in-place concrete is on cubic-yard basis. Payment includes related work performed in accordance with related sections. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Hot Weather: Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity tending to impair quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise resulting in abnormal properties. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI- 305R. B. Cold Weather: Period when,for more than 2 successive days,mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F. Cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI - 306R. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01350—Submittals. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings detailing reinforcement fabrication, bar replacement location, splices, spacing, bar designation, bar type, length, size, bending, number of bars, bar support type, and other pertinent information, including dimensions. Provide sufficient detail for placement of reinforcement without use of Plans. Information shall correspond directly to data listed on bill of materials. 2. Use of reproductions of Plans by Contractor, Subcontractor,erector,fabricator or material supplier in preparation of Shop Drawings(or in lieu of preparation of Shop Drawings) signifies acceptance by that party of information shown thereon as correct,and acceptance of obligation to pay for any job expense,real or implied,arising due to errors that may occur thereon. Remove references to Design Engineer, including seals, when reproductions of Plans are used as Shop Drawings. 3. Detail Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315, Figure 6. J 5/2013 03300-2 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4. Submit Shop Drawings showing location of proposed additional construction joints,and obtain approval of the Engineer,prior to submitting reinforcing steel Shop Drawings. C. Bill of Materials: Submit with Shop Drawings. D. Product Data: 1. Mechanical Bar Splices: Submit manufacturer's technical literature,including specifications and installation instructions. 2. Epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to hardened concrete: Submit manufacturer's technical literature including recommended installation procedures. 3. Provide data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures. E. Certificates: 1. Submit steel manufacturer's certificates of mill tests giving properties of steel proposed for use. List of manufacturer's test number,heat number, chemical analysis, yield point, tensile strength, and percentage of elongation. Identify proposed location of steel in work. 2. Foreign-manufactured reinforcing bars shall be tested for conformance to ASTM requirements by a certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Submit test reports for review. Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until material has been approved. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350-Submittals. B. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from view. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural Concrete- IP. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform appropriately to ACI 305R-99:Hot Weather Concreting or ACI 306R.1- 90:Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. 5/2013 03300-3 of38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01310—Coordination and Meetings. B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM - C150, Type I - Normal Portland Type II - Moderate Sulphate resistance Portland type. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM - C33. C. Use coarse limestone aggregate and crushed limestone for fine aggregate. The product of concrete alkalinity(A,as equivalent calcium carbonate)times the thickness of cover over the reinforcing steel (Z, in inches) shall not be less than 0.54, i.e. concrete shall have an AZ factor greater than or equal to 0.54. Provide a minimum concrete cover of 2" over reinforcing steel on the inside of the structures. D. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM - C260. B. Chemical: ASTM - C494, Type A - Water Reducing Type D - Water Reducing and Retarding Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating admixture. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin. B. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil clear polyethylene film type recommended for below grade application. C. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler Type C: ASTM - D1752; Premolded sponge rubber, fully compressible with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent. 5/2013 03300-4 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B. Sealant: ASTM -D1190; synthetic rubber. 2.05 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM - C94, Alternative No. 3. A minimum of 5.75 bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete shall be used. For Concrete in Contact with sewage use Portland Type II,ASTM - C 150, Cement. B. Provide concrete to the following criteria: 1. Compressive Strength 7 days: 2400 psi 2. Compressive Strength 28 days: 4000 psi 3. Slump: 3 to 4 inches for concrete cast against earth in slabs and footings and where used as a topping. 5 to 6 inches for concrete in supported slabs,beams, columns and walls. 4. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.50. C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer. E. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to temperature lower than 40 degrees F. Air content shall be 3 percent maximum for concrete with trowel finished surfaces and 3-5 percent for other concrete. 2.06 FORM MATERIAL A. Smooth Forms: New plywood, metal, plastic, tempered concrete-form hardboard, dressed lumber faced with plywood or lining, or metal-framed plywood-faced panel material,to provide continuous,straight,smooth surfaces. Form material shall be free of raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects. Furnish material in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and,when indicated on Plans,conform to joint system indicated. Form material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. B. Rough Forms: Plywood, metal, dressed or undressed lumber free of knots, splits or other defects, or other material acceptable to the Engineer of sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. C. Plywood: Conform to PS 1, Class 1. D. Lumber: Conform to PS 20. 5/2013 03300-5 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE E. Edge Forms and Intermediate Screed Strips: Type and strength compatible with the screed equipment and methods used. F. Plastic Forms: One-piece forms for domes,beams and pan joists. Single lengths for columns not exceeding height of 7'-6". For columns over 7'-6",use 7'-6" sections and filler sections as needed. To facilitate removal of pan joist forms,taper sides 1 inch per foot. G. Metal Pan Joist Forms: Removable type; fabricated of minimum 14-gage steel; one piece between end closures. Adjustable forms not allowed. Taper sides 1 inch per foot to facilitate removal. H. Earth Cuts for Forms: 1. Use earth cuts for forming unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically with slabs on grade. 2. Where sides of excavations are stable enough to prevent caving or sloughing, following surfaces may be cast against neat-cut excavations: a. Sides of footings. b. Inside face of perimeter grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When inside face is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated n on Plans by 1 inch. c. Both faces of interior grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When grade beam is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Plans by 2 inches. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms: 1. Corrugated fiberboard carton forms, when called for, are intended to form a void space beneath pile-supported and pier-supported slabs and other structural elements as shown. 2. Provide products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in commercial production of double-faced corrugated fiberboard carton forms,constructed of waterproof paper and laminated with waterproof adhesive. 3. Fiberboard forms: Capable of supporting required dead load plus construction loads,and designed to lose their strength upon prolonged contact with moisture and soil bacteria. 4. Seal cuts and ends of each form section by dipping in waterproof wax,unless liners and flutes are completely impregnated with waterproofing. 5/2013 03300-6 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' 5. Size forms as indicated on Plans. Assemble as recommended by manufacturer, either with steel banding at 4'-0" maximum on centers, or, where liners and flutes are impregnated with waterproofing,with adequate stapling. J. Circular Forms: 1. Form round-section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax-impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist loads imposed by :wet concrete without deformation. Provide manufacturer's'seamless units to minimize spiral gaps and seams. 2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for round-section members. K. Shores: Wood or adjustable metal,with bearing plates;with double wedges at lower end. L. Form Ties: 1. Use commercially-manufactured ties, hangers and other accessories for embedding in concrete. Do not use wire not commercially fabricated for use as a form accessory. 2. Fabricate ties so ends or end fasteners can be removed without causings alli pn g of concrete faces. Depth from formed concrete face to the embedded portion: At least 1 inch, or twice the minimum dimension of tie, whichever is greater. 3. Provide waterstop feature for form ties used on liquid-containing structures and on concrete walls which will have earth backfill on one side. 4. Removable ties: Taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer. In the hole left by the removal of the taper tie, insert a preformed neoprene or polyurethane plug sized to seat at the center of the wall. M. Form Coating: Commercial formulation of form oil or form-release agent having proven satisfactory performance. Coating shall not bond with, stain or otherwise adversely affect concrete surfaces, or impair their subsequent treatment, including application of bonding agents, curing compounds, paint, protective liners and membrane waterproofing. N. Coating for Plastic Forms: Alkali-resistant gel-coat. O. Chamfer Strips: Unless otherwise indicated on Plans,provide 3/4 inch chamfer strips in corners of forms to produce beveled edges where required by this Section, 3.0 "Execution". P. Form Gaskets: Polyethylene rod, closed cell, 1-inch diameter. 5/2013 03300-7 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.07 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. Conform to ACI 117, ACI 347 and building codes, unless more restrictive requirements are specified or shown on Plans. Contractor shall design and engineer concrete formwork, including shoring and bracing. Design formwork for applicable gravity loads,lateral pressure,wind loads and allowable stresses. Camber formwork to compensate for anticipated deflection during placement of concrete required to maintain specified tolerances. Design formwork to be readily removed without impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. B. Slip Forming: Permitted on written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall demonstrate suitability of method proposed. 2.08 REINFORCING MATERIAL A. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed bars conforming to ASTM-A615,grade as indicated on Plans, except column spirals and those shown on Plans to be smooth bars. Where grade is not shown on Plans, use Grade 60. B. Smooth Bars: Where indicated on Plans, use smooth bars conforming to ASTM- A36; ASTM -A615, Grade 60; or ASTM - A675, Grade 70. C. Column Spirals: Bars conforming to ASTM-A615, Grade 60,or wire conforming to ASTM -A82. D. Epoxy-Coated Deformed Bars, Column Spirals and Smooth Bars: Conform to ASTM -A775/A775M. E. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM - A185. 2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM -A497. 3. Provide wire size, type and spacing as shown. Where type is not shown on Plans, use welded smooth wire fabric. 4. Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets only. F. Tie Wire: 16-1/2 gage or heavier annealed steel wire. Use plastic-coated tie wire with epoxy-coated reinforcing steel. G. Bar Supports: Provide chairs. Use bar supports and accessories of sizes required to provide required concrete cover. Where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, water or wastewater,provide plastic accessories only; do not use galvanized or plastic- tipped metal in such locations. Provide metal bar supports and accessories rated Class fl 1 or 2 conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Use epoxy-coated bar supports with epoxy-coated reinforcing bars. 5/2013 03300-8 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE H. Slabs on Grade: Provide chairs with sheet metal bases or provide precast concrete bar rh\ supports .3 inches wide, 6 inches long, and thick enough to allow required cover. Embed tie wires in 3-inch by 6-inch side. _ I. Mechanical Bar Splices: 1. Conform to ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; use where indicated on Plans. a. Compression splices shall•develop ultimate stress of reinforcing bar. b. Tension splices shall develop 125 percent of minimum yield point stress of reinforcing bar. 2. Regardless of chemical composition of steel,any heat effect shall not adversely affect performance of reinforcing bar. J. Welded Splices: 1. Provide welded splices where shown and where approved by the Engineer. Welded splices of reinforcing steel shall develop a tensile strength exceeding 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing bars connected. 2. Provide materials for welded splices conforming to AWS D1.4 — Structural r`• Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel. K. Epoxy Grout: High-strength rigid epoxy adhesive,conforming to ASTM-C881,Type IV, manufactured for purpose of anchoring dowels into hardened concrete and the moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled. Unless otherwise shown, depth of embedment shall be as required to develop the full tensile strength(125 percent of yield strength)of dowel,but not less than 12 diameters. 2.09 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING A. Bending:Fabricate bars to shapes indicated on Plans by cold bending. Bends shall conform to minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements,for Structural Concrete and Commentary. Do not straighten or rebend bars. Fabricate epoxy-coated reinforcing steel to required shapes in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair any epoxy coating with patching material conforming to Item 4.4 of ASTM -A775/A775M. B. Splices: 1. Locate splices as indicated on Plans. Do not locate splices at other locations without approval of the Engineer. Use minimum number of splices located at r.\ points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars. 2. Length of lap splices: As shown on Plans. 5/2013 03300-9 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. Prepare ends of bars at mechanical splices in accordance with splice manufacturer's requirements. C. Construction Joints: Unless otherwise shown, continue reinforcing through construction joints. D. Bar Fabrication Tolerances: Conform to tolerances listed in ACI 315,Figures 4 and 5. E. Standard Hooks: Conform to the requirements of ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. F. Marking: Clearly mark bars with waterproof tags showing number of bars,size,mark, length, and yield strength. Mark steel with same designation as member in which it occurs. 2.10 FINISHING MATERIALS A. Sealer/Dustproofer (VOC Compliant): Water-based acrylic sealer; non-yellowing under ultraviolet light after 200-hour test in accordance with ASTM - D4587. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. B. Epoxy Floor Topping: Two-component epoxy resin meeting ASTM- C881 Type III, resistant to wear,staining and chemical attack,blended with granite,sand,trap rock or quartz aggregate, trowel-applied over concrete floor. Topping thickness shall be 1/8 inch. Color shall be gray. C. Abrasive Aggregate for Nonslip Finish: Fused aluminum oxide grit,or crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Material shall be factory graded, packaged, rustproof and nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials. D. Epoxy Penetrating Sealer: Low-viscosity,two-component epoxy system designed to give maximum penetration into concrete surfaces. Sealer shall completely seal concrete surfaces from penetration of water, oil and chemicals; prevent dusting and deterioration of concrete surfaces caused by heavy traffic; and be capable of adhering to floor surfaces subject to hydrostatic pressure from below. Color shall be transparent amber or gray. Surface shall be non-slip. E. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable latex base liquid conforming to ASTM - C1059. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures,bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. F. Bonding Grout: Prepare bonding grout by mixing approximately one part cement to one part fine sand meeting ASTM - C144 but with 100 percent passing No. 30 mesh '-") sieve. Mix with water to consistency of thick cream. At Contractor's option, a commercially-prepared bonding agent used in accordance with manufacturer's 5/2013 03300- 10 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE recommendations instrue . Whtd aw treatment structures,and bondingctions agentmayb shallused be suitableen forused use inwa undereran continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. Submit manufacturer's technical information on proposed bonding agent. G. Patching Mortar: 1. Make patching mortar of same materials and of approximately same proportions as concrete, except omit coarse aggregate. Substitute white Portland cement for part of gray Portland cement on exposed concrete in order to match color of surrounding concrete. Determine color by making trial patch. Use minimum amount of mixing water required for handling and placing. Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand. Mix frequently with trowel until it has reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Do not add water. 2. Proprietary compounds for adhesion or specially formulated cementitious repair mortars may be used in lieu of or in addition to foregoing patching materials provided that properties of bond and compressive strength meet or exceed the foregoing and color of surrounding concrete can be matched where required. Use such compounds according to manufacturer's recommendations. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, material shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and (alh' . . suitability certification by manufacturer is required... H. Epoxy Adhesive: Two-component, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound developing 100 percent of strength of concrete, suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Epoxy used to inject cracks and as a binder in epoxy mortar shall meet ASTM.- C881,Type VI. Epoxy used as a bonding agent for fresh concrete shall meet ASTM- C881, Type V. I. Non-shrink Grout: See Section 03600 - Structural Grout. J. Spray-Applied Coating: Acceptable products are Thoro System Products "Thoroseal Plaster Mix" or approved equal. Color: Gray. K. Concrete Topping: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size,as specified in this Section. L. Concrete Fill: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size,(Class C where fill thickness exceeds 3 inches throughout a placement), as specified in Section 03310 - Structural Concrete. M. -Evaporation Retardant: Confilm, manufactured by Master Builders; Eucobar, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; or equal. 5/2013 03300- 11 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.11 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Membrane-forming Curing Compound: Conform to ASTM - C309, Type 1D, and following requirements. 1. Minimum solids content: 30 percent. 2. Compound shall not permanently discolor concrete. When used for liquid- containing structures, curing compound shall be white-pigmented. 3. When used in areas that are to be coated, or that will receive topping or floor covering,material shall not reduce bond of coating,topping,or floor covering to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical information shall state conditions under which compound will not prevent bond. 4. Conform to local,state and federal solvent emission requirements.Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. 5. White pigmented concrete curing compound shall be sprayed on in one even coat with a hand or power sprayer as soon as the surface water disappears from concrete surface. B. Clear Curing and Sealing Compound(VOC Compliant): Conform to ASTM-C309, Type 1,Class B,and the following requirements: 30 percent solids content minimum; non-yellowing under ultraviolet light after 500-hour test in accordance with ASTM- D4587. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. C. Sheet Material for Curing Concrete: ASTM- C171; waterproof paper,polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting. D. Curing Mats(for use in Curing Method 2): Heavy shag rugs or carpets,or cotton mats quilted at 4 inches on center; 12 ounce per square yard minimum weight when dry. E. Water for curing: Clean and potable. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. B. Verify that anchors,seats,plates,reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 5/2013 03300- 12 of38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. Earth Surfaces: 1. Under interior slabs on grade,install vapor barrier. Lap joints at least 6 inches and seal watertight with tape,or sealant applied between overlapping edges and ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and inserts with vapor barrier material;lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and seal watertight. 2. Other Earth Surfaces: Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete, and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon. Remove standing water. Surfaces shall be free from standing water,mud and debris at the time of placing concrete. B. Construction Joints: 1. Definition: Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the concrete has been interrupted so that, in the judgment of the Engineer,new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed. 2. Interruptions: When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set, use forms or other means to shape the working face to secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only where acceptable to the Engineer. 3. Preparation: Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted,roughened surface for good bond. Except where the Plans call for joint surfaces to be coated, clean joint surfaces of laitance, loose or defective concrete and foreign material by hydroblasting or sandblasting(exposing aggregate),roughen surface to expose aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash thoroughly. Remove standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is placed. 4. After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly. Place wall concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter. 5/2013 03300- 13 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Set and secure reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded items in the forms where indicated on Plans,Shop Drawings and as otherwise required. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. D. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer,place no concrete until at least 4 hours after formwork,inserts,embedded items,reinforcement and surface preparation have been completed and accepted by the Engineer. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with grout or previously-placed concrete before placing adjacent concrete. E. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age),thoroughly clean and roughen the surface of the old concrete by hydro-blasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate). Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written instructions,unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise,this provision does not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed. F. Protection from Water: Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of the forms,clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater. Do not allow still water to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping,dewatering and other necessary operations for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review. G. Corrosion Protection: Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement. H. Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete. I. Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are being embedded in concrete. J. Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed,thoroughly clean dirt,grease,grout, mortar,loose scale,rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Formwork Construction 1. Construct and maintain formwork so that it will maintain correct sizes of n members, shape,alignment,elevation and position during concrete placement and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for required 5/2013 03300- 14 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, anchorages, and inserts. 2. Construct forms for,easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces. 3. Make formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and fins. Provide gaskets for wall forms to prevent concrete paste leakage at their base. 4. Place chamfer strips in forms to bevel edges and corners permanently exposed to view,except top edges of walls,and slabs which are indicated on Plans to be tooled. Do not bevel edges of formed joints and interior corners unless indicated on Plans. Form beveled edges for vertical and horizontal corners of equipment bases. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans,make bevels 3/4 inch wide. 5. Provide temporary openings at bases of column and wall forms and other points as required for observation and cleaning immediately before concrete is placed. 6. Where runways are required for moving equipment, support runways directly on the formwork or structural members. Do not allow runways or supports to rest on reinforcing steel. 7. Use smooth forms on formed concrete surfaces required to have smooth form finish or rubbed finish. 8. Rough forms may be used on formed concrete surfaces indicated to have rough form finish. B. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish: 1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around tie holes. Uniformly space form ties and align in horizontal and vertical rows. Install taper ties, if used, with the large end on the wet face of the wall. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back up joints with extra studs or gifts to maintain true, square intersections. 3. Form molding shapes, recesses and projections with smooth-finish materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. 4. Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square,smooth,solid, unbroken lines. 5/2013 03300- 15 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5. Provide exterior exposed edges with 3/4-inch chamfer or 3/4-inch radius. 6. Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion. Keep number of joints to practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent deflection in excess of allowable tolerances. 7. For flush surfaces exposed to view in completed structure,overlap previously- placed hardened concrete with form sheathing by approximately 1 inch. Hold forms against hardened concrete to maintain true surfaces,preventing offsets or loss of mortar. C. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Rubbed Finish: Provide forms as specified in this Section, 3.04B "Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish". Use smooth plywood linings or forms, in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. D. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure supports for types of screeds required. E. Circular Forms: Set forms in one piece for full height of member. F. Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Coordinate surface finish, anchors, /-) reglets, and similar requirements with membrane waterproofing applicator. G. Fireproofing Steel Member: Construct forms to provide not less than the concrete thickness necessary,measured from face of steel member,to provide the required fire rating. Forms for concealed surfaces may be unlined. H. Tolerances: 1. Unless noted otherwise on Plans,construct formwork so concrete surfaces will conform to tolerance limits listed in Tables 03100A and 03100B at end of this Section. 2. Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance of the Work. Adjustment of Foiiuwork: 1. Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. After final inspection and before concrete placement,fasten in position wedges used for final adjustment of forms. 2. Brace forms securely against lateral deflections. Prepare to compensate for settling during concrete placement. 5/2013 03300- 16 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. For wall openings,construct wood forms that facilitate necessary loosening to counteract swelling of forms. J. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms: 1. Place on smooth firm bed of suitable material to prevent vertical displacement; set tight to prevent horizontal displacement. Exercise care to avoid buckling of forms. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 2. Fit carton forms tightly around piles and piers; completely fill the space between subgrade and concrete placement with carton forms to form a void space. 3. Protect carton forms from moisture and maintain in a dry condition until concrete is placed on them. If they become wet before placement of concrete, allow them to dry and carefully inspect for strength before concrete is placed. 4. Before concrete placement,replace damaged or deteriorated forms which are incapable of supporting concrete dead load plus construction live loads. 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded materials before placing concrete. Remove accumulated mortar, grout, rust and other foreign matter. B. Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form-release agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh concrete will be placed. Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing concrete. C. Forms for unexposed surfaces, other than retained-in-place metal forms, may be wet with water immediately before concrete placement in lieu of coating. When possibility of freezing temperatures exists, however,the use of coating is mandatory. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Placement Tolerances: Place reinforcement within tolerances of Table 03210A at the end of this Section. Bend tie wire away from forms to maintain the specified concrete coverage. B. Interferences: Maintain 2-inch clearance from embedded items. Where reinforcing interferes with location of other reinforcing steel,conduit or embedded items,bars may be moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter,whichever is greater. Where 5/2013 03300- 17 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE greater movement of bars is required to avoid interference,notify the Engineer. Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduit, mechanical openings or other items without approval of the Engineer. C. Concrete Cover: Provide clear cover measured from reinforcement to face of concrete as listed in Table 03210B at the end of this Section, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. D. Placement in Forms: Use spacers,chairs,wire ties and other accessory items necessary to assemble,space,and support reinforcing properly. Provide accessories of sufficient number, size and strength to prevent deflection or displacement of reinforcement due to construction loads or concrete placement. Use appropriate accessories to position and support bolts, anchors and other embedded items. Tie reinforcing bars at each intersection, and to accessories. Blocking reinforcement with concrete or masonry is prohibited. E. Placement for Concrete on Ground: Support bar and wire reinforcement on chairs with sheet metal bases or precast concrete blocks spaced at approximately 3 feet on centers each way. Use minimum of one support for each 9 square feet. Tie supports to reinforcing bars and wires. F. Vertical Reinforcement in Columns: Offset vertical bars by at least one bar diameter at splices. Provide accurate templates for column dowels to ensure proper placement. G. Splices: 1. Do not splice bars, except at locations indicated on Plans or reviewed Shop Drawings, without approval of the Engineer. 2. Lap Splices: Unless otherwise shown or noted, Class B, conforming to ACI 318-89, Section 12.15.1. Tie securely with wire prior to concrete placement,to prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement. 3. Mechanical Bar Splices: Use only where indicated on Plans or approved by the Engineer. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Couplers located at a joint face shall be of a type which can be set either flush or recessed from the face as shown. Seal couplers prior to concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. b. Couplers intended for future connections: Recess 1/2 inch minimum from concrete surface. After concrete is placed, plug coupler and fill recess with sealant to prevent contact with water or other corrosive materials. c. Unless noted otherwise, match mechanical coupler spacing and capacity to that shown for the adjacent reinforcing. 5/2013 03300- 18 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4. Construction Joints: Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints, unless noted otherwise. H. Welded Wire Fabric: Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, lap adjoining pieces at least 6 inches or one full mesh plus 2 inches, whichever is larger. Lace splices with wire. Do not make end laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. Conform to WRI - Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric. I. Field Bending: Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to conform to Plans. Bars shall be cold-bent; do not heat bars. Closely inspect reinforcing for breaks. When reinforcing is damaged, replace, Cadweld, or otherwise repair, as directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete. J. Epoxy-coated Reinforcing Steel: Install in accordance this Section, 3.06J "Field Bending",and in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair damaged epoxy coating with patching material as specified in Paragraph 2.09 A-Bending. K. Field Cutting: Cut.reinforcing bars by shearing or sawing. Do not cut bars with cutting torch. L. Welding of reinforcing bars is prohibited, except where shown on Plans. 3.07 GROUTING OF REINFORCING AND DOWEL BARS A. Use epoxy grout for anchoring reinforcing and dowel steel to existing concrete in accordance with epoxy manufacturer's instructions. Drill hole not more than 1/4 inch larger than steel bar diameter(including height of deformations for deformed bars)in existing concrete. Just before installation of steel,blow hole clean of all debris using compressed air. Partially fill hole with epoxy,using enough epoxy so when steel bar is inserted, epoxy grout will completely fill hole around bar. Dip end of steel bar in epoxy and twist bar while inserting into partially-filled hole. 5/2013 03300- 19 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03210A REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCES Placement Tolerances (in inches) Clear Distance - To formed soffit: -1/4 To other formed surfaces: +1/4 Minimum spacing between bars -1/4 Clear distance from unformed surface to top reinforcement - Members 8 inches deep or less: +1/4 Members more than 8 inches deep but less than 24 inches deep: -1/4, +1/2 Members 24 inches deep or greater: -1/4, +1 Uniform spacing of bars ±2 (but the required number of bars shall not reduced): Uniform spacing of stirrups and ties (but the required number of stirrups and ties shall not be reduced): +1 Longitudinal locations of bends and ends of reinforcement - General: ±2 Discontinuous ends of members: +1/2 Length of bar laps: -1 1/2 Embedded length- For bar sizes No. 3 through 11: -1 For bar sizes No. 14 and 18: -2 5/2013 03300-20 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03210B MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT Minimum Surface Cover (in inches) Slabs and Joists - Top and bottom bars for dry conditions— No. 14 and No. 18 bars: 1 1/2 No. 11 bars and smaller: 1 Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water, or weather, over, or in contact with, sewage; and for bottoms bearing on work mat, or slabs supporting earth cover- No. 5 bars and smaller: 1 1/2 No. 6 through No. 18 bars: 2 Beams and Columns - For dry conditions - Stirrups, spirals and ties: 1 1/2 Principal reinforcement: 2 Exposed to earth, water, sewage or weather Stirrups and ties: 2 Principal reinforcement: 2.1/2 Walls - For dry conditions - No. 11 bars and smaller: 1 No. 14 and No. 18 bars: 1 1/2 Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water, sewage or weather, or in contact with ground- Circular tanks with ring tension: 2 All others: 2 Footings and Base Slabs - At formed surfaces and bottoms bearing on concrete work mat: 2 At unformed surfaces and bottoms in contact with earth: 3 Over top of piles: 2 Top of footings - - same as slabs . 5/2013 03300-21 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.08 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE 1 A. Conform to applicable requirements of this Section and Chapter 8 of ACI 301- 99:Specifications for Structural Concrete—IP,Chapter 8. Use no aluminum materials in conveying concrete. B. Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non-conforming in materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete meeting requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer. Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete. D. Placement in Wall Forms: 1. Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel. 2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on form surfaces above the concrete. 3. Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing concrete in forms so it reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall n not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies. Unifoiiuly distribute concrete during depositing. 4. Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from place where it was originally deposited. 5. Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet;take care to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping members. 6. Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft. 7. Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway. E. Conveyors and Chutes: Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other points of concrete discharge in the conveying,hoisting and placing system so concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer. Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will readily flow. If a conveyor is used,it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors -7 and chutes shall be covered. 5/2013 03300-22 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE F. Placement of Slabs: In hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks, apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work progresses,vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement. Screed the slab surface in an up-slope direction. G. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed,below 90 degrees F. 3.09 PUMPING OF CONCRETE A. If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory results, in the judgment of the Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. B. Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping. C. The minimum hose (conduit) diameter: Comply with ACI 304.2R-96:Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. D. Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that do not function properly. E. Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete. F. Field Quality Control: Take samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at the placement (discharge) end of the line. 3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE A. Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer. To minimize effects of shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown. Place alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures,or 3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not 5/2013 03300-23 of38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures. B. Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inch thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2 inch above the underside of the strip. About one hour after concrete is placed,remove the strip,level irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance. 3.11 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass; fill corners and angles, thoroughly embed reinforcement,eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R-96:Guide for Consolidation of Concrete, Group 3, immersion-type high-speed power vibrators (8,000 to 12,000 rpm) in sufficient number and with sufficient(at least one) standby units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by the Engineer for specific locations. Do not transport concrete by vibrating. B. Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by rodding and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand, making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete. C. Concrete in Walls: Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of concrete until previously-placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in sufficient numbers,with standby units as required,to accomplish the results specified within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. 3.12 PLACING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete. 1. Use specified superplasticizer. 2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited: 70 degrees F. -� 3. Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick. Extend vibrator heads into �l previously-placed layer. 5/2013 03300-24 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4. Refer to Section 03310 - Structural Concrete for Mass Concreting. 3.13 CONCRETE FINISHING 3.14 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES A. Unfinished Surfaces: Finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view in completed structure by earth, ceilings-or similar cover,unless indicated otherwise on Plans. B. Rough Form Finish: 1. No form facing material is required on rough form finish surfaces. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height. 3. Rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces which will be concealed from view by earth in completed structure,except concealed surfaces required to have smooth form finish, as shown on Plans. C. Smooth Form Finish: 1. Form facing shall produce smooth, hard, uniform texture on concrete. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with wooden blocks to leave smooth, unmarred finished surface. 3. Provide smooth form finish on the wet face of formed surfaces of water- holding structures, and of other formed surfaces not concealed from view by earth in completed structure,except where otherwise indicated on Plans. Walls that will be exposed after future construction, at locations indicated on Plans, shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form finish on exterior face of exterior walls shall extend below final top of ground elevation. Exterior face of all perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade beam. D. Rubbed Finish: 1. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Remove forms as soon as practicable,repair defects,wet surfaces,and rub with No. 16 carborundum stone or similar abrasive. Continue rubbing sufficiently to bring surface paste,remove form marks and fins,and produce smooth,dense 5/2013 03300-25 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE surface of uniform color and texture. Do not use cement paste other than that drawn from concrete itself. Spread paste uniformly over surface with brush. Allow paste to reset, then wash surface with clean water. . 3. Use rubbed finish at locations indicated on Plans,except where rubbed finish is indicated for a wall which will be containing a liquid, use spray-applied coating. E. Spray-applied Coating: At Contractor's option,in lieu of rubbed finish,spray-applied coating may be applied after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove form oil, curing compound and other foreign matter that would prevent bonding of coating. Apply coating in uniform texture and color in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. F. Related Unformed Surfaces: Tops of piers, walls, bent caps, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed surfaces. Continue final treatment on formed surfaces uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3.15 HOT WEATHER FINISHING A. When hot weather conditions exist, as defined in the Section, 1.03A"Hot Weather", and as judged by the Engineer, apply evaporation retardant to the surfaces of slabs, topping and concrete fill placements immediately after each step in the finishing process has been completed. 3.16 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO CLASS A, B AND C TOLERANCES A. Apply Class A, B and C finishes at locations indicated on Plans. Class B or better finish shall be applied if not shown otherwise by the Plans. B. Shaping to Contour: Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour. See Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork for edge forms and screeds. C. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of surfaces prior to finishing operations. D. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Check tolerances by placing straightedge of n specified length anywhere on slab. Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceed tolerance listed for specified class. 5/2013 03300-26 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Straightedge Tolerance Class Length in Feet in Inches A 10 1/8 B 10 1/4 C 2 1/4 E. Raked Finish: After concrete has been placed, struck off,consolidated and leveled to Class C tolerance,roughen surface before final set.Roughen with stiff brushes or rakes to depth of approximately 1/4 inch. Notify the'Engineer prior to placing concrete requiring initial raked surface finish so that acceptable raked finish standard may be established for project. Protect raked,base-slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Provide raked finish for following: 1. Surfaces to receive bonded concrete topping or fill. 2. Steep ramps, as noted on Plans. 3. Additional locations as noted on Plans. F. Float Finish: 1. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared,or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power-driven float. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to power- driven machine and on small, isolated slabs. 2. After initial-floating,re-check tolerance of surface with 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to Class B tolerance. Immediately re-float slab to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 3. Provide float finish at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise indicated on Plans. G. Trowel Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain,some trowel marks. Do additional-troweling by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and conforming to Class A tolerance. On surfaces intended to 5/2013 03300-27 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE support floor coverings,remove defects which might show through covering by grinding. • 3. Provide trowel finish for floors which will receive floor covering and additional locations indicated on Plans. H. Broom or Belt Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing floated finish, draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse transverse scored texture. 2. Provide broom or belt finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.17 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO "F-NUMBER SYSTEM" FINISH A. Shaping to Contour: Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour. Edge forms and screeds: Conform to Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. B. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as dry as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling,do not manipulate surfaces prior to finishing operations. C. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Independent testing laboratory will check floor flatness and levelness in accordance with this Section,3.23F"Field Quality Control". D. Float Finish: 1. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared,or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power-driven float. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to power- driven machine and on small, isolated slabs. 2. Check tolerance of surface after initial floating with a 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Immediately refloat slab to uniform, smooth, granular texture to FF20/FL17 tolerance, unless shown otherwise on Plans. 3. Provide "F-Number System" float finish at locations indicated on Plans. 5/2013 03300-28 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE E. Trowel Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain-some trowel marks. Do additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and conforming to an FF25/FL20.tolerance for slabs on grade and FF25/FL17 for elevated slabs, unless shown otherwise on Plans. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove defects, which might show through covering, by grinding. 3. Provide "F-Number System" trowel finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.18 BONDED CONCRETE TOPPING AND FILL A. Surface Preparation: 1. Protect raked, base-slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Mechanically remove oil,- grease, asphalt, paint, clay stains or other contaminants, leaving clean surface. 2. Prior to placement of topping or fill, thoroughly dampen roughened slab surface and leave free of standing water. Immediately before topping or fill is placed, scrub coat of bonding grout into surface. Do not allow grout to set or dry before topping or fill is placed. B. Concrete Fill: 1. Where concrete fill intersects a wall surface at an angle steeper than 45 degrees from vertical, provide a 1.5-inch deep keyway in the wall at the point of intersection; size keyway so that no portion of the concrete fill is less than 1.5 inches thick. Form keyway in new walls; create by saw cutting the top and bottom lines and chipping in existing walls. 2. Apply wood float finish to surfaces of concrete fill. 3. Provide concrete fill at locations shown on Plans. C. Bonded Concrete Topping in Bottom of Clarifiers and Thickeners: 1. Minimum thickness of concrete topping: 1 inch. Maximum thickness when swept in by clarifier and thickener equipment: 3 inches. 5/2013 03300-29 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Compact topping and fill by rolling or tamping,bring to established grade,and float. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top,for the full width of the placement. Coat surface with evaporation retardant as needed between finishing operations to prevent plastic shrinkage cracks. 3. Screed topping to true surface using installed equipment. Protect equipment from damage during sweeping-in process. Perform sweeping-in process under supervision of equipment manufacturer's factory representative. After topping has been screeded, apply wood float finish. During finishing, do not apply water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand to the surface. 4. As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed, coat surface with curing compound. After the topping is set and sufficiently hard in clarifiers and where required by the Engineer, fill the tank with sufficient water to cover the entire floor for 14 days. 5. Provide bonded concrete topping in bottom of all clarifiers and thickeners. 3.19 EPDXY PENETRATING SEALER A. Surfaces to receive epoxy penetrating sealer: Apply wood float finish. Clean surface and apply sealer in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots: Apply minimum 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surface to prevent floor coating contact. D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E. Provide epoxy penetrating sealer at locations indicated on Plans. 3.20 EPDXY FLOOR TOPPING A. Surfaces to receive epoxy floor topping: Apply wood float finish unless recommended otherwise by epoxy floor topping manufacturer. Clean surface and apply epoxy floor topping in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Thickness of topping: 1/8 inch. B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or ,. base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots: apply 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. 5/2013 03300-30 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ® C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surfaces to prevent floor coating contact. D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E. Finished surface shall be free of trowel marks and dimples. F. Provide epoxy floor topping at locations indicated on Plans. 3.21 SEALER/DUSTPROOFER A. Where sealer or sealer/dustproofer is indicated on Plans,just prior to completion of construction, apply coat of specified clear sealer/dustproofing compound to exposed interior concrete floors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.22 NONSLIP FINISH A. Apply float finish as specified. Apply two-thirds of required abrasive aggregate by method that ensures even coverage without segregation and re-float. Apply remainder of abrasive aggregate at right angles to first application, using heavier application of aggregate in areas not sufficiently covered by first application. Re-float after second application of aggregate and complete operations with troweled finish. Perform finishing operations in a manner that will allow the abrasive aggregate to be exposed and not covered with cement paste. B. Provide nonslip finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301- 99:Specifications for Structural Concrete-IP and under provisions of Sections 01440 —Inspection Services and Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services. B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work. D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cu yds or less of concrete or as directed by the Engineer. F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting,cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. 5/2013 03300-31 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. H. Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in sanitary structures. Provide one test for each structure. These tests shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. Perform the test on the concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of the pipe or structure. Alkalinity tests are to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15, Page 230, Interscience Publishers Division, John Wiley and Sons. 3.24 PATCHING A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery. C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural Concrete -IP. 3.25 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer. C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up,repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual area. 3.26 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308.1-98:Standard Specifications for Curing Concrete. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub-finished surface by leaving forms in place for the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing period. Add water as 5/2013 03300-32 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. C. Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rub-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1. After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal-surface with.a uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer. Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of the compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure.sprayers, equipped-with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items,hand-powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities,pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage. 3.27 CURING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete. 1. Minimum curing period: 2 weeks. 2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of concrete against freezing. 3. Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete. 4. Keep forms and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least the first 48 hours after placing, and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90 degrees F during final curing period. 5/2013 03300-33 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5. During 2-week curing period,provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air ) temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30 degrees F in 24 hours. 3.28 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Time Limits: 1. When repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged, forms on vertical surfaces may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations. 2. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. Leave formwork for water-retaining structures in place for at least 2 days. Formwork for non-water-retaining columns, walls, sides of beams and other formwork components not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after 12 hours, provided concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations, and provided removal of forms will not disturb members supporting weight of concrete. 3. Forms and shoring supporting weight of concrete or construction loads: Leave in place until concrete has reached minimum strength specified for removal of forms and shoring. Do not remove such forms in less than 4 days. B. Circular Paper or Spiral Tube Forms: Follow manufacturer's directions for form removal. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to concrete surface. When removal is done before completion of curing time,replace form,tie in place,and seal to retard escape of moisture. C. Removal Strength: 1. Control Tests: Suitable strength-control tests will be required as evidence that concrete has attained specified strength for removal of formwork or shoring supporting weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members. Furnish test cylinders and data to verify strength for early form removal. a. Field-cured Test Cylinders: When field-cured test cylinders reach specified removal strength,foiiuwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. b. Laboratory-cured Test Cylinders: When concrete has been cured as specified for structural concrete for same time period required by laboratory-cured cylinders to reach specified strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. 5/2013 03300-34 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN=PLACE CONCRETE Determine length of time that concrete has been cured by totaling the days or fractions of days,not necessarily consecutive,during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 50 degrees F and concrete has been damp or thoroughly sealed against evaporation and loss of moisture. 2. Compressive Strengths: The minimum concrete compressive strength for removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete is 75 percent of specified minimum 28-day strength for class of concrete involved. 3.29 RESHORING A. When reshoring is permitted, plan operations in advance and obtain the Engineer's approval of such operations. While reshoring is under way, keep live load off new construction. Do not permit concrete in any beam, slab, column or other structural member to be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads permitted for developed concrete strength at time of reshoring. B. Place reshores as soon as practicable after form-stripping operations are complete but in no case later than end of day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry required loads without over stressing construction. Leave reshores in place until tests representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength at time of removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete. C. Floors supporting shores under newly-placed concrete: Leave original supporting shores in place, or re-shore. Locate reshores directly under shore position above. Extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly- placed concrete, forms. and-construction-live loads in such manner that design superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded. 3.30 FORM REUSE A. Do not reuse forms that are worn or damaged beyond repair. Thoroughly clean and recoat forms before reuse. For wood and plywood forms to be used for exposed smooth finish,sand or otherwise dress concrete contact surface to original condition or provide form liner facing material. For metal forms,-straighten, remove dents and clean to return forms to original condition. 5/2013 03300-35 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03100A - TOLERANCES FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BUILDINGS** For any For any Maximum Variation Variation In 10-foot 20-foot for Entire From length or length any bay Dimension Lines and Surfaces of Columns, 1/4" - - - 1" Plumb or Piers, Walls and Arrises Specified Exposed Corner Columns, Control - - - 1/4" 1/2" Batter Joint Grooves, and Other Conspicuous Lines Slab Soffits, Ceilings, Beam Soffits, 1/4" 3/8" 3/4" Level of and Arrises (measured before Specified removal of shores), Grade Exposed Lintels, Sills, Parapets, - - - 1/4" 1/2" Horizontal Grooves and Other Conspicuous Lines Drawing Position of Linear Building Lines, - - - 1/2" 1" Dimensions Columns, Walls and Partitions Size and Location of Sleeves, Floor - - - - - - ±1/4" Openings and Wall Openings Cross Section of Columns, Beams, - - - - - - +1/2", -1/4" Slabs, and Walls Footings* in Plan - - - - - - +2", -1/2" Footing Misplacement or Eccentricity - - - - - - 2% of Width in Direction of Error (the lesser of) or 2" Footing Thickness Decrease - - - - - - 5% Footing Thickness Increase - - - - - - No Limit Step Rise in Flight of Stairs - - - - - - ±1/8" Step Tread in Flight of Stairs - - - - - - ±1/4" Consecutive Step Rise - - - - - - ±1/16" Consecutive Step Tread - - - - - - ±1/8" *Footing tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel, dowels, or embedded items **Includes water and wastewater process structures n 5/2013 03300-36 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03100B TOLERANCE FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BRIDGES,WHARVES AND MARINE STRUCTURES Variation From Variation In Maximum Plumb of Specified Surfaces of columns,piers and walls 1/2" in 10' Batter Level or Top surfaces of slabs See Section 03345 Specified Grade Top surfaces of curbs and railings 3/16" in 10' Drawing Cross section of columns, caps, walls, beams, and ±1/2", -1/4" Dimensions similar members 111116 Thickness of deck slabs ±1/4", -1/8" Size and location of slab and wall openings ±1/2" Footings in plan +2, -1/2" Footing misplacement or eccentricity in direction 2% of width or 2" of error(the lesser of) Footing thickness decrease 5% Footing thickness increase No limit Step rise in flight of stairs ±1/8" Step tread in flight of stairs ±1/4" Consecutive step rise ±1/16" Consecutive step tread ±1/8" 5/2013 03300-37 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.31 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner. B. " Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow. Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 5/2013 03300-38 of 38 City of Pearland Abandonment of Somersetshire and West Oaks Lift Stations APPENDIX GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION ABANDONMENT OF TWO LIFT STATIONS CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS REPORT NO. 1140198701 Reported to: ARKK ENGINEERS Houston, Texas Reported by: GEOTEST ENGINEERING,INC. Houston, Texas Key Map Nos. 613 K&614 Q • � sot¢chntcat$nnis&Mgfertat�Teting • ' 600 Bmflifif briveF Houston,Texas 77036 Telephone (J713) 66-05B8 Pax.`(71 )40.2977. 2eport Nos 1 ,40X,98701.• INiAi h 24' ;2014: • Mr,DaveJasper,P ; Engineer 7 22 Sout 'west`Freev ay, Suite 1040` Houston,Texas 77074 Re: Geotechcat Investigation % ba> do nn ent`of Lift Stations' ty+�f earlan 1,Texas: Dear Mr.Kasper; Presented':herein is the final geatechnical �nvestigat on report for the above referenced project Pr"ellrninary boring logs were subm tied to you on January , 2 14, A. draft report was. submitted to you Y on January 20, 2014 This report supersedes sill previously 'submitted reports; transmittals, etc for the rcferen d pi oject,R This study was authorized by Notace to l roceed3 email dated December 20,2011'3 by accepting ouar Proposal No. 1140340199 dated December 1:7,2Q 1:3 VVe appreciate this opportunity to lie of service to you:_ I£you have:;any q estior s regarding: floe reports of we came offurther-service to you,please call us.; • Smcrely,, .. GEOTEST ENGINEERING INN TBPE Re strati"ozs No. >�-41.0 :9 " `'' �. c��t1 . r NA .. .. r. 1�O928 • ' , Naresh Koll1,P.E: r� �.,.4 Assistant Project "'.Sp• E C7F.--�7�t1.1tiNti� �� ` • r MOHAN OALLgG RE t� r,. r Mohan Ballagere;-P-E- �a�'#13 Viet_President MB/IKlego; Ck ,"Qppies Submitted (2+1= tdj: PC3$1GEQTECHNtCALCd0198701 F 1 OG TABLE OF CONTENTS Page EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Location and Description of Project 3 1.2 Scope of Work 3 2.0 FIELD EXPLORATION 5 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM 6 4.0 GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4.1 Existing Pavement Section 7 4.2 Site Geology 7 4.3 Soil Stratigraphy 7 4.4 Groundwater 8 5.0 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS 9 5.1 General 9 5.2 Open-Cut Excavations 9 5.2.1 Geotechnical Parameters 9 5.2.2 Excavation Stability 9 5.2.3 Groundwater Control 11 5.2.4 Bedding and Backfill for Sanitary Sewer 11 5.2.5 Live Loads on Pipe Due to Traffic 11 5.3 Trenchless Installation 12 5.3.1 Geotechnical Parameters for Trenchless Installation 12 5.3.2 Earth Pressure on Pipe and Casing 12 5.3.3 Auger Pit Excavation and Backfill 12 5.3.4 Carrier Pipe Design Parameters 12 5.3.5 Influence of Tunneling on Adjacent Structures 13 5.4 Structures 14 5.4.1 Description 14 5.4.2 Foundation Conditions 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 5.4.3 Foundation Design Recommendations 14 5.4.4 Structure Backfill 16 5.4.5 Protection of Below Grade Structures 16 5.4.6 Groundwater Control During Construction 16 6.0 PROVISIONS 17 ILLUSTRATIONS Figure Vicinity Map 1 Plan of Borings 2.1 and 2.2 Boring Log Profiles 3. Symbols and Abbreviations Used on Boring Log Profile 4 Excavation Support Earth Pressure 5.1 and 5.2 Stability of Bottom for Braced Cut 6 Vertical Stress on Pipes Due to Traffic Loads 7 Earth Pressure on Pipe and Casing Augering 8 Lateral Earth Pressure Diagram for Permanent Wall 9.1 and 9.2 Uplift Pressure and Resistance 10 TABLES Table Summary of Boring Information 1. Geotechnical Design Parameter Summary for Open-Cut Excavation 2 Geotechnical Design Parameter Summary for Trenchless Installation 3 APPENDIX A Figure Log of Borings A-1 thru A-3 Symbols and Terms Used on Boring Logs A-4 APPENDIX B Figure Grain Size Distribution Curves B-1 r Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City of Pearland, Texas EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A geotechnical investigation was conducted for ARKK Engineers for the abandonment of two lift stations in City of Pearland, Texas. The project calls for the abandonment of lift stations and design and construction of approximately 765 linear feet (1f) of 8-inch sanitary sewer (approximately 13 feet deep) along King Authors Court from Somersetshire Lift Station to tie into South Hampton Lift Station and approximately 7701f of 12-inch sanitary sewer(approximately 14 to 15 feet deep) along N. West Oak Circle easement from West Oaks Lift Station to tie into existing sanitary sewer manhole at Harkey Road. The proposed sewer lines will generally be constructed by open cut excavations except at easement crossing and pipelines crossing where it will be installed by augering. This study included drilling and sampling a total of three (3) soil borings to depths ranging from 23 feet to 25 feet, performing laboratory tests on samples recovered from borings, performing engineering analyses and preparing a geotechnical report. The principal findings and conclusions developed from this investigation are summarized below: • The existing pavement as revealed by boring GB-1 consists of 1.5 inches of asphalt over 4.5 inches of brown sand and limestone mix. The borings GB-2 and GB-3 were drilled in the grass area. • The subsurface conditions as encountered in borings GB-1 through GB-3 below the existing pavement and/or existing ground consists of cohesive soils underlain by cohesionless soils to the explored depths of 23 to 25 feet. The cohesive soils include medium stiff to very stiff gray, brown and yellowish brown fat clay with sand, sandy 1 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City of Pearland, Texas fat clay, lean clay w/sand, sandy lean clay and very sandy lean clay. The cohesionless soils include loose to medium dense brown sandy silt and silty sand. • Groundwater was encountered at a depth of 12 feet during drilling in all the borings. The groundwater level, measured 20 minutes after water was first encountered, is at depth of 6 feet in these borings. • All excavation operations should be in accordance with OSHA Standards. • The Auger pits should be excavated and backfilled per the City of Pearland Specifications 02415, "Angering Pipe or Casing for Sewers". • The bedding and backfill for the sanitary should be performed in accordance with the City of Pearland Specification Section 02318 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." • • The foundation recommendations for the manholes are presented in Section 5.4 of this report. 2 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City of Pearland, Texas 1.0 INTRODUCTION - 1.1 Location and Description of Project A geotechnical investigation was conducted for ARKK Engineers for the abandonment of two lift stations in City of Pearland, Texas. The project calls for the abandonment of lift stations and design and construction of approximately 765 linear feet (1f) of 8-inch sanitary sewer (approximately 13 feet deep) along King Authors Court from Somersetshire Lift Station to tie into South Hampton Lift Station and approximately 770 if of 12-inch sanitary sewer(approximately 14 to 15 feet deep) along N. West Oak Circle easement from West Oaks Lift Station to tie into existing sanitary sewer manhole at Harkey Road. The proposed sewer lines will generally be constructed by open cut excavations except at easement crossing and pipelines crossing where it will be installed by augering. The Vicinity Map is shown on Figure 1. 1.2 Scope of Work The purposes of this investigation were to explore the subsurface conditions and to develop geotechnical recommendations pertaining to the abandonment of two lift stations project in City of Pearland, Texas. The scope of this investigation as requested by ARKK Engineers consisted of the following tasks: • Drill and sample three (3) borings, with depths ranging from 23 to 25 feet as suggested by ARKK Engineers. • Perform appropriate laboratory tests on selected representative samples to develop the engineering properties of the soil. 3 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas • Perform engineering analyses to develop geotechnical recommendations including soil stratigraphy, sewer lines bedding and backfill and groundwater control. • Prepare a geotechnical engineering report. 4 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas 2.0 FIELD EXPLORATION Subsurface conditions at the project area were investigated by drilling three (3) soil borings (GB-1 through GB-3) to depths ranging from 23 to 25 feet below existing grade. The depths of the borings drilled are provided in Table 1. The borings were drilled with a truck- mounted rotary drilling rig. The boring locations are shown on Figures 2.1 and 2.2, Plan of Borings. The survey information (Station number, offset and elevations) for the borings drilled were interpolated from the drawings provided by ARKK Engineers. Samples were taken at continuous 2-foot intervals to a depth of 20 feet, and at 5-foot intervals thereafter. In general, cohesive samples were obtained with a 3-inch diameter thin- walled tube sampler in general accordance with ASTM Method D 1587 and cohesionless soils were obtained with 2-inch split barrel sampler in general accordance with ASTM Method D 1586. Each soil sample was removed from the sampler in the field, carefully examined and logged by an experienced soils technician. Suitable portions of each sample were then sealed and packaged for transportation to Geotest's laboratory. The undrained shear strength of cohesive soil samples were estimated using a calibrated hand penetrometer in the field. Driving resistances for split-barrel samples were recorded as "blows per foot" on the boring logs. After taking water level measurements all the borings were grouted with cement bentonite grout. Detailed descriptions of the soils encountered at the project site are given on the boring logs GB-1 through GB-3 and are presented on Figures A-1 through A-3 in Appendix A. A key to symbols and terms used on the boring logs is given on Figure A-4 in Appendix A. 5 Geotest Engineering, Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM The laboratory testing program was designed to evaluate the pertinent physical properties and shear strength characteristics of the subsurface soils. Classification tests were performed on selected samples to aid in soil classification. Undrained shear strengths of selected cohesive samples were measured by unconsolidated undrained (UU) triaxial compression (ASTM D2850) tests. The results of the UU triaxial compression tests are plotted on the boring logs as solid rectangles. The shear strength of cohesive samples was measured in the field with a calibrated hand penetrometer and also in the laboratory with a Torvane. The shear strength values obtained from the penetrometer and Torvane are plotted on the boring logs as open circles and triangles, respectively. Moisture content and dry unit weight were routinely measured for each UU triaxial compression test sample. Moisture content (ASTM D2216) measurements were also made on other samples to establish the moisture profile at each boring location. The liquid and plastic limit tests (ASTM D4318) were performed on selected soil samples to measure plasticity characteristics. Percent fines (passing No. 200 sieve) (ASTM D 1140) tests and sieve analyses (ASTM D422) tests were performed on selected samples. The results of all tests are plotted or summarized on the boring logs GB-1 through GB-3 presented on Figures A-1 through A-3 in Appendix A. The grain size distribution curves are presented on Figure B-1. 6 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas 4.0 GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4.1 Existing Pavement Section The existing pavement as revealed by boring GB-1 consists of 1.5 inches of asphalt over 4.5 inches of brown sand and limestone mix. The borings GB-2 and GB-3 were drilled in the grass area. 4.2 Site Geology The project site lies in Beaumont Formation. The clays and sands of the Beaumont Formation are over-consolidated as a result of desiccation from frequent rising and lowering of the sea level and the groundwater table. Consequently, clays of this formation have moderate to high shear strength and relatively low compressibility. The sands of the Beaumont Formation are typically very fine and often silty. There is evidence in the Houston area of the occurrence.of (11166' cemented material(sandstone and siltstone)deposits within this formation. 4.3 Soil Stratigraphy Based on the subsurface soils encountered in borings drilled for this study (GB-1 through GB-3), two (2) boring log profiles were developed and are presented on Figures 3.1 and 3.2. The symbols and abbreviations used on boring log profile is given on Figure 4. To the left of boring shown on the profile is an indication of consistency or density of each stratum. More than one consistency for an individual stratum indicates that the consistency varies within the stratum. For cohesive soils, consistency is related to the undrained shear strength of the soils and for granular soils, the consistency is related to the relative density of the soil. To the right of each boring shown on the profile is the overall classification of the soil contained within each stratum. The classification is based on ASTM D2487. The subsurface conditions as encountered in borings GB-1 through B-3 below the existing pavement and/or existing ground consists of cohesive soils underlain by cohesionless soils to the explored depths of 23 to 25 feet. The cohesive soils include medium stiff to very stiff 7 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas gray, brown and yellowish brown fat clay with sand, sandy fat clay, lean clay with sand, sandy lean clay and very sandy lean clay. The cohesionless soils include loose to medium dense brown sandy silt and silty sand. The Fat Clay and Sandy Fat Clay is of high plasticity with liquid limits ranging from 52 to 58 and plasticity indices ranging from 32 to 35. The Lean Clay with sand is of high plasticity with a liquid limit of about 49 and a plasticity index of 29. The percent fines (passing No. 200 sieve) of silty sand is about 18 percent. The percent fines of sandy silt ranges from 54 to 70 percent. The percent fines of sandy fat clay is about 65 percent. The percent fines of lean clay with sand and fat clay with sand ranges from 79 to 80 percent. 4.4 Groundwater Groundwater was encountered at a depth of 12 feet during drilling in all the borings. The groundwater level, measured 20 minutes after water was first encountered, is at depth of 6 feet in these borings. However, various environmental and man made factors such as the amount of precipitation, changes in drainage and adjacent construction activities can substantially influence the depth of ground water. 8 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City of Pearland, Texas 5.0 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS 5.1 General The project calls for the abandonment of lift stations and design and construction of approximately 765 linear feet (1f) of 8-inch sanitary sewer (approximately 13 feet deep) along King Authors Court from Somersetshire Lift Station to tie into South Hampton Lift Station and approximately 770 if of 12-inch sanitary sewer(approximately 14 to. 15 feet deep) along N. West Oak Circle easement from West Oaks Lift Station to tie into existing sanitary sewer manhole at Harkey Road. The proposed sewer lines will generally be constructed by open cut excavations except at easement crossing and pipelines crossing where it will be installed by augering. 5.2 Open-Cut Excavations The following subsections provide 'information for the design and construction of the proposed sanitary sewer installation for the excavations required for the proposed open cut and auger pits. 5.2.1 Geotechnical Parameters. Based on the soil conditions revealed by the borings GB-1 through GB-3, geotechnical parameters were developed for the proposed sanitary sewer for open cut method of construction and auger pits. The design parameters are provided in Table 2. For design, the groundwater level should be assumed to exist at the ground surface, since this condition may exist after a heavy rain or flooding. 5.2.2 Excavation Stability. The open excavation may be shored, laid back to a stable slope or some other equivalent means used to provide safety for workers and adjacent structures. The excavating operations should be in accordance with OSHA Standards, OSHA 2207, Subpart P (latest revision). 9 Geotest Engineering, bzc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City of Pearland, Texas • Excavation Shallower Than 5 Feet - Excavations that are less than 5—foot deep should be appropriately protected when any indication of hazardous ground movement is anticipated. • Excavations Deeper Than 5 Feet - Excavations that are deeper than 5 feet should be sloped, shored, shielded or provided with some other appropriate means of protection where workers might be exposed to moving ground or cave-ins. The slopes and shoring should be in accordance with the trench safety requirements per OSHA Standards. The following items provide design criteria for trench stability. (i) OSHA Soil Type. Based on soil conditions revealed by the borings drilled for this study and assumed groundwater level at surface, OSHA soil type "C" may be used for determination of allowable maximum slope and/or the design of shoring for full proposed depth of open excavation. (ii) Excavation Support Earth Pressure. Lateral earth pressure diagram was developed based on the subsurface conditions indicated by our field and laboratory investigations. The earth pressure diagrams developed for excavation support is presented on Figures 5.1 and 5.2. The pressure diagrams can be used for the design of temporary trench bracing. Design of trench boxes for resisting lateral earth pressure can be based on an equivalent fluid unit weight of 94 pcf. The computation of the equivalent fluid pressure assumes that groundwater level is at ground surface, since these conditions may exist after a heavy rain or flooding. The effects of surcharge loads at the ground surface should be added to the computed lateral earth pressures. A surcharge load, q, will typically result in a lateral load equal to 0.5 q. (iii) Bottom Stability. In braced cuts, if tight sheeting is terminated at the base of the cut, the bottom of the excavation can become unstable. The parameters that govern the stability of the excavation base are the soil shear strength and the differential hydrostatic head between the groundwater level within the retained 10 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas soils and the groundwater level at the interior of the trench excavation. For cut in cohesive soils as encountered in all of the borings up to 10 feet, the bottom stability can be evaluated as outlined on Figure 6. However due to cohesionless soils (such as silty sand and sandy silt) as encountered in all the borings (GB-1 through GB-3) at depth below 10 feet, the excavation should be done after dewatering to avoid bottom stability problems. 5.2.3 Groundwater Control. Excavations for the open cut for the proposed sanitary sewer may encounter ground water seepage to varying degrees depending upon ground water conditions at the time of construction and the location and depth of excavation. In cohesive soils, as encountered in all the borings up to 10 feet, the ground water may be managed by collection in trench bottom sumps for pumped disposal. In cohesionless soils (such as silty sand and sandy silt) as encountered in all the borings below 10 feet, dewatering such as vacuum well points up to 15 feet or deep wells with submersible pumps for excavation greater than 15 feet may be required to lower the groundwater level to at least 5 feet below the bottom of the excavation It is recommended that the contractor should verify groundwater level at the time of construction and should provide an adequate ground water control, where required. The groundwater control should be performed in accordance with the City of Pearland Specification Section 01564 "Control of Ground Water and Surface Water". 5.2.4 Bedding and Backfill for Sanitary Sewer. The bedding and backfill for the sanitary sewer should be performed in accordance with the City of Pearland Specification Section 02318 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." 5.2.5 Live Loads on Pipe Due to Traffic. Loads on pipe due to traffic should be considered. A graph providing calculated vertical stress on pipe due to traffic loads is given on Figure 7. 11 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City of Pearland, Texas 5.3 Trenchless Installation The proposed sanitary sewer line will be installed by auger method at easement crossing and pipelines crossing where it will be installed by augering. 5.3.1 Geotechnical Parameters for Trenchless Installation. Based on the soil conditions revealed by borings GB-1 through GB-3 and laboratory test data, geotechnical design parameters were developed for cohesive soils and cohesionless soils and are provided in Table 3. The cohesive soils include fat clay with sand, sandy fat clay, lean clay with sand and sandy lean clay. The cohesionless soils include silty sand and sandy silt. For design conditions, the groundwater levels should be assumed to exist at the ground surface. 5.3.2 Earth Pressure on Pipe and Casing. The earth pressures on the pipe and casing augering should be determined from Figure 8. Equations to calculate the tunnel liner loads are also shown in Figure 8. For pipe crossing under the major roads, the stress due to traffic loads should be considered. The relationship between the depth of pipe and the vertical stress on the pipe due to traffic live loads is provided on Figure 7. 5.3.3 Auger Pit Excavation and Backfill. The Auger pits should be excavated and backfilled per the City of Pearland Specifications 02415, "Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers". 5.3.4 Carrier Pipe Design Parameters. Carrier pipe must be sufficiently strong to withstand anticipated long-term ground loads and must not be subject to deterioration by substance either in the ground or in the tunnel. The carrier pipe design should include consideration of not only the loads applied to the pipe but also factors other than soil loading. These factors could include minimum structural code requirements, loading from pipe jacking operations and other construction loads. The drained geotechnical design parameters given in Table 3 should be used in analyzing the soil structure intersection of the carrier pipe. 12 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas 5.3.5 Influence of Tunneling on Adjacent Structures. Surface and near-surface structures near the tunnel alignment consist primarily of private property, city streets, and public and private utilities. Ground movement, in terms of loss of ground or ground lost, is commonly associated with soft ground tunneling. If such ground movement is excessive, it may cause damage to the structures, roads and services located above the tunnel. While ground movement cannot be eliminated, it can be controlled within certain limits by the use of proper construction techniques and good quality workmanship. These include, but are not limited to, prevention of excessive ground loss during tunneling with the use of grouting and filling the annular space between the pipe or casing and the surrounding soil. The selection and execution of tunneling methods that are best suited to anticipated ground conditions along the proposed tunnel are, in fact, the contractor's primary contribution to successful completion of the proposed tunnel. On review of the boring logs, the ground conditions for augering will be primarily through silty sand and sandy silts. The ground may be expected to behave as raveling to running near the invert. Hence, extra precautions such as dewatering will be required at these locations during the trenchless installation to prevent any excessive ground loss due to the disturbance and removal of the cohesionless soils. Close monitoring of ground movement should be carried out during the trenchless installation. The proposed sanitary sewer is parallel with or cross beneath a number of water, gas, power, telephone, and storm sewer lines. The largest potential problems from utilities may result from: • Leaking water pipes • Gas pipe breakage leading to a potential explosion • Breakage of storm or sanitary sewers In general, it is the contractor's responsibility to investigate these and other possible third party interactions along the proposed rehabilitation and to accommodate all of these interactions 13 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas with the use of good construction methods. 5.4 Structures 5.4.1 Description. The structures associated with this project will be manholes along the sanitary sewer line. 5.4.2 Foundation Conditions. Based on the soil conditions revealed by borings GB-1 through GB-3 the structure bases (new manholes) will be in silty sand. The geotechnical design parameters were developed and are given in Tables 2 and 3. 5.4.3 Foundation Design Recommendations. The following items provide recommendations and design criteria for construction of new manholes. Allowable Bearing Pressures. • The bases of structures placed at approximate depths ranging from 13 to 15 feet for manholes at various locations may be proportioned for an allowable (net) bearing pressure as given below. Street Station No. Nearest Foundation Allowable (Net) Boring No. Depths, feet Bearing Pressure, psf King Authors 1+45, 2+96.30, GB-1 12 to 13 5,500 Ct 2+92 and 5+14 N West Oaks 1+74 GB-2 14 5,000 Circle 5+00 and 8+25 GB-3 14 4,500 S. Memorial The allowable bearing pressures include a safety factor of 2.0. The above recommendation assumes that the final bearing surfaces consist of undisturbed natural soils and that underlying semi-transmissive zones are properly pressure-relieved. 14 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City ofPearland, Texas • Bottom Stability. Bottom stability is described earlier in Section 5.2.2 under Excavation Stability. • Lateral Earth Pressure. The pressure diagrams presented on Figures 5.1 and 5.2 can be used for the design of braced excavation. The lateral earth pressure diagrams presented on Figures 9.1 and 9.2 are applicable for the design of the permanent walls. • Hydrostatic Uplift Resistance. Structures extending below the groundwater level should be designed to resist uplift pressure resulting from excess piezometric head. Design uplift pressures should be computed based on the assumption that the water 'table is at ground surface. To resist the hydrostatic uplift at the bottom of the structure, one of the following sources of resistance can be utilized in each of the designs. a. Dead weight of structure, b. Weight of soil above base extensions plus weight of structure, or c. Soil-wall friction plus dead weight of structure. The uplift force and resistance to uplift should be computed as detailed on Figure 10. In determining the configuration and dimensions of the structure using one of the approaches presented on Figure 10,the following factors of safety are recommended. a. Dead weight of concrete structure, Sfl = 1.10, b. Weight of soil (backfill) above base extension, Sf2= 1.5, and c. Soil-wall friction, So = 3.0. Friction resistance should be discounted for the upper 5 feet since this zone is affected by seasonal moisture changes. 15 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City of Pearland, Texas 5.4.4 Structure Backfill. Excavations for the proposed structures (manholes) should be backfilled in accordance with City of Pearland Specification Section 02317 "Excavation and Backfill for structures." 5.4.5 Protection of Below Grade Structures. The design of the proper means for protection of below grade structures will depend upon the potential of the aggressively or corrosivity of soil and groundwater properties. The aggressivity testing was not within the scope of this study. The design of the protection of below grade structures is beyond the scope of services for the study. 5.4.6 Groundwater Control During Construction. Excavations may encounter groundwater seepage to varying degrees depending upon groundwater conditions at the time of construction and the location and depth of excavation. The groundwater control should be followed according to the Section 5.2.3 of this report. 1 16 Geotest Engineering,Inc. Report No. 1140198701 Abandonment of Two Lift Stations March 24, 2014 City of Pearland, Texas 6.0 PROVISIONS The description of subsurface conditions and the design information contained in this report are based on the test borings made at the time of drilling at specific locations. Some variation in soil conditions may occur between test borings. Should any subsurface conditions other than those described in our boring logs be encountered, Geotest should be immediately notified so that further investigation and supplemental recommendations can be provided. The depth of the groundwater level may vary with changes in environmental conditions such as frequency and magnitude of rainfall. The stratification lines on the log of borings represent the approximate boundaries between soil types. Transitions between soil types may be more gradual than depicted. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of ARKK Engineers for the Abandonment of Two Lift Stations in City of Pearland, Texas. This report shall not be reproduced without the written permission of Geotest Engineering, Inc., ARKK Engineers or City of Pearland. 17 r ILLUSTRATIONS: tigureVicinity Map . I Plan of Borings 1... 1!and 2.2 Boring Log PrOfiles * * Symbols and Abbreviations Used on Boring Log Profile 4' Excavation Support Earth.PregSlare *••••*4,4•1,,•••••• ••,,,•••*••,••""".....".....•••"••,•1••••••17,4. A41 and 5.2 Stability.of Bottom for Braced Cut.,.. - 6 ****•• .,•••••••.•••••(•••*••*•••••* Vertical Stress on Pipes Due to Traffic * ** *** '''' 7 Earth Pressure on Pipe and Casing n ger gf,VVII•••••,I.,,i,WIIR•M•••••,•,•044141411,341,644,:,..*,"* ***** *•** . "Lateral Earth Pressure Diagram for Permanent Wall— —9:1 and:0,2 •I'.”114,1,4 .... ... •Uplift PresSureand'Resistance , 4. . . . . .“*"."*.. . . .. ...."".. 10. (11111h. co _or z To To Tomball Spring:, ;T Porter '' Wallet WUtrrrbl 2 t C • Katy ,. ; _ Pasadena 01., 44410100,. ' Sugarrand 2sa� ..: To '°• F'ROJEC1" Alvin SITE l 'I I IT MAP (NOT TO $GALE), Geatest :Engineers ar, JfQ. FIGS,1 Pro?,Easamoni i az s: r 1 (o. SW s Yrt s+wary: ,a 1 �• S.L Q:4Sbi1 �• ;tN-�,Ri Eft.b Nnl C F1.i{.'.5,•. • �a� In .ems. owid l rnT6tl , King A, hOrs ROW) 4. 0.h Pevm tt • scr,nr� ' ft• :,....,...., -' ' w.....e,...�'...�+..:::.i 9&� ,rljeh(�TL��.PCP � ^��` G II.SPX 34.ftS.CR pm llilitbR4 Li. +-n e.c:sn-.ares�e PROP a .1 ' , 4 1. '. r i:.11 r -,King Arthors Ct y €V rrss ro re PAtuc y `UN"smu'r0 C WEVI OAKS - sw,sydr.b 11....T. " w Sept o&2rC 1 t2'd p���^1� ��,.. >ev..� ^€ �.w. �- v� cT '"•:.,1Y -�9i G":: Cs......�.�,d[:- F n cu /am4._R..'�,, .. _ s 3nA7 .__. e,x�•d''e�a. :-". - eea -Ps•` 7,4 wt upur, : etrrt5 1 i i +-•_,, r.: v. rx .. _ ,: . . ..—.--,....,..,....1,-.. , .r« n .-...a Ss4� I F: t. .:.... , Aft+x4.04.S.T Ri �',.d�, -- - R- S'MW:+'�..•:hfl,M$ �' r f {" a . aa arRrvi ''.44" , _.i �"Y 0-.... ------' ,�'�°," ... a sacs: rar vnn - .... le• wt -• _ - § WitLegend;. } t Lt171 Ite it. t i€i iILVICTIMS. DZ"(1'iOClG° 'b ..w. s - �.'- '.� - +ti .. ",r. 't8 .� ari,� ". .,',N t• - � � � } aQilag T . , _F_^ ___ t r _ c ra c �stm = a TF STATIO 3$'- L �d -� _el.. Y"OFPEAR A D'TEXAS,- } li t,., s. N_ ; N Was!Oaks Cr js4'ROW), �r 'p�7 OF y �'�y j v s, Coon..,Peitlerlk, - ;µ, .+,J.J OP� 1l.LL`! � p 1 .: NI West Oaks'.Cr : scA...:tit ., w 3 • • • X cr • • .Z ' O .,y 1 -:I- . "III'''11' ill: .1:1'11'4'1.:3'1111::)431iiikAa',ii.. ' i '� e. �,.., . 1H .rx • aOv;.zrax rz mn' Hrie ,r . �RGi2.SP lira CbaRiC —,_' „ ..s " - - �y I sire. J iii 'tsa ftT.;W- - s..-;sg - .'CS r._..,.,....C.:.— cC-.. F3C,,. .1tE" „ :ems etN, k '� ,(p 1A a • ,yq pF Ic VS X".tr$- cavaac -- >dy 1 vr. � zfwet, APAWLSYk, :. •1.+X)P a WA 5k6,Mli fs • 'x 1.{ 'PWYk iti �Ft st etaaeaar xr o .. .._ swe�ram. i� . I i 'lit' N VV:ast Oaks a (54 R©VV). < l ¢ -a� $; ; r _ w • N° est, aks • Oaks • • • • • • Legeud," : ° .Geatest73ngneenng,In+ '4O190OI 19or48, I,,$t1fiIL10xtvit4T. tNivp, . LIFTS `ATIoNs. • ' 'ci't LANI ,TES"s • - PL• ANf F Cb G sca'racrrlt; z D. 58 �a G8-1 s visr, St-v/st CL St-v,i8t- Mit (7 kjLI o r J Ct u 23 -I28 tal 2 18 a [GENERAL NOTES' BORING LOG. PROFILE. See Figure 2-.1' for approximate location of borings and profile section. KIN AUTHORS COURT. il . Data concerning subsurface cornditions have been obtained._at boring tocotioris only: actual conditions between borings may aiffer fromthe pro`ile shotit�n here. c . See logs of boring for detailed description of-sons encountered in rach .borehote.M . Sec Eiaure 4 for symbols and: obbreviotions used'on this profile.rn 1`stt 3 t? 5E3 0+3.. Ground-surface ,ele4ction at, each. boring lacotion was interprete from the drawings) - ^=" P. p ovidea to us by ARKK. ENGINEERS. HORIZONTAL ;s# SCALE IN FEET- -..) j ... - r) (.11• 11 0 cP. 2. P — 55 .... 0 48 -- .,.,. Vist mist—St!Ilk". SZ7*- st , :-• m/St—st .N,.... (Tr mina gg— 38 — mi. O f .' '' .' 4 .....,., - 11 -' -i— CO Li_ ''' I - ----- ....._ m/De f . co cs. z . t'l ---......., •-„ t'41 z - .. 2- .1..,** I " to • cp cliZ * ii. ca La . b., 12"Sanitary Sewer GI 2a--va " clp .. _4.. • • .,. ? .. . rQ . .. 1...., • i 5— , ...:.8 GENERAL NOTES: 'BORING LOG PROFILE 1. .See Figures 2.1 & 2.2 for approximote location of borings and ,prollle- section._ N WEST -OAKS- CIRCLE 2, Doto concerning subsurface conditions have ,been .obtaineti at baring locations only.: . • Z5 Actual conditions between borings may-differ from, the profile shown here. c 3. See logs of boring for detailed description of soils encountered in each borehole. , xl. 4, See Figure 4 for symbols and lobbreviolions used on this profile, ,O, 150 , ,309 -450 5110 471 5. Ground surface elevation at each boring location Was interpreted from the drowing(s) Z'''' . - illinlellillii!..". `• : '-1.11111111111111111111 t,4 provid.,x1 to us by ARK$( ENGINEERS. . is..1 :HORIZONTAL SCALE.IN'FEET 0 r-- co . crl , I:5 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS USED ON BORING LOG PROFILE ,---; ,-, z - LEGEND. ....:::.: .16,6 a,••' %...!!.. 19 ..• tig ko ko . . . .. . •• •• :•.,.''.,:. ......... CLAY SAND SILT Sandy CLAY Silty CLAY Cloyey SAND Silty SAND a a V o a It4 —,... _...... —--- -_-_- ,. .4 0 03 kia.4 ••,..• -- —- Clayey SILT Sandy SILT GRAVEL FILL SANDSTONE SHALE or LIMESTONE or SILTSTONE CLAYSTONE PI" 10.r.Mt ' gOg U 0 0 •., . 4 4 aistl ) .. 10 7.4p •....,-, .:fr:C" W: um oss :',0 4 /A.)•., 4..0.1 Q.. MUCK, PEAT ASPHALT CONCRETE BRICK SHELL BLACKBASE RUBBLE • or LIGNITE or HMAC or DEBRIS ,..4 kik14110 4 fiV Op Depth of Water Depth of Water after SLAG LEAN CLAY Sandy LEAN Encountered During Completion of Boring CLAY Drilling (for details see individual boring log) ABBREVIATIONS USED FOR CONSISTENCY/DENSITY COHESIVE SOILS COHESIONLESS SOILS V/So : Very Soft. V/Lo ; Very Loose So : Soft La : Loose Fm : Firm S/Co ; Slightly Compact M/St : Medium Stiff Co : Compact St ; stiff M/De : Medium Dense V/St : Very Stiff De : Dense Hd : Hord V/De : Very Dense V/Nd : Very Hard Geotest Engineering, Inc. FIGURE 4 co Minn w4 - • ca.si. •, 134 HJ2 '11111111/11 4- W4 111Pr , - Pr" TYPICAL SOIL I/ARAIVIETERS BRACED WALL (*lb\ , See Table 2 for typical For yWc:s 4 values of soil parameters =03 72 P =7H=6Z4H P.4 0.5 q Where: 7.1=Submerged unit weight of cohesive Soil pcf; yw=Thiit weight of water,pcf; q =Surcharge load at surface,pal; P.=Lateral pressure,pst P =Active es.rth pressure,psf; Pq Horizontal pressure due to surcharge,psf; =Hydrostatic pressure due to gmunclwa,ter,psf, H =Depth of braced excavatico,feet c =Shear strength of cohesion soil,psf; TRENCH StIPPORT EARTH PIZESSI:THE SUBMERGED COHESIVE SOIL Ge otest Engil-Leci-ing, Inc. FIGURE 5.1 9. Min 6 111L, 0 171/4 111166., COHESIVE 111111116, I. PI MEIN EMI NMI Pa= MR 3/4 1111111111111 COHESIONLESS or SEN.COHESIONLESS MIK MIN MOM Pt • Ella 1--P- TYPICAL SOIL PARAMETERS , BRACED WALL See Table 2 for typical values of soil parameters =0.3 y'.1,1-1 =62.4 H y.'d (11-d) Pq=0.5 q - - - Where: - =-Submerged mit weight of cohesive soil,pef; =Submerged unit weight of cohesionless soil,pcf; Y.rix=Average submerged unit weight of soils,pef; q =Surcharge load at surface,psf; P. =Latent]pressure,psf; Pi =Active earth pressure,psf; P, =Horizontal pressure due to surcharge,psf; =Hydrostatic pressure due to groundwater,psf; H =Depth of braced excavation,feet TRENCH SUPPORT EARTH PRESSURE SUBMERGED COHESIVE;SOIL OVER COI-IESIONLESS OR SEMI-COIESIONLESS SOIL Geotest Engineering, Inc. FIGURE 5,2 tiit'r IN COHESIVE,SOIL, - , DEPTH OF COHESIVE SOIL UNLIN11.1 ET (T>,0 7 B� - „L , LENGTI OF:CUT '- sz 8� it, i'.. FH . € q . Fmm 90° � 1 , j•-:,--- FALURE;SURFAE x'{.fl�,..f l!Y'.s,r;d)//,rtd r,o i r • If sheetin ,termi fates at base'of cut- Tice, $ fety f44t?r, Bs ** ,N • Y •• 4 • NT _ Bearing'capacity factor, whi h dependswon dimensions of toe_ exea9auon • Bd , L acid 17I + rcn graph t31or) _ C, . •-- ti drai ed(shear strength of clay to failure otne beneath and surroundin base rift i; • Wet ututweight ef:oil='(see Table2') q,; !Al' Surfacesurcharge `(assume q=,500 psf) if safety factor is less titan 1, sheeting:or soldier pips mus•t be carried below th• e basefct to• ou insure stability -:(see note) . ill, a fed =1 erlgth . feet Nbte.:•If soldier Ales are ued,the renter to center'spaetng•should. •riot exceed 3 tunes the width`pr- Forc on buried length, P y. d;arri+eier' f soldier pile. 2 B , It-H.- >-- - , I'rt _ RCN`.- n 8�� in lb^sl lit ear foot .• 2 Bd N ICH :- If < - = 131i H = rr+C). in lbsl linear foot • ,!2 B . 7 ' -. . • z . 5� t '` r. r STABILITY OF BOTTO For trench a ovotians 131 ACEl C , For square pit or'•circle shaft _-- -- 6'60rest .Engineer n 124: - - ' . - tGtltE 6r T-I 0 co VERTICAL STRESS, ps.1 at v-1 0 50 120 180 240 300 360 0 .zr 6 •t-i z .o o .-, ..,---- - -- - „-..- -1 , , , ,-- ....• • r (i) # , r - , ' t : t 0 50 ' ,I. •a. • 1 0 • , t 1-- • , t I- • f Is I 40 : 1 1 t i 1 i I 1 1 1 1 1 50 ' .... 60 - - Legend: .___..... One passing truck Two passing trucks .,„ .... _ Four passing trucks Notes: 1, The vertical stress was estimated using AASHTO H2O or HS20 truck axle loadings on paved surfaces. 2. Irnpact factor was included in the vertical stress. VERTICAL STRESS ON PIPES DUE TO TRAFFIC LOADS -------1--) . .. --------- Geotesi Engineeri,ng 7 Inc. FIGURE 7 1 P. • _ e ; r a y.' Pl - [( 3' + x (Y " y ) + D x y ) + 4s-' fo . D. <ill PS ' Its: + j xY1 qs , 'frD > H P2 - (ii . Y)-1- P Z (H + JD) X ?)+, 9s Where Pi, ''2, P3 = Tunnel: 1, >x er load, Psi, D = 'Tunnel t uta .cde :diameter, ft- Depth to top of .tunnel, ft. Di = Depth to ground w ter 1. ve1,' ft . Wet unit weight ,of soil, pcf. (seerabie3) Yq0,7 = Unit weight of canter, 62.4 poi' 4s - Surcharge .l.oad, p . EARTII PRESSURE N 'I PP I CASING AUGEMNG Geatest Engineering, FIGti E 8 ------7 o rn c ol s 4 H. ..: iiii IL J MI ° couzsiWE Po= H' 4 11111111111 MOM OM I- Pw -_ F.FH • TYPICAL SOIL.PARAMETERS PERMANENT WALL - Pt-K.y.'H - See Table 2 for typical Pw=yrH=62.4H . values of soil parameters PI=0.5 q = 1.0 • Where; yt' =Submerged unit weight of cohesive soil,pcf; K._Coefficient of at-rest earth pressure in cohesive soil;. ,yam =Unit weight of water,pcf; - q =Surcharge load at surface,psf; P. =Lateral pressure,psf; P, _At-rest earth pressure,psf; P4 =Horizontal pressure due to surcharge,psf; P =Hydrostatic pressure due to groundwater,psf; H =Depth of excavation,feet LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE DIAGRAM FOR PERMANENT WALL SUBMERGED COHESIVE SOIL Geotest Engineering, Inc. FIGURE 9.1 4.4 00-Ni : 0.1 , , . ..cr• - - ".... oman: „, S,,.... .z , , .. . . i . b. __ ccasrvE,- 0.- 11111k: . . .. -, Ii.-• '. .M _ - P9 .7 NM i , - - .111111•1111 -: tomplops '111111111111W, 0;,$0,014ESIONLVSS . . . ...... . . , - Pz . . :MICA.1.4 SOIL P,AiVitUlt$ "PEWANOT WAIL , , , .Sne Tahle for t$Oical .. • values of soil parameters , P.i..,--•=1.kt.4.14:. • 4 Ka i ,.-=-•1.Q iilf),. _ . 11,,-..--y'v,,11 7:62.411 , . :PI i•,---0.5-q ' - . ; Where: . - , --*Submerged unit weight of cohesive soil,pcf; Vs =Submerged unit weight of ebbesionlets or senii7eohe;sionlo§s:sPiL Pck -44 =Internal friction angle of eohesitinteSs or setni-cOlieSiOnleaS Soil;degree; • 1C., r---Coefficient of at-rest earth pressure in cohesive soil; 1‹.4=Coefficient of at-rest earth pressure in cohesionless or setni-eohesionlOs soil, y* ---Arnit Weight of water,pcf; • , q =Surcharge load at surface,pst. . =Lateral pressure,psf; Pil Pk,Pi. =At7rest earth pressure,pst i 7 1,2, . Pi,.=I-lorizoutal Pre,ssure due to surcharge,p4 -=-Rydrestatic pressure due to greunclivater,.ps4 ' If =Height of WO,feet ' ' , , • LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE DIAGRAM FOR PERIVIANENT WAIL -SI.113MERGED COHESIVE SOIL;OVER COHESIONLESS OR. SEMI-COHESIONLESS SOIL Ge otOst Engimering, Inc. : MORE 9 2' , • . . . • 0. - ,.. ., . . . . m fl,k)DEA:DV/EIGHT Or STIHICTIM (b)'WEIGIIT OF:SOIL ABOVE BASE (c)sOIL'-witu,riticti9r4 pl,t.a$, 0 EX - TENSION PLUS DEAD WEIGHT DEAD WEIGWIA 0#.B`ItHOUE B - OF SI' Ll:CrtinE H H. ,.. 0 — iz. - :,,,i, ‘''7 Vit ' ' 1.t• 0' 14' 51, '1 •::::c.e. i ',01k: ,1,p , : 2CF ' q.:trikt' ' • .n 14-53'9, • lar' .-,„,. , . 3`nk 4..' t 0 .1.4, . -to . .4,.! 2 i • t‘g.t. I 7 '2,4,1 :+4,;:o. I At2l.t. : ,t/iir.4.:: Soft.LAYER 11in' ti 1,4 t11,t4 ta .1 '-'1:* at .F-4 iitip . . ..„..,,,. 1 ' ''','t• v F, ‘1.0. •0:2 F;. ' 044! '' 444; 4- wi wis :. ,- _ ( I . i v w -t 0 1 .1! Av: .4... 1.-6 , .,:i fit Nu: '. v14'' 1 ' :tot i Pf.s4. 1 . -,i* I y ,441:y. 0 ''-': :. ,44.4 vs, ''' 7'4% • AtVittVit,11:14i, ' ra'N'':-4.16',W4f:0'd",friii'Vtid14-1..fi,10 ,i :40.43A4.;k2Eil•Aiii.4.,104,'-4 phlks44414:A:Wkr!N"f ;AfTliiigttit3.7-ktiqfP-A'40.11 '.:?:,14Alitibig4....");1111730‘A\.1' 0,9: •,,,,,,..pe.„,At-.04:0.L i . iI 1:1;.,i • . ,-!)„, I , i p„; , I. • Pu F,',. - F. , * ' ' . 'il Ab'Rv FU.' "'-'Ab P.„ Fu Ab P,„ , , i.j. Sii f"2 't Sf.1 Sf3 • . , -Predominantly Cohesive&ALS, Pc',....,- a Cm Aro See Table 2 for typical Predominantly Cohesionless SOilt, Fr-----.ptitiii,,,K. values of soil parameters Wbere-. Ab „L. .are of base,sq.it. Am ...... .cylinditical surface area of layer"m",sq.ft. 'undrained cohesion of soillayer"nt",psf. .., Ft, ----.- hydrostatic uplift force, lbs, F,. ,,.. frictional resistance,lbs., H ---- height of buried structure,ft. K. ..-.. ebefficient of lateral Pressure—.0.5. average overburden presSure'for layer "tri,"psf. Ply = hydrostatia uplift pressure;psf, Sri,2. '3 '--- factor of safety. WI . = dead weight of concrete structure,lbs. W2' = Weight of backfill above base extension, lbs. a ,..-_ cohesion reduction factor--,--0.5, 5rn = friction angle between soil layer "rn"and concrete wall,degrees.---0.75 On, Om = internal angle of friction of Sell layer "rn", degrees. YW '''''' ' , unit Weight of water= 62.4 pcf. UPLIFT PRESSURE . AND RESISTANCE . ceptest Engineerin.9, Inc. FIGURE 10 TABLES Table Summary of Boring Information Gentepllnippi Design Parameter Summary for . 2' Gentechnieal Design Parameter Summary ior Trenehless Installation 3 TABLE 1. SUMMARY OP BORING INPOR.MAT,ION, Bony reet,Name> Depth(ft) *Station * Offset '"Elev:. Kzng Authors Cour CrB 1 25 . 2+90 `West,Oaks Circle: GB- 24 1+80 15'R SO rB=3, 25 7+84. 15t FAT 49 Mete: *Survey anformaticin;was'innterpulated floni the drawings provided by"ARKK Engineers., r T ALE 2+GE(3T +'CHNICAL'DDESIG..I PARR TER s.vmm .:E Y OPEN CUT EXCAVATION(SANITARY SEWERAND AUGER P ` S) Alignm.ents,. . ''Boring Strntigr`apltie Chit Inge oe Wet Unit Submerged.' Undrained Internal, ._ No.: Depths , ,Weight,yy, Unit'.: ,...'Cohesion, Friction rt' pot eight.y; C.Psf: Angle, ,: . ppit , ' . . - degree`::.. 8"Sanitary: .GB-1 Cohesive Soils 0.10 5 130 6�. 2:000, Sewer al©i g Cohesionless:;Soils, 10 5=13 112'. -H Ding Authors .. 50 7V Ct 13-23 11; • 58:: -- 30', • l2"Sanit•ary G13--2. Colacsive Soils 04.. 130 S5 1,300 Swer along • -8 130: 6 2.000'•. N Vilest Oaks; Circle 8-10� 130: 65. t,000. Col'esionless Soils 10,-24 110 .55 �- 30 GB- Cohesive Soils 076 l .0:• 65 14500 G-10,: 125 . 63' 8W •. Celxe'sionless:Scils • 10-12' 105, 53. 28 12,165. 102 51 3Q • 1 G.5 20 102. 51 . • _ - -- - .; 20=25 102, 5;1, 30 - , .Notes: • 1. Cohesive:soils,in:clude Fat clay with sand;Sandy Fat Clay, Leah Clay with sand;San+ ,YLean Clay, 2, Col esiottless soils includ Silty-Sand;nnd•Sandy"Silt 'TABL;E-3. °+ EO'TECHNLCAL DESIGN PAIR.AMETEit SUMMARY SANITARY$EWER- NSTALLATION 1W TRlaNC.i3LESs METRO -.. (BASED ON BORINGS GB I THHROUGI1 GB-3)._.PROPERTX COHESIVE; : COPLESIONLBss'sorLs{i - • - -. SOiLs !) ' Wet Unit Wei ht cF . .,_ Y�P 0-4 1a 0 48fl;: 126: a,1a ft, 130 10 13:f1:, 1US 13 2S: :.., 102. • Submerged U i it Wei btr 1`':Pcf - - `'0.4£i: fib 4 8'f1:, 10 ft 63 8 ;. 65 104 ftY, $3' - 13725ft . _ 57,' °lo Moisture Content -_- - P) 0-4: : 20.. -8 t1:. 22! `8=10 fi 21. 10 13-,ft �r; 22 13725II -- 21 UNDRAINED PROPERTIES* Undra ned Cohesion,:Cur psf, . - 5,10 t 8Q0. - _. .. 10.13; 13;204t: Angle of lnternal Friction,ti,degrees b 101'ta : -- .10 13'f*. 28. 13720 ft-*_, Elastic Modulus E;psf' 10 i *;. 2�#%00 10;13 f.* 06;000 13 20ft0 - 70 00 _s - Coefficient of Lateral Earth..Pressure.atRest,K�: -6 10 ft,`*„ • 12.• -- :13-20 tt - - 05' Poisson's Ratio 0.4S 0.30 ,;-.. . . DRAINEP.PROP.ERTIES Drained Cohesion,C' .Psf`.: 6-10.f1.''..:. 0. 10 l3 ff:* ':0 .13..20fit;*_ 0: a — AnleofInternalFriction ". .,*';:zleg reel • 6-14 ft.'.' 21 .`,10 13'4:* 25 13�20 R;:* ,;. 3il. Elastic. E,psf 6-1.0 B`. - :1.44,000 Modulus, , = I0-13 f.. - 06,000.. 13-20 ft.' - 70000 —Notes; - 1 Cohesive soils :include Pat clay iwrith sand, Sandy`Fat: Clay, Lean Clay with sand,Sandy-Lean Clay. 2, Cohesionless soils include SiltySand'and Sandy Silt; Tunneling zone(one bore dianietet,but not less titan 6 feet,above,and belpW tihnnel bore) • ,idaljOtNtft,XA Figur&. thrll.:A- ' S y�Is nd T �rni s Used o Bonn _Logs:.. ..,,:, .... . . . A-4 • ---- . . . . . .. . ........_ . .... .,, „.. . _ . ,. ••• -• - '.. - -* ,-, . ,• . _, . • , • • LOG •OF BORING :NO. GB-;-1 t • „ . - . • • - •••-.- ••••• • * ' pRo4E0T. :t. -Atstin'!iortn'‘en.t. of Two Lift 'StOtiah;s.. -" . .- --0ROjEDT. NO .: 1140198701-: Cily. of Peorland, Toka. . ., .. . LOCATIONS-;` : 1p. 2..'-f-90, 5' RI , . - COMPLETION ,DEPTH 23-0,Fi- • • , ,. kirv,.-Authori Court-,.See, Plcin ,Pf. 13OrIng..§:.(figure 2-) ' . - . - '-, . ,1.4,13F.4cE ELEVATION, 3,, ,55...p---rf-,- (AopfoK-ihP-E0). '‘ • . •- - ' - . -, DATE `.:-:-12--26-13'' ' g„ - UNDRAINED SHEAR'STRENGTH SAMPLER : .Shp1.4y.'Tii b6/Scilit Spoan- ,..go c2. i.? . Jo. . . , '------ . - , isp.'. 0: -41 i..:1 `6,''' ---': •-- •-• . • , "b-, ,Y.I .t5 -0.13Y AUGER 6.p-to' 12f,D,..Fr. 1,-4,32,I„, •17,1- V).,;.-4, ..i.-, - ...".' Is'.' ,... 4!‘''',? !...E.N.V.i°MqE,", . . , .,t,-,. - ,._12,,, LS . -, - . „ -, ' ; --. . . ; .6; n.''' „,-1:- -`64-z. = ' -1-=;•-- Z' - a6l'76‘-.-. e.5„2. zD.n"-'-- -.1&.:i•ECy " f.P-...- - c,.i..).,' -- ,..,00.,,'P4-d-N 4-FSIN- EIPA;TCOMPRESSION WET ROTAR 0. t0-24 FT UNCOOLOD,ONGAt<-D ' 0 . 6' '- - • LI' "0 IRIAXIAL,COMPFInSION.P' -.' • :a •ci • 'La - . . DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL A TORVAS,.-. .- ..• oil- , . . . • , - 0.5.1.0,f1-.5,2:0 2,5 - . _ ,,- .. . •. . .. . -. : 5 Asphalt '-1-. 4' , t:• -. , , . , • : . • , .. . . . . -4.5" Brown Sand' and — - - - - • ,. .. .• , - . ;- • - :29., . Lirrieitond mix . . ' _. -- • ',-- Very stiff dark, gray 'LEAN - -. , . .. . . . . . . : •• ., - - - •' ;CLAY-.-(CL) W/Sond- . .60 1 11.-. •20.: -46. adlaciregus and. ferrous . nodules -stiff'to ••veriy- stiff 21..,6' • ;.• • . . , .. -.... -. -, • ... - . • , .-• . • -10 -stiff to very: stiff -gray . . • • : - - i .,,,, • brown very sandy clay, - ' 10'' . , ' - . -21 • - - - —,.:, :,)i Medium dense brdWn,SANDY SILT (NIL) - 15 54 i -27 , • • •• -.. '... .. - . • 420. . _ •. • . . , . • , . • " ---; ,'",;• , medium- dense, brown -Orid gray 2-1- 26 • . . • - '. 5 • ', ' - - filib' • . - . SILTY SAND (SM) - • .. :..,,,..........;:t •:-.1111 . . . 28 16 , .22 • . • . • • •,•.1. • • . •;. .•.; 320, ,. -' *.. 1: , . • , . ,• . . . . • - . ,.. . , . . , • . •--- 30 •- -- - - ..- _,... . . - . 3 . , „ . . DEPTH TO. WATER IN BORING : . V: FREE WATER 1st ENCOUNTERED AT 12,0' FT, DURING DRILLING; AFTER 20.0 MIN. Al 6.0 FT. . (;eatest Engineering, /11..C.! FIGURE A-1 LOO OF BORING NO G8-=-2 PROJECT Abandonment of Two Lift•Stations PROJECT NO. . "1 1 40 1 98701 . City of Pearfond, Texas LOCATION Stci: 1+80, 15' RT COMPLETION 13EPTM 24.0 FT. .T N. West Oaks Circle See Plan of Borings (Figure 2) r SURFACE ELEVATION : 50.0 FT, (A3pproximote) DATE 12•-26 13 -� UNDRdthiED SNP STRENGTH,' SAMPLER : Shelby Tube/Spilt SSpdon F, 0 la s TSF = 6 . s:" a 3HAh4 i'gNE`1RaNNNE'r R `'' " DRY ANGER t 0.4" Tu i`t0 r.H [1i V w sn L 0 1. m I� 6n a.Q u. 8 5 F 0 UNCONFINED COMPRESSION WET ROTARY : 12.0 TO` 24.0 FT, V. u 3 y. r z,c� caIdGONSGLIRATEO:UR'AIM h / co,ea3 , ." go g , TRIAxf4"cOMPRESSi0N� , EA � v il n DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL �. d?t5IiS7AP(E 5fl,7- tT 0.5 1_0 1,5 2 _ .0; 2.5, ._ .• ' Stiff brown SANDY LEAN CLAY {CL) 'w!sand seams and \\ is co, fiery stiff 4`—.5' , 20 440 Very stiff yellowish brown • `P: and graySANDY FAT CLAY'. (CH) w/sand seams, 65 111 20 52 20 32 • '• '.'1 calcareous nodules and ferrous nodules z� ON .. -- 16 m--stiff gray and" brown with • .`' / vertical sand seams and . ., ferrous no 15 21 v°. tvlediium dense gray and brown ,•. SILTY SAND (SM) ti.. '-A 1C. Is2a1 .ti .1# .Jik14 23 r .. a •�t1• ..I 14 23 26. i • . 21 22 - 25- - 30- DEPTH TO WATER IN BORING :. xr FREE WATER 1st ENCOUNTERED AT 12.0 FT. DURING DRILLING; AFTER 20,0 MIN, AT 6.0 FT. C ote:si Engineering, Inc_ FIGURE A-2 . • . .„ „ .. . ,:i. . ,. . - - • . - -,. • •. . .,.. ,. .. ,.,,... .,_ ._ ., . . LOG r: OF 0RINO. NO, GB-3 •' , . •!ij.ROJE'cT ::', "Alidiiddh,marif-,,at Two ;Lif....v.§tatiari5'..,' .. - "- '' r ..-.- ..PROjECT.1 NO :: .11461-9$7o1 - ; - • _ •-.• •„Citk!ior:-.Peailejndi:•Ti i:Is*. ' • ' . , .. . ,. .. (1111''' 'LOCATION;-';-:•" ;S to: 7+84' 15'. RI - • N, West-r,Opks. • Ira le;. $40. Plan ;_,of .EiPr.ing4;'(1T1.90r0' ". ):, COMPLETION DEPTH : 25° FT -SURFACE ELEVATION ••:.!'-_--4q-..(1:-FT-;: •(ApO'eaiiniat6).; '; .'.:- ' • ' ; -. - :,•0"AT. :. ' ''f q,---2§,.-1 . -. • .. • - • , • , . ,...,, .,....._.- ,........,„ , - ,....... ...,.,„ • - . ', -- -• • - : •- ..• •• -• .•-- ' ::- ' -' -:-, -s1;40,4,g §i...010V tib,0.1$011. 7 .,. 'z„,..0t. .. „. .. . .,L,•, ,... 6i. -. .,UNi DE.R AI.NE...D-•S.7sEFM•:.,STRENGTH - t .: .• -• i : ! •, . -• -.- - - . ,-. •'• •,',.:- • ..-- :,..• --, ,,,. --, _-i. 5,. , ,•--5,.4. ,-,,;•, --. •ti: 0:44106 FENETROMLIEti• : , :..1,4.„, •: .t.. L-_;:.!iff DRY AUGER •,,.:- .,0.;b-tb.,• i' ...:.0:. Ff:; :: ;.!'ilit.,!'Vg-1., 'w:, , !t"ri..',.;•:•- . i':'; •'0:- • - • ...; • ' -• .''-:.••'• - •:' - , .. .. '. ' .'' •. 6;0. ,.0.. . ---,.- ,01-2 -.14-3, 1;:-' V.: ,...jib 1- CONFINED OMPREqSi00., vEjt ,'RoTARr ::: 12.0 7.0.' 25,-.6' F17... • : -••••• ' .i.2), -UkdokSdLibATtii-tjhDit-AiNED &•. 6)-- , :.•-.-7- 7 .. ''- . ' ..: :'. : ‘' :. -'I'?•86.:5.1 !-„H, -5•• '...t, . 2. A31 T1WIA1.---;c214F9E5MN " ,OESdkaSION OF 4.4..t404 -;-. . , .,,,d-: -..J. • E,- , fok . , . - , - .=.• 1... - : 1 ' .-- -,,,, ,A— -_vmt, - - .-- .,--•wo...! • • ,. • - • - ,• :6,5 1,a 5.,-2;8..., 2.5- ,'-' • - [ ., ---.., '-.:. -'' :1: Stift'biolli-'f,:r FAT CLAY „.. vi.viaria.:,:, .: '., .. :-, -.':,,- ,:-.. '. ' .,, . . ,-,,, .- : . ' • . . . , 22:.... -'•- '--• ' -- 1011611611: brown'•,000.;grilY. '.: '' ' :2.'",48- - - -' ' ':., - • ' . • . . . .. . ,. . . , i . , . ' tiff to very';stiff-..4 t6 2..,- . . . . , . .„ .. , . . .. . . . . , . .. . . , . . ... . -medium stiff to, stiff-- 6-8 , , 70 ,iii) :22 1'58. 2 35 , . • - . . ' . ' ••••;:.--''.- 'Medium,' stiff, :::-to-stiff'.'brow6.., •' .: , • .. . : ' :--: • -and'• gray•'.'YEkrY SANDY LEAN . . ,23 A.''''): .7 9-.0-;';; 1 .„ -. ;:j-.PLArf(c-L):. - -:„.-•: ' . ', .•; - - ' • •• •-• - ' , .Mq.diurn dense: ; gray-,..,_ Y- ,370 - :: .- . SILT1014,4 " _- -' - ' ; : ' '0 •". 76 ; • ' 26 • 'Illi.fi h;‘.• -. - . . .. -'.-.'.. -. - ..,. Medium teh. O••,.,.„..-v.., a,y -0 f•,,4• :•••• br o4' n I SILTY SAND (5M) - ,-•1 1 zt•- • . ! .• 275. .. „... . . ..._..... , ,.. .. . ,., . i•7-a. -loose 1 0;,5120' _ . .... :,..:.! • . . . . '1....ti 6: 28 - .- ,• . P.• ' %IP . , . . . . ' . , _ , . • 24.0•;.4 .; 2 : •- • - • - li .25 —.., . . • .. . • . • . 1 , . • • . . . .. . 3'.',-...-1 (Illik- I „ _ - - . • DEPTH TO WATER IN •BORING 2 Y2 FREE WATER 1st ENCOUNTERED AT ,12.:0' FT, DURING D1311.1.,ING; AFTER ?D.° MIN. AT 6.0 FT, .. - Gc.4otOst E,O,gi,..nee7,i3-(1 ,-, .1:ii,c, FIGURE A-3 r.; SYMBOLS, AND TERMS: USED ON BORING LOGS 0 - ce SOIL TYPES SAMPLER.`.TYPES in (SHON N IN SYMBOL COLUI Thi) (SHOWN IN•SAMPLgS COLUMN) 1. 4�, �l... fop 1 4 i I . . . .ARAM iic. Till Gravel Sand SILT CLAY LEAN Sandy Pitcher_ Nx Siseiix istan Split tsta Auger Concrete' CLAY LEAN Bartel tors: Tube Speon Recovery Predominant type she wn heavy CLAY TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OR CONDITiOi Basic soli°Type Density or Standard;Penetratio 1., ,,1069.fine d„Compressive Consistency R .,Strerlgti'l,�ciu)Y esistance,til th(q 12i .. . Blows/ft. Toni/sq.ft. Cohesionless Very loose Less than 4 Not applicable Loose 4 to<10 Not applicable Medium dense 10_to <80 Not applicable Dense 30.0<50 Not applicable Very dense 50:or greater Not applicable Cohesive Very'soft Less than 2 Less than,0,25. Soft. 2 to<4 0:25 to <0.5 Firm/Medium stiff 4 to<8 0.5 to<1.0 Stiff •8 to<15' 1.A to<2,0 "-') Very stiff 15 to<30 2.0 to.<4.0 Hard 30 or greater 4 Or greater (1) Number of blows from 140-lb.weight falling 30-In.to drive 2-in. OD; 1-3/8-in. ID,split barrel Sampler(ASTM D1586) (2) q„may also be approximated using a pocket penetrometer TERMS CHARACTERIZING SOIL STRUCTURE Parting:-paper thin in size Seam: -1/8"to 3"thick Layer:-greater than 3" Siickensided -having inclined planes of weakness that are slick and glossy in appearance. Fissured -containing shrinkage cracks, frequently filied with fine sand or silt; usually more or less vertical, Laminated -composed of thin layers of varying color and texture. Interbedded -composed of alternate layers of different soil types. Calcareous -containing appreciable quantities of calcium carbonate. Well graded having wide range in grain sizes and substantial amounts of all • intermediate particle sizes. Poorly graded - predominantly of one grain size, or having a range of sizes with some intermediate size missing. ,—)Flocculated -pertaining to cohesive soils that exhibit a loose knit or flakey structure. Ge o test Engineering, Inc. FIGURE A-4 APPENDIX 3, Figure • Gram Size Distribution Curves 4 I3-1 ("1111 1 1 ,Job No. 1140198701 GRAVEL SAND SILT OR ,CLAY Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine U.S. SIANDAT SIEVE OPENINGS IN INCHES U.S. STANDARD SIEVE NUMBERS . 1 -1 3 2 12 1 4 7 8 4 4 6 B 10 1416 20. 30 40 -0 70 100, .140 200 100 1 t ? t ? t 19 90 III I — 1 I ‘ k 80 1 iill '20 i N 1 70 60 c.) -I•L-1 1 ‘ .b. L,j-z -... s• ea la CO I I in 0 cc _II I CC (%4 w 50 50 ri) z I- z i CC =•Q 8 c- 1 i A.i M• . t.. [ 20 II 0 ' 10 1 0.1 ' 0.01 0:001 GRAIN SIZE INI /vIILLIIVIETERS BORING SAMPLE DEPTH - LEGEND NO.. NO. FT. SAMPLE 'DESCRIPTION GB-1 S-7 105-.12.0 Brawn sandy silt 0 0-0 9-0 GB-1 S-10 18_5-18.0 Brown and gray silty Sand CB-2 S--7 12.5-14.0 Gray and. brown silty sand -r) GB-2 S--7 12.5-1 4.0 Gray-and brown silty, sand c) xt ' ri 0) , 1 GRAIN SIZE DiSTRIBUTION, CURVES'